UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION
13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2003

- OR -

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______________ to _________________

Commission     Name of Registrants, State of Incorporation,    I.R.S. Employer
File Number    Address and Telephone Number                   Identification No.
-----------    --------------------------------------------   ------------------
333-32170      PNM Resources, Inc.                                85-0468296
               (A New Mexico Corporation)
               Alvarado Square
               Albuquerque, New Mexico  87158
               (505) 241-2700

1-6986         Public Service Company of New Mexico               85-0019030
               (A New Mexico Corporation)
               Alvarado Square
               Albuquerque, New Mexico  87158
               (505) 241-2700

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                          Name of Each Exchange
Name of Registrant       Title of Each Class               on Which Registered
------------------       -------------------             -----------------------
PNM Resources, Inc.      Common Stock, No Par Value      New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act

None.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are accelerated filers (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes X No As of August 1, 2003, 40,239,294 shares of common stock, no par value per share, of PNM Resources, Inc. were outstanding.

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                      INDEX

                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------
PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

   Independent Accountants Report.....................................      3

   ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

      PNM Resources, Inc.
         Consolidated Statements of Earnings
              Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.......      5
         Consolidated Balance Sheets
              June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002.....................      6
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
              Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.................      8
         Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
              Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.......      9
      Public Service Company of New Mexico
         Consolidated Statements of Earnings
              Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.......      10
         Consolidated Balance Sheets
              June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002.....................      11
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
              Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.................      13
         Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
              Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2003 and 2002.......      14
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................      15

   ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
               FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS..........      39

   ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
               MARKET RISK............................................      71

   ITEM 4.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES...................................      78

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION:

   ITEM 1.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.........................................      79

   ITEM 2.  CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS.................      81

   ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.......      81

   ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K..........................      82

   Signature..........................................................      84

2

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of PNM Resources, Inc. Albuquerque, New Mexico

We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of PNM Resources, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, and of cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated interim financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," effective January 1, 2003.

We have previously audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of capitalization (not presented herein) of PNM Resources, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings, comprehensive income
(loss), and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated February 11, 2003, (June 5, 2003, as to Notes 2 and 16) (and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to the realignment of segments for financial reporting purposes and the adoption of EITF 02-3) appearing in the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 12, 2003, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Omaha, Nebraska
August 4, 2003

3

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Public Service Company of New Mexico
Albuquerque, New Mexico

We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Public Service Company of New Mexico and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, and of cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our reviews, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to such consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated interim financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations," effective January 1, 2003.

We have previously audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of capitalization (not presented herein) of Public Service Company of New Mexico and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated February 11, 2003, (June 5, 2003, as to Notes 2 and 16) (and includes explanatory paragraphs referring to the realignment of segments for financial reporting purposes and the adoption of EITF 02-3) appearing in the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 12, 2003, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Omaha, Nebraska
August 4, 2003

4

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Unaudited)

                                                  Three Months Ended                Six Months Ended
                                                       June 30,                         June 30,
                                            -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                2003             2002            2003             2002
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
                                                       (In thousands, except per share amounts)

Operating Revenues:
  Electric.................................     $266,150         $206,136        $507,528         $397,920
  Gas......................................       74,009           43,968         220,262          153,169
  Unregulated businesses...................           52               85             112              917
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
    Total operating revenues...............      340,211          250,189         727,902          552,006
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of energy sold......................      175,335          108,382         401,269          251,987
  Administrative and general...............       42,600           36,319          74,642           67,707
  Energy production costs..................       34,515           34,202          69,609           69,173
  Depreciation and amortization............       28,850           25,217          57,224           49,996
  Transmission and distribution costs......       15,194           15,451          31,353           31,988
  Taxes, other than income taxes...........        6,720            9,028          14,506           17,512
  Income taxes.............................        7,083            2,141          15,959           11,507
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
    Total operating expenses...............      310,297          230,740         664,562          499,870
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
    Operating income.......................       29,914           19,449          63,340           52,136
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
Other Income and Deductions:
  Other income.............................       12,745           11,724          23,951           25,451
  Other deductions.........................        (4,020)          (1,895)        (21,932)          (3,392)
  Income tax expense.......................        (3,132)          (3,432)           (725)          (8,274)
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
    Net other income and deductions........        5,593            6,397           1,294           13,785
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
    Income before interest charges.........       35,507           25,846          64,634           65,921
Interest Charges...........................       17,764           14,689          35,997           29,815
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
Net Earnings from Operations...............       17,743           11,157          28,637           36,106
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting
   Principle, Net of Tax of $24,524........            -                -          37,422                -
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
Net Earnings...............................       17,743           11,157          66,059           36,106
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements......          147              147             293              293
                                            --------------   --------------  --------------   --------------
Net Earnings Applicable to Common Stock....     $ 17,596         $ 11,010        $ 65,766         $ 35,813
                                            ==============   ==============  ==============   ==============
Net Earnings per Common Share:
  Basic....................................      $  0.45          $  0.28         $  1.68          $  0.92
                                            ==============   ==============  ==============   ==============
  Diluted..................................      $  0.44          $  0.28         $  1.66          $  0.90
                                            ==============   ==============  ==============   ==============
Dividends Paid per Share of Common Stock...      $  0.23          $  0.22         $  0.45          $  0.42
                                            ==============   ==============  ==============   ==============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

5

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

                                                                        June 30,          December 31,
                                                                          2003                2002
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
                                                                               (In thousands)
ASSETS
Utility Plant:
    Electric plant in service.....................................        $2,385,534         $2,301,673
    Gas plant in service..........................................           627,980            615,907
    Common plant in service and plant held for future use.........            63,088             79,987
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
                                                                           3,076,602          2,997,567
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization................         1,335,298          1,330,376
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
                                                                           1,741,304          1,667,191
    Construction work in progress.................................           158,568            173,248
    Nuclear fuel, net of accumulated amortization of
        $16,195 and $16,568.......................................            25,176             26,832
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
      Net utility plant...........................................         1,925,048          1,867,271
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
Other Property and Investments:
    Other investments.............................................           446,109            442,704
    Non-utility property, net of accumulated depreciation of
        $1,835 and $1,750.........................................             1,443              1,528
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
      Total other property and investments........................           447,552            444,232
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
Current Assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents.....................................             2,639              3,702
    Accounts receivables, net of allowance for uncollectible
        accounts of $12,275 and $15,575...........................            56,042             46,914
    Unbilled revenues.............................................            56,283             65,472
    Other receivables.............................................            46,093             53,052
    Inventories...................................................            37,730             37,230
    Regulatory assets.............................................             5,194             24,027
    Short-term investments........................................                 -             79,630
    Other current assets..........................................            67,564             32,753
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
      Total current assets........................................           271,545            342,780
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
Deferred Charges:
    Regulatory assets.............................................           215,713            196,283
    Prepaid retirement costs......................................            86,876             39,665
    Other deferred charges........................................           137,088            129,063
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
      Total deferred charges......................................           439,677            365,011
                                                                    ------------------  -----------------
                                                                          $3,083,822         $3,019,294
                                                                    ==================  =================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

6

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

                                                                            June 30,          December 31,
                                                                              2003                2002
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
                                                                                   (In thousands)
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
Capitalization:
    Common stockholders' equity:
       Common stock....................................................         $648,036           $ 624,119
       Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax................          (82,519)            (94,721)
       Retained earnings...............................................          501,416             444,651
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
          Total common stockholders' equity............................        1,066,933             974,049
    Minority interest..................................................           11,437              11,760
    Cumulative preferred stock without mandatory
         redemption requirements.......................................           12,800              12,800
    Long-term debt.....................................................          953,934             980,092
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
          Total capitalization.........................................        2,045,104           1,978,701
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
Current Liabilities:
   Short-term debt.....................................................          174,134             150,000
  Accounts payable.....................................................           42,211              90,355
  Accrued interest and taxes...........................................           71,775              46,189
  Other current liabilities............................................           95,397              99,019
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
          Total current liabilities....................................          383,517             385,563
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
Deferred Credits:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes....................................          158,942             125,595
  Accumulated deferred investment tax credits..........................           40,022              41,583
  Regulatory liabilities...............................................           78,728              52,019
  Regulatory liabilities related to accumulated deferred income tax....           14,137              14,137
  Asset retirement obligations.........................................           43,995                   -
  Minimum pension liability............................................          141,175             141,175
  Accrued postretirement benefit costs.................................           16,156              17,335
  Other deferred credits...............................................          162,046             263,186
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
         Total deferred credits........................................          655,201             655,030
                                                                        ------------------  ------------------
                                                                             $ 3,083,822         $ 3,019,294
                                                                        ==================  ==================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

7

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

                                                                                      Six Months Ended
                                                                                        June 30,
                                                                            ----------------------------------
                                                                                 2003               2002
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
                                                                                     (In thousands)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net earnings............................................................       $ 66,059           $ 36,106
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash flows
    from operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization......................................         65,448             56,470
     Accumulated deferred income tax......................................         23,169             (3,885)
     Transition costs write-off...........................................         16,720                  -
     Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle................        (61,946)                 -
       Net unrealized gains on trading and investing contracts............         (4,167)           (16,131)
  Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivables................................................         (9,128)            11,455
     Unbilled revenues....................................................          9,189             18,483
     Accrued post-retirement benefit costs................................        (19,440)           (20,678)
     Other assets.........................................................          6,736             11,773
     Accounts payable.....................................................        (48,144)            (2,753)
     Accrued interest and taxes...........................................         25,586            (17,569)
     Other liabilities....................................................         (8,986)           (12,880)
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
             Net cash flows provided by operating activities..............         61,096             60,391
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
  Utility plant additions.................................................        (72,732)          (127,752)
  Redemption of short-term investments....................................         80,291             45,000
  Combustion turbine payments.............................................        (11,136)           (13,935)
  Bond purchase...........................................................         (6,675)                 -
  Return of principal of PVNGS lessor notes...............................          9,406              8,996
  Other...................................................................         (4,604)              (452)
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
             Net cash flows used for investing activities.................         (5,450)           (88,143)
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
  Short-term borrowings, net..............................................         24,134             65,000
  Long-term borrowings....................................................        182,000                  -
  Long-term debt repayments...............................................       (208,152)                 -
  Refund costs of pollution control bonds.................................        (31,427)                 -
  Exercise of employee stock options......................................         (5,032)            (3,312)
  Dividends paid..........................................................        (17,902)           (16,723)
  Other...................................................................           (330)               581
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
             Net cash flows (used for) provided by financing activities...        (56,709)            45,546
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents..........................         (1,063)            17,794
Beginning of Period.......................................................          3,702             28,408
                                                                            ---------------    ---------------
End of Period.............................................................       $  2,639           $ 46,202
                                                                            ===============    ===============
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures:
  Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized...............................       $ 36,522           $ 24,919
                                                                            ===============    ===============
  Income taxes paid (refunded), net.......................................      $ (10,657)          $ 41,784
                                                                            ===============    ===============
  Prepaid pension contribution of PNM Resources, Inc. common shares.......       $ 28,950             $    -
                                                                            ===============    ===============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

8

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)

                                                        Three Months Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                             June 30,                     June 30,
                                                     --------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                        2003          2002          2003           2002
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
                                                                        (In thousands)
Net Earnings Before Preferred
     Stock Dividends................................   $ 17,743       $11,157       $66,059        $36,106
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
  Other Comprehensive Income (Loss),
     net of tax:
  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities:
       Unrealized holding gains (losses)
         arising during the period..................      1,452        (3,765)          873         (2,192)
       Reclassification adjustment for
         (gains) losses included in net income......       (29)          (246)        (494)           (427)
  Mark-to-market adjustment for certain
     derivative transactions:
       Change in fair market value of
        designated cash flow hedges.................     13,031        (1,036)       11,823           (196)
       Reclassification adjustment for
         (gains) losses in net income...............          -           430             -            773
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).............     14,454         (4,617)      12,202         (2,042)
                                                     ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
Total Comprehensive Income..........................    $32,197       $ 6,540       $78,261        $34,064
                                                     ============  ============  ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

9

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Unaudited)

                                                    Three Months Ended                Six Months Ended
                                                         June 30,                         June 30,
                                              -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                  2003             2002            2003             2002
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
                                                         (In thousands, except per share amounts)

Operating Revenues:
  Electric...................................     $266,150         $206,136        $507,528         $397,920
  Gas........................................       74,009           43,968         220,262          153,169
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
    Total operating revenues.................      340,159          250,104         727,790          551,089
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
Operating Expenses:
  Cost of energy sold........................      175,335          108,382         401,269          251,987
  Administrative and general.................       38,457           35,847          71,216           62,996
  Energy production costs....................       34,515           34,202          69,609           69,173
  Depreciation and amortization..............       28,551           24,980          56,484           49,753
  Transmission and distribution costs........       15,194           15,451          32,453           31,988
  Taxes, other than income taxes.............        6,547            8,045          15,248           16,081
  Income taxes...............................        8,910            2,733          17,111           12,505
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
    Total operating expenses.................      307,509          229,640         663,390          494,483
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
    Operating income.........................       32,650           20,464          64,400           56,606
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
Other Income and Deductions:
  Other income...............................       11,597            9,128          22,090           19,493
  Other deductions...........................         (962)          (1,626)        (19,443)          (3,752)
  Income tax expense.........................       (3,888)          (2,511)           (974)          (6,884)
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
    Net other income and deductions..........        6,747            4,991           1,673            8,857
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
    Income before interest charges...........       39,397           25,455          66,073           65,463
Interest Charges.............................       17,738           14,802          35,325           29,956
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
Net Earnings from Operations.................       21,659           10,653          30,748           35,507
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting
   Principle, Net of Tax of $24,524..........            -                -          37,422                -
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
Net Earnings Before Preferred Stock Dividends       21,659           10,653          68,170           35,507
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements........          147              147             293              293
                                              --------------   --------------  --------------  ---------------
Net Earnings.................................     $ 21,512         $ 10,506        $ 67,877         $ 35,214
                                              ==============   ==============  ==============  ===============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

10

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

                                                                       June 30,          December 31,
                                                                         2003                2002
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
                                                                              (In thousands)
ASSETS
Utility Plant:
    Electric plant in service....................................        $2,385,534          $2,301,048
    Gas plant in service.........................................           627,980             615,907
    Common plant in service and plant held for future use........            28,519              18,137
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
                                                                          3,042,033           2,935,092
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...............         1,326,725           1,326,286
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
                                                                          1,715,308           1,608,806
    Construction work in progress................................           147,241             159,435
    Nuclear fuel, net of accumulated amortization of
        $16,195 and $16,568......................................            25,176              26,832
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
      Net utility plant..........................................         1,887,725           1,795,073
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
Other Property and Investments:
    Other investments............................................           422,255             428,823
    Non-utility property.........................................               966                 966
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
      Total other property and investments.......................           423,221             429,789
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
Current Assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents....................................             4,162               3,094
    Accounts receivables, net of allowance for uncollectible
        accounts of $12,275 and $15,575..........................            56,042              46,914
    Unbilled revenues............................................            56,283              65,472
    Intercompany receivable......................................                 -               4,593
    Other receivables............................................            45,027              52,783
    Inventories..................................................            37,726              37,228
    Regulatory assets............................................             5,194              24,027
    Other current assets.........................................            56,062              22,872
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
      Total current assets.......................................           260,496            256,983
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
Deferred Charges:
    Regulatory assets............................................           215,713            196,242
    Prepaid retirement costs.....................................            86,876             39,665
    Other deferred charges.......................................           136,384            129,083
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
      Total deferred charges.....................................           438,973            364,990
                                                                   ------------------  -----------------
                                                                         $3,010,415         $2,846,835
                                                                   ==================  =================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

11

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)

                                                                          June 30,          December 31,
                                                                            2003                2002
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
                                                                                 (In thousands)
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
Capitalization:
    Common stockholder's equity:
       Common stock.................................................         $ 195,588           $ 195,589
       Additional paid-in capital...................................           540,046             430,043
       Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax.............           (82,550)            (94,130)
       Retained earnings............................................           313,528             256,157
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
          Total common stockholders' equity.........................           966,612             787,659
    Minority interest...............................................            11,437              11,760
    Cumulative preferred stock without mandatory
         redemption requirements....................................            12,800              12,800
    Long-term debt..................................................           953,934             953,940
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
          Total capitalization......................................         1,944,783           1,766,159
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
Current Liabilities:
    Short-term debt.................................................           172,090             150,000
    Intercompany debt...............................................                 -              28,436
    Accounts payable................................................            43,494              88,101
    Intercompany accounts payable...................................            40,578              34,468
    Accrued interest and taxes......................................            57,563              36,450
    Other current liabilities.......................................            96,210              87,701
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
          Total current liabilities.................................           409,935             425,156
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
Deferred Credits:
  Accumulated deferred income taxes.................................           162,250             128,383
  Accumulated deferred investment tax credits.......................            40,022              41,583
  Regulatory liabilities............................................            78,728              52,019
  Regulatory liabilities related to accumulated deferred income tax.            14,137              14,137
  Asset retirement obligations......................................            43,995                   -
  Minimum pension liability.........................................           141,175             141,175
  Accrued postretirement benefit costs..............................            16,156              17,335
  Other deferred credits............................................           159,234             260,888
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
     Total deferred credits.........................................           655,697             655,520
                                                                      ------------------  ------------------
                                                                            $3,010,415          $2,846,835
                                                                      ==================  ==================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

12

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

                                                                              Six Months Ended
                                                                                  June 30,
                                                                      ----------------------------------
                                                                          2003                2002
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
                                                                               (In thousands)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net earnings......................................................      $ 68,170            $ 35,507
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash flows
    from operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..................................        64,020              56,142
     Accumulated deferred income tax................................        23,169              (1,887)
     Transition costs write-off.....................................        16,720                   -
     Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle..........       (61,946)                  -
     Net unrealized gains on trading and investing contracts........        (4,167)            (16,131)
  Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivables...........................................        (9,128)             11,455
     Unbilled revenues..............................................         9,189              18,483
     Accrued post-retirement benefit costs..........................       (19,440)            (20,679)
     Other assets...................................................         9,737              (7,674)
     Accounts payable...............................................       (44,607)             (2,544)
     Accrued interest and taxes.....................................        21,113              (7,755)
     Other liabilities..............................................       (17,370)            (17,930)
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
             Net cash flows provided by operating activities........        55,460              46,987
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
Cash Flows Used for Investing Activities:
  Utility plant additions...........................................       (68,841)           (124,446)
  Combustine turbine payments.......................................       (11,136)            (13,935)
  Eastern Interconnect Project buyout...............................       (37,388)                  -
  Redemption of short-term investments..............................             -              45,000
  Return of principal of PVNGS lessor notes.........................         9,406               8,996
  Other investing...................................................           670                 704
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
        Net cash flows used for investing activities................      (107,289)            (83,681)
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
Cash Flows Used for Financing Activities:
  Short-term borrowings, net........................................        22,090              65,000
  Long-term debt borrowings.........................................       182,000                   -
  Long-term debt repayments.........................................      (182,000)                  -
  Refund costs of pollution control bonds...........................       (31,427)                  -
  Equity contribution from parent...................................       110,000                   -
  Dividends paid....................................................          (293)            (59,273)
  Other financing...................................................          (327)                432
  Change in intercompany debt.......................................       (47,146)             30,385
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
        Net cash flows provided by financing activities.............        52,897              36,544
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents....................         1,068                (150)
Beginning of Period.................................................         3,094              17,028
                                                                      --------------     ---------------
End of Period.......................................................      $  4,162            $ 16,878
                                                                      ==============     ===============
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures:
  Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized.........................      $ 35,858            $ 26,246
                                                                      ==============     ===============
  Income taxes paid (refunded), net ................................      $ (4,092)           $ 31,514
                                                                      ==============     ===============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

13

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)

                                                         Three Months Ended          Six Months Ended
                                                              June 30,                    June 30,
                                                      -------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                         2003         2002          2003           2002
                                                      ------------ ------------  ------------   ------------
                                                                         (In thousands)

Net Earnings Before Preferred
     Stock Dividends................................    $ 21,659     $ 10,653      $ 68,170       $ 35,507
                                                      ------------ ------------  ------------   ------------
  Other Comprehensive Income (Loss),
     net of tax:

  Unrealized gain (loss) on securities:
       Unrealized holding gains (losses)
        arising during the period...................        1,260        (903)        1,216            231
       Reclassification adjustment for
        (gains) losses included in net income.......         (29)        (246)          (43)          (427)

  Mark-to-market adjustment for certain
     derivative transactions:
       Change in fair market value of
        designated cash flow hedges.................       11,614      (1,036)        10,407          (196)
       Reclassification adjustment for
        (gains) losses in net income................           -          430             -            773
                                                      ------------ ------------  ------------   ------------
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).............      12,845       (1,755)       11,580            381
                                                      ------------ ------------  ------------   ------------
Total Comprehensive Income..........................    $ 34,504      $ 8,898      $ 79,750        $35,888
                                                      ============ ============  ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

14

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

(1) Accounting Policies and Responsibility for Financial Statements

In the opinion of the management of PNM Resources, Inc. (the "Holding Company") and Subsidiaries and Public Service Company of New Mexico ("PNM") and Subsidiaries, (collectively, the "Company") the accompanying interim consolidated financial statements present fairly the Company's financial position at June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, the consolidated results of its operations and comprehensive income for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002. These statements are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Accordingly, they are unaudited, and certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the Company's annual consolidated financial statements have been condensed or omitted, as permitted under the applicable rules and regulations. Readers of these financial statements should refer to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2002, that are included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 and as updated by the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 12, 2003. The results of operations presented in the accompanying financial statements are not necessarily representative of operations for an entire year.

Presentation

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are presented on a combined basis. The business of PNM constitutes substantially all of the business of PNM Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries. Therefore, the financial results and results of operations of PNM are virtually identical to the consolidated results of the Holding Company and all its subsidiaries. For discussion purposes, this report will use the term "Company" when discussing matters of common applicability to the Holding Company and PNM. Readers of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements should assume that the information presented applies to the consolidated results of operations and financial position of both the Holding Company and its subsidiaries and PNM, except where the context or references clearly indicate otherwise. Discussions regarding specific contractual obligations generally reference the company that is legally obligated. In the case of contractual obligations of PNM, these obligations are consolidated with the Holding Company and its subsidiaries under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Broader operational discussions refer to the Company.

Certain amounts in the 2002 consolidated financial statements and notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 financial statement presentation.

Regulatory Accounting

The Company's accounting policies conform to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation" ("SFAS 71"). SFAS 71 requires a rate-regulated entity to reflect the effects of regulatory decisions in its financial statements. In

15

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

accordance with SFAS 71, the Company has deferred certain costs and recorded certain liabilities pursuant to the rate actions of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC") and the New Mexico Public Regulation Commission ("PRC") and its predecessor. To the extent that the Company concludes that the recovery of a regulatory asset is no longer probable due to regulatory treatment, the effects of competition or other factors, the amount would be recorded as a charge to earnings in the period in which recovery is determined to no longer be probable.

As of December 31, 1999, the Company discontinued the application of SFAS 71 for the generation portion of its business effective with the passage of the Electric Utility Industry Restructuring Act of 1999 ("Restructuring Act") in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 101, "Accounting for the Discontinuation of Application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") FASB Statement No. 71" ("SFAS 101"). As a result of the repeal of the Restructuring Act (see Note 5 - "Commitments and Contingencies - Global Electric Agreement"), the Company re-applied the accounting requirements of SFAS 71 to the generation portion of its business as of January 28, 2003.

Asset Retirement Obligations ("ARO")

The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143 "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" ("SFAS 143") on January 1, 2003 and accordingly identified certain AROs that are subject to the standard. These obligations included the decommissioning of the Company's nuclear generation facilities and fossil fuel generation plants. The Company's transmission and distribution facilities are also subject to the standard; however, the majority of these assets have an indeterminable useful life and settlement date. As such, an ARO liability for transmission and distribution assets would not be recognized until this information becomes known and is material. The Company did not identify any material AROs associated with the transmission and distribution assets.

Previously, the Company had recognized decommissioning costs for its fossil fuel and nuclear generation facilities ratably over approved cost recovery periods. Upon implementation of the standard, the net difference between the amounts determined to represent legal AROs under SFAS 143 and the Company's previous method of accounting for decommissioning costs has been recognized as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of related income taxes. Additionally, certain amounts accrued for nuclear decommissioning costs over the Company's legal AROs for its nuclear generation facilities have been reclassified as regulatory liabilities.

The effects of adopting the new standard are based on the Company's interpretation of the standard and determination of underlying assumptions, such as the Company's discount rate, estimates of the future costs for decommissioning and the timing of the removal activities to be performed. Any changes in these assumptions underlying the required calculations may require revisions to the estimated ARO when identified.

16

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

The following table shows the pro forma effect on the Company's earnings had the Company adopted SFAS 143 at the beginning of each respective period. The pro forma amounts below are based on current information and assumptions, which are reflected in the consolidated statement of earnings. The following table is presented for comparative purposes.

                                                    Six Months
                                                       Ended                       Year Ended
                                                     June 30,                      December 31
                                                       2002           2002            2001           2000
                                                  -------------- -------------- --------------- -------------
                                                                     (In thousands)
Net earnings before cumulative effect of a
   change in accounting principle................      $36,106        $64,272        $150,433      $100,946
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
   principle.....................................       32,771         37,422          32,771        28,059
                                                  -------------- -------------- --------------- -------------
Net earnings.....................................       68,877        101,694         183,204       129,005
Preferred stock dividend requirements............          293            586             586           586
                                                  -------------- -------------- --------------- -------------
Net earnings applicable to common stock..........      $68,584       $101,108        $182,618      $128,419
                                                  ============== ============== =============== =============
Earnings per share:
Basic earnings per share before cumulative
   effect of a change in accounting principle....      $  0.92        $  1.63         $  3.83       $  2.54
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
   principle.....................................         0.84           0.95            0.84          0.71
                                                  -------------- -------------- --------------- -------------
Basic earnings per share.........................      $  1.76        $  2.58         $  4.67       $  3.25
                                                  ============== ============== =============== =============
Diluted earnings per share before cumulative
   effect of a change in accounting principle....      $  0.90        $  1.61         $  3.77       $  2.53
                                                  ============== ============== =============== =============
Diluted earnings per share after cumulative
   effect of a change in accounting principle....      $  1.73        $  2.56         $  4.60   $      3.23
                                                  ============== ============== =============== =============
Asset retirement obligation liability............                     $42,201         $38,235
                                                                 ============== ===============

(Intentionally left blank)

17

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

A reconciliation of the Company's asset retirement obligations is as follows:

                                        June 30, 2003
                                        --------------
                                        (In thousands)

Upon adoption at January 1, 2003.......     $42,201
Liabilities incurred...................           -
Liabilities settled....................           -
Accretion expense......................       1,794
Revisions to estimate..................           -
                                        --------------
                                            $43,995
                                        ==============

Stock Options

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Compensation cost for stock options, if any, is measured as the excess of the quoted market price of the Company's stock at the date of grant over the exercise price of the granted stock option. Restricted stock is recorded as compensation cost over the requisite vesting periods based on the market value on the date of grant.

SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. The Company has elected to retain its current method of accounting as described above, and has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 only.

(Intentionally left blank)

18

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

At June 30, 2003, the Company had three stock-based employee compensation plans. Options continue to be granted under only two of these plans. Had compensation expense for the Company's stock options been recognized based on the fair value on the grant date under the methodology prescribed by SFAS 123, the effect on the Company's pro forma net earnings and pro forma earnings per share would be as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

                                                  Three Months Ended             Six Months Ended
                                                       June 30,                      June 30,
                                                  2003           2002           2003           2002
                                              -------------  -------------  -------------   ------------
Net earnings: (available for common
   stock)...................................     $17,596        $11,010        $65,766        $35,813
Deduct:  Total stock-based employee
   compensation expense determined
   under fair value based method for all
   awards, net of related tax effects.......        (565)        (1,105)        (1,070)        (2,211)
                                              -------------  -------------  -------------   ------------
Pro forma net earnings......................     $17,031         $9,905        $64,696        $33,602
                                              =============  =============  =============   ============
Earnings per share:
    Basic - as reported.....................      $ 0.45         $ 0.28         $ 1.68         $ 0.92
                                              =============  =============  =============   ============
    Basic - pro forma.......................      $ 0.43         $ 0.25         $ 1.65         $ 0.86
                                              =============  =============  =============   ============
    Diluted - as reported...................      $ 0.44         $ 0.28         $ 1.66         $ 0.90
                                              =============  =============  =============   ============
    Diluted - pro forma.....................      $ 0.43         $ 0.25         $ 1.64         $ 0.85
                                              =============  =============  =============   ============

(2) Segment Information

The Holding Company is an investor-owned holding company of energy and energy related businesses. Its principal subsidiary, PNM, is an integrated public utility primarily engaged in the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity; transmission, distribution and sale of natural gas within the State of New Mexico and the sale and marketing of electricity in the Western United States. In addition, the Holding Company provides energy and technology related services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Avistar Inc. ("Avistar").

As it currently operates, the Company's principal business segments are Utility Operations and Wholesale Operations ("Wholesale"). Utility Operations include Electric Services ("Electric"), Gas Services ("Gas") and Transmission Services ("Transmission") . These segments model the resource allocations as mandated in the Global Electric Agreement (see Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies - Global Electric Agreement). Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. In addition, Transmission was reclassified from Electric and disclosed as its own business segment.

19

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

UTILITY OPERATIONS

Electric

Electric consists of the distribution and generation of electricity for retail electric customers in New Mexico. The Company provides retail electric service to a large area of north central New Mexico, including the cities of Albuquerque and Santa Fe, and certain other areas of New Mexico. Customer rates for retail electric service are set by the PRC based on the provisions of the Global Electric Agreement.

Gas

Gas distributes natural gas to most of the major communities in New Mexico, including New Mexico's two largest metropolitan areas, Albuquerque and Santa Fe. The Company's customer base includes both sales-service customers and transportation-service customers. PNM purchases natural gas in the open market and resells it at cost to its distribution customers. As a result, increases or decreases in gas revenues resulting from wholesale gas price fluctuations do not impact the Company's consolidated gross margin or earnings.

Transmission

The Company owns or leases transmission lines, interconnected with other utilities in New Mexico and south and east into Texas, west into Arizona, and north into Colorado and Utah. Transmission revenues consist of sales to third parties as well as to Electric and Wholesale.

WHOLESALE OPERATIONS

Wholesale consists of the generation and sale of electricity into the wholesale market based on three product lines that include long-term contracts, forward sales and short-term sales. Long-term contracts include sales to firm-requirements wholesale customers with multi-year arrangements. These contracts range from 2 to 17 years with an average of 7.5 years. Forward sales include sales of excess generation and third party purchases in the forward market that range from 1 month to 3 years. These transactions do not qualify as normal sales and purchases as defined in SFAS 133 and as a result, are generally marked to market. Short-term sales generally include spot market, hour ahead, day ahead and week ahead contracts with terms of 30 days or less. Also included are sales of any excess generation not required to fulfill PNM's retail load and contractual commitments. Short-term sales also cover the revenue credit to retail customers as specified in the Global Electric Agreement.

CORPORATE AND OTHER

The Holding Company performs substantially all of the corporate activities of PNM. These activities are billed to PNM on a cost basis to the extent they are for the corporate management of PNM and are allocated to the operating segments. The Holding Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Avistar, was

20

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

formed in August 1999 as a New Mexico corporation and is currently engaged in certain unregulated and non-utility businesses. In January 2002, Avistar was transferred by way of a dividend to the Holding Company pursuant to an order from the PRC.

Summarized financial information by business segment for the three months ended June 30, 2003 is as follows:

                                                                   Utility
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Electric      Gas       Transmission  Eliminations      Total
                                      ------------- ----------- -------------  ------------ ------------
                                                               (In thousands)
2003:
Operating revenues:
   External customers................    $131,091    $ 74,009      $  2,317      $     -     $ 207,417
   Intersegment revenues.............           -           -        10,554       (7,777)        2,777
Depreciation and amortization........      15,843       5,498         2,337            -        23,678
Interest income......................       8,132         332            58            -         8,522
Interest charges.....................       6,905       3,654         1,041            -        11,600
Total income tax expense (benefit)...       7,381      (1,431)        1,063            -         7,013
Operating income.....................      16,482       1,293         2,636            -        20,411
Segment net income (loss)............      15,299      (2,185)        1,625            -        14,739

Total assets.........................   1,313,108     438,828       243,232            -     1,995,168
Gross property additions.............      12,584      14,013         6,483            -        33,080

                                                     Corporate
                                        Wholesale    and Other  Consolidated
                                      ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                   (In thousands)
2003:
Operating revenues:
   External customers................   $ 132,742      $   52     $ 340,211
   Intersegment revenues.............         900      (3,677)            -
Depreciation and amortization........       3,569       1,603        28,850
Interest income......................       1,313         642        10,477
Interest charges.....................       5,968         196        17,764
Total income tax expense (benefit)...       4,423      (1,221)       10,215
Operating income (loss)..............      12,436      (2,933)       29,914
Segment net income (loss)............       7,529      (4,525)       17,743

Total assets.........................     404,184     684,470     3,083,822
Gross property additions.............       1,646       2,738        37,464

21

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Summarized financial information by business segment for the three months ended June 30, 2002 is as follows:

                                                                   Utility
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Electric      Gas       Transmission  Eliminations      Total
                                      ------------- ----------- -------------  ------------ ------------
                                                                (In thousands)
2002:
Operating revenues:
   External customers...............    $ 134,412     $ 43,968      $  5,912      $     -      $ 184,292
   Intersegment revenues............            -          445         7,798       (7,444)           799
Depreciation and amortization.......       14,752        5,035         2,199            -         21,986
Interest income.....................        7,843           (7)            8            -          7,844
Interest charges....................        7,024        3,317           937            -         11,278
Total income tax expense (benefit)..        5,940       (1,316)        1,282            -          5,906
Operating income (loss).............       15,899          (94)        2,978            -         18,783
Segment net income (loss)...........       13,513       (1,936)        1,984            -         13,561

Total assets........................    1,712,744      449,695       197,928            -      2,360,367
Gross property additions............       47,234       11,035         3,272            -         61,541

                                                     Corporate
                                        Wholesale    and Other  Consolidated
                                      ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                   (In thousands)
2002:
Operating revenues:
   External customers...............     $ 65,812       $   85     $ 250,189
   Intersegment revenues............            -         (799)            -
Depreciation and amortization.......        1,906        1,325        25,217
Interest income.....................        1,273          613         9,730
Interest charges....................        6,100       (2,689)       14,689
Total income tax expense (benefit)..       (2,892)       2,559         5,573
Operating income (loss).............        1,676       (1,010)       19,449
Segment net income (loss)...........       (3,626)       1,222        11,157

Total assets........................      314,998      264,484     2,939,849
Gross property additions............        8,845        1,829        72,215

22

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Summarized financial information by business segment for the six months ended June 30, 2003 is as follows:

                                                                   Utility
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Electric      Gas       Transmission  Eliminations      Total
                                      ------------- ----------- -------------  ------------ ------------
                                                                (In thousands)
2003:
Operating revenues:
   External customers.................   $ 260,135   $ 220,262      $  6,874       $    -    $ 487,271
   Intersegment revenues..............           -           -        18,189      (15,412)       2,777
Depreciation and amortization.........      31,578      10,940         4,659            -       47,177
Interest income.......................      16,056       1,109            58            -       17,223
Interest charges......................      13,352       6,789         3,079            -       23,220
Total income tax expense..............       6,772       2,981         1,242            -       10,995
Operating income......................      32,143      10,689         4,984            -       47,816
Cumulative effect of a change
  in accounting principle, net of tax.      25,093           -             -            -       25,093
Segment net income....................      43,605       4,548         1,910            -       50,063

Total assets..........................   1,313,108     438,828       243,232            -    1,995,168
Gross property additions..............      30,972      21,234        11,330            -       63,536

                                                     Corporate
                                        Wholesale    and Other  Consolidated
                                      ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                   (In thousands)
2003:
Operating revenues:
   External customers.................   $ 240,519     $   112     $ 727,902
   Intersegment revenues..............         900      (3,677)            -
Depreciation and amortization.........       7,060       2,987        57,224
Interest income.......................       2,595       1,359        21,177
Interest charges......................       7,161       5,616        35,997
Total income tax expense..............       5,493         196        16,684
Operating income......................      15,231         293        63,340
Cumulative effect of a change
  in accounting principle, net of tax.      12,329           -        37,422
Segment net income (loss).............      22,178      (6,182)       66,059

Total assets..........................     404,184     684,470     3,083,822
Gross property additions..............      16,518       3,814        83,868

23

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Summarized financial information by business segment for the six months ended June 30, 2002 is as follows:

                                                                  Utility
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Electric      Gas       Transmission  Eliminations      Total
                                     ------------- ----------- -------------  ------------ ------------
                                                               (In thousands)
2002:
Operating revenues:
   External customers...............   $ 263,756    $ 153,169      $ 11,810       $    -     $ 428,735
   Intersegment revenues............           -          445        15,435      (15,081)          799
Depreciation and amortization.......      29,638       10,097         4,321            -        44,056
Interest income.....................      16,008           81            14            -        16,103
Interest charges....................      13,309        6,635         2,920            -        22,864
Total income tax expense............      12,360        3,971         2,122            -        18,453
Operating income....................      32,138       11,349         6,355            -        49,842
Segment net income..................      27,669        6,130         3,277            -        37,076

Total assets........................   1,712,744      449,695       197,928            -     2,360,367
Gross property additions............      97,805       17,578         6,273            -       121,656

                                                     Corporate
                                        Wholesale    and Other  Consolidated
                                      ------------- ----------- ------------
                                                   (In thousands)
002:
Operating revenues:
   External customers................   $ 122,354      $   917     $ 552,006
   Intersegment revenues.............           -         (799)            -
Depreciation and amortization........       3,762        2,178        49,996
Interest income......................       2,551        2,908        21,562
Interest charges.....................       7,135         (184)       29,815
Total income tax expense (benefit)...      (3,813)       5,141        19,781
Operating income.....................       1,330          964        52,136
Segment net income (loss)............      (4,291)       3,321        36,106

Total assets.........................     314,998      264,484     2,939,849
Gross property additions.............      16,726        3,305       141,687

(3) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation. Although management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. Therefore, the fair value estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current transaction. Fair value is based on market quotes provided by the Company's investment bankers and trust advisors.

24

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

The Company's available-for-sale securities include assets held in trust for its share of decommissioning costs of PVNGS and its executive retirement program. The trusts hold equity and fixed income securities. These amounts are included in other investments on the balance sheet. The amortized cost, gross unrealized gain and losses and estimated fair value of investments in available-for-sale securities are as follows:

                                                              June 30, 2003
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Amortized Cost     Unrealized        Unrealized       Fair Value
                                                         Gains            Losses
                                   ---------------- ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                             (In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity securities...............        $ 42,146           $6,920            $(999)          $48,067
Municipal bonds.................          18,555            1,548               (1)           20,102
U.S. Government securities......           5,703              618              (18)            6,303
Corporate bonds.................              11                1                -                12
Other investments...............           1,678                -               (3)            1,675
                                   ---------------- ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                        $ 68,093           $9,087          $(1,021)          $76,159
                                   ================ ================  ===============  ================

                                                            December 31, 2002
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Amortized Cost     Unrealized        Unrealized       Fair Value
                                                         Gains            Losses
                                   ---------------- ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                             (In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
Equity securities...............         $32,643           $4,134         $ (1,514)         $ 35,263
Mortgage-backed securities......          33,145              410              (93)           33,462
Corporate bonds.................          32,466              438              (19)           32,885
Municipal bonds.................          21,229            1,394              (24)           22,599
U.S. Government securities......          12,725              702                -            13,427
Other investments...............          14,716                -                -            14,716
                                   ---------------- ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                        $146,924           $7,078         $ (1,650)         $152,352
                                   ================ ================  ===============  ================

(Intentionally left blank)

25

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

At June 30, 2003, the available-for-sale investments held by the Company had the following maturities:

                                            Amortized Cost     Fair Value
                                           ---------------- ----------------
                                                   (In thousands)

Within 1 year.............................       $ 2,053          $ 2,067
After 1 year through 5 years..............         2,169            2,258
After 5 years through 10 years............         3,138            3,311
Over 10 years.............................        17,180           19,049
Equity securities.........................        42,146           48,067
Other investments.........................         1,407            1,407
                                           ---------------- ----------------
                                                 $68,093          $76,159
                                           ================ ================

The proceeds and gross realized gains and losses on the disposition of available-for-sale investments are shown in the following table. Realized gains and losses are determined by specific identification. The short-term investment balance was fully redeemed in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and included in proceeds from sale.

                                    Three Months Ended                  Six Months Ended
                                         June 30,                           June 30,
                             ---------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                  2003             2002              2003             2002
                             ---------------- ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                       (In thousands)
Proceeds from sales.........        17,140           51,096          103,984           106,116
Gross realized gains........         2,939              627            4,756             1,909
Gross realized losses.......        (1,016)          (1,420)          (2,637)           (3,937)

Natural Gas Contracts

Pursuant to a 1997 order issued by the New Mexico Public Utility Commission, the predecessor to the PRC, the Company previously entered into swaps to hedge certain portions of natural gas supply contracts in order to protect the Company's natural gas customers from the risk of adverse price fluctuations in the natural gas market. The financial impact of all hedge gains and losses from swaps is recoverable through the Company's purchased gas adjustment clause ("PGAC") if deemed prudently incurred by the PRC. As a result, earnings are not affected by gains or losses generated by these instruments.

PNM purchased gas options, a type of hedge, to protect its natural gas customers from the risk of price fluctuations during the 2002-2003 heating season. PNM expended $6.0 million to purchase options that limit the maximum amount the Company would pay for gas during the winter heating season. The Company recovered its actual hedging expenditures as a component of the PGAC during the months of October 2002 through February 2003 in equal monthly allotments of $1.2 million.

26

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Electricity Contracts

The Company's wholesale operations entered into various forward physical contracts for the purchase and sale of electricity with the intent to optimize its net generation position. These contracts do not qualify for normal purchase and sale designation pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133") and are marked to market as required by SFAS 133. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, the Company's Wholesale Operations settled forward contracts for the sale of electricity that generated $59.8 million of electric revenues by delivering 1.4 million MWh. The Company purchased $61.0 million or 1.5 million MWh of electricity to support these contractual sales and other open market sales opportunities. For the six months ended June 30, 2002, the Company's Wholesale Operations settled forward contracts for the sale of electricity that generated $20.6 million of electric revenues by delivering 0.6 million MWh. The Company purchased $35.9 million or 0.7 million MWh of electricity to support these contractual sales and other open market sales opportunities.

As of June 30, 2003, the Company had open contract positions to buy $78.1 million and to sell $80.3 million of electricity. At June 30, 2003, the Company had a gross mark-to-market gain (asset position) on these forward contracts of $17.9 million and gross mark-to-market loss (liability position) of $14.7 million, with net mark-to-market gain (asset position) of $3.2 million recorded in other current assets and liabilities, respectively. The change in mark-to-market valuation is recognized in earnings each period and is recorded in operating revenues.

The Company's Wholesale Operations also entered into forward physical contracts for the sale of the Company's electric capacity in excess of its retail and wholesale firm requirement needs, including reserves. In addition, the Company entered into forward physical contracts for the purchase of retail needs, including reserves, when resource shortfalls exist. The Company generally accounts for these derivative financial instruments as normal sales and purchases as defined by SFAS 133, as amended. From time to time the Company makes forward purchases to serve its retail needs when the cost of purchased power is less than the incremental cost of its generation. At June 30, 2003, the Company had open forward positions classified as normal sales of electricity of $203.2 million and normal purchases of electricity of $138.3 million, which are not recorded on the financial statements.

The Company's Wholesale Operations, including both firm commitments and other wholesale sale activities, are managed through an asset-backed strategy, whereby the Company's aggregate net open position is covered by its own excess generation capabilities. The Company is exposed to market risk if its generation capabilities were disrupted or if its retail load requirements were greater than anticipated. If the Company were required to cover all or a portion of its net open contract position, it would have to meet its commitments through market purchases.

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance or non-payment by counterparties of its financial and physical derivative instruments. The Company uses a credit management process to assess and monitor the financial conditions of counterparties. The Company's credit risk with its largest counterparty as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002 was $30.4 million and $18.7 million, respectively.

27

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Forward Starting Interest Rate Swaps

PNM had $46 million of tax-exempt bonds outstanding that were callable at a premium beginning December 15, 2002, and an additional $136 million that become callable at a premium in August 2003. PNM intended to refinance these bonds and had hedged the entire planned refinancing. The Company received regulatory approval to refund the tax-exempt bonds on October 29, 2002. In order to take advantage of low interest rates, PNM entered into five forward starting interest rate swaps in the fourth quarter of 2001 and the first quarter of 2002. The refinancings were completed on May 23, 2003.

The forward starting swaps were terminated on May 13, 2003 for a cash settlement of $27.1 million. This amount has been capitalized by the Company as a financing cost and will be amortized over the life of the bonds.

Corporate and Pension Hedge

The Company has approximately $318 million invested in domestic stocks and approximately $32 million invested in international stocks in various trusts for nuclear decommissioning, pension plan, executive retirement and retiree medical benefits. The Company uses financial derivatives based on the Standard & Poor's ("S&P") 500 Index to limit potential loss on these investments due to adverse market fluctuations. The options are structured as a collar, protecting the portfolio against losses beyond a certain amount and balancing the cost of that downside protection by foregoing gains above a certain level. If the S&P 500 Index is within the specified range when the option contract expires, the Company will not be obligated to pay, nor will the Company have the right to receive cash. During the three months ended June 30, 2003, the Company entered into certain S&P 500 Index contracts, which will expire on December 19, 2003 and March 19, 2004. The range of the floor and ceiling of the collar relative to a December 31, 2002 S&P 500 index of 880 is -3.4% for a floor and 16.7% to 21.0% for a ceiling. For the three months and six months ended June 30, 2003, the change in the market value of its corporate options was immaterial.

(Intentionally left blank)

28

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

(4) Earnings Per Share

In accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS 128"), dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share has been presented in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The following reconciliation illustrates the impact on the share amounts of potential common shares and the earnings per share amounts for June 30 (in thousands except per share amounts):

                                                       Three Months Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                            June 30,                    June 30,
                                                    -------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                       2003          2002          2003           2002
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Basic:
Net Earnings from Operations......................     $17,743       $11,157       $28,637        $36,106
Cumulative effect of a change in
   accounting principle, net of tax of $24,524....           -             -        37,422              -
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Net Earnings......................................      17,743        11,157        66,059         36,106
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements.............         147           147           293            293
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Net Earnings Applicable to Common Stock...........      $17,596       $11,010      $65,766        $35,813
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============
Average Number of Common Shares
   Outstanding....................................       39,364        39,118       39,242         39,118
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============
Net Earnings per Share of Common Stock                   $ 0.45        $ 0.28       $ 1.68         $ 0.92
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============
Earnings from operations..........................         0.45          0.28         0.73           0.92
Cumulative effect of a change in
   accounting principle...........................            -             -         0.95              -
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Net earnings per share of common stock (basic)           $ 0.45        $ 0.28       $ 1.68         $ 0.92
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============

(Intentionally left blank)

29

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

                                                       Three Months Ended           Six Months Ended
                                                            June 30,                    June 30,
                                                    -------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                       2003          2002          2003           2002
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------

Diluted:
Net Earnings from Operations......................      $17,743       $11,157       $28,637        $36,106
Cumulative effect of a change in
   accounting principle, net of tax of $24,524....            -             -        37,422              -
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Net Earnings......................................       17,743        11,157        66,059         36,106
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements.............          147           147           293            293
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Net Earnings Applicable to Common Stock...........      $17,596       $11,010       $65,766        $35,813
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============
Average Number of Common Shares
   Outstanding....................................       39,364        39,118        39,242         39,118
Dilutive effect of common stock
   equivalents (a)................................          390           468           327            494
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Average common and common
   equivalent shares outstanding..................       39,754        39,586        39,569         39,612
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============
Net Earnings per Share of Common Stock
   (Diluted)......................................       $ 0.44        $ 0.28        $ 1.66         $ 0.90
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============
Earnings from operations..........................         0.44          0.28          0.71           0.90
Cumulative effect of a change in
   accounting principle...........................            -             -          0.95              -
                                                    ------------ ------------- -------------  -------------
Net earnings per share of common stock
   (diluted)......................................       $ 0.44        $ 0.28        $ 1.66          $0.90
                                                    ============ ============= =============  =============

(a) Excludes the effect of average anti-dilutive common stock equivalents related to out-of-the-money options of 878,681 and 33,462 for the three months ended and 1,886,653 and 23,785 for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

(5) Commitments and Contingencies

PVNGS Liability and Insurance Matters

The PVNGS participants have financial protection for public liability resulting from nuclear energy hazards to the full limit of liability under federal law. This potential liability is covered by primary liability insurance provided by commercial insurance carriers in the amount of $300 million and the balance by an industry-wide retrospective assessment program. If losses at any nuclear power plant covered by the programs exceed the primary liability insurance limit, the Company could be assessed retrospective adjustments. Effective August 20, 2003 the maximum assessment per reactor under the program

30

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

for each nuclear incident increases from approximately $88 million to approximately $101 million. The retrospective assessment is subject to an annual limit of $10 million per reactor per incident. Based upon the Company's 10.2% interest in the three PVNGS units, the Company's maximum potential assessment per incident for all three units is approximately $31 million, with an annual payment limitation of approximately $3 million per incident. If the funds provided by this retrospective assessment program prove to be insufficient, Congress could impose revenue-raising measures on the nuclear industry to pay claims.

Natural Gas Explosion

On April 25, 2001, a natural gas explosion occurred in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The apparent cause of the explosion was a leak from a PNM gas line near the location. The explosion destroyed a small building and injured two persons who were working in the building. PNM's investigation indicates that the leak was an isolated incident likely caused by a combination of corrosion and increased pressure. PNM also cooperated with an investigation of the incident by the PRC's Pipeline Safety Bureau (the "Bureau"), which issued its report on March 18, 2002. The Bureau's report gave PNM notice of probable violations of the New Mexico Pipeline Safety Act and related regulations. PNM and the Bureau staff entered into a compliance agreement addressing the probable violations and filed it with the PRC for approval on March 4, 2003. PNM agreed to undertake a list of twenty-four corrective actions, including internal policy changes, retraining employees and enhancing gas line monitoring. PNM has also agreed to voluntarily accelerate spending on pipeline replacement by more than $10.0 million and to commit an additional $1.8 million to development and implementation of systems to improve gas line management. The compliance agreement was approved by the PRC on March 25, 2003. No civil penalty was imposed. Two lawsuits against PNM by the injured persons along with several claims for property and business interruption damages have been resolved.

Global Electric Agreement

On October 10, 2002, PNM announced that it had agreed with the PRC staff, the New Mexico Attorney General ("AG"), and other consumer groups on a Global Electric Agreement that provided for joint support for the repeal of a majority of the New Mexico Utility Industry Restructuring Act of 1999, as amended, ("Restructuring Act"), a fixed rate path, procedures for the Company's participation in wholesale plant activities and other regulatory issues. The rate-path is effective for services rendered September 1, 2003 through December 31, 2007. Based on the normal time frame for rate proceedings in New Mexico of ten months, a change in rates would not happen until late 2008. The Global Electric Agreement was approved by the PRC on January 28, 2003. Legislation repealing the Restructuring Act and continuing the authorization for utilities to participate in wholesale plant activities for a limited time according to the Global Electric Agreement was passed by the New Mexico Legislature and signed into law by the Governor on April 8, 2003. In the Global Electric Agreement, PNM agreed to forego recovery of the costs incurred in preparing to transition to a competitive retail market in New Mexico under the repealed law. This resulted in a charge of $16.7 million, pre-tax, in the first quarter of 2003. As a result of

31

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

the repeal of the Restructuring Act, PNM has re-applied the accounting requirements of SFAS 71 to its regulated generation activities effective January 28, 2003, which did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Asset Securitization

On April 8, 2003, PNM entered into a transaction providing for the securitization of PNM's retail electric service accounts receivable and retail gas service accounts receivable ("AR Securitization"). The total capacity under the AR Securitization is $90 million. Under the AR Securitization, PNM will periodically sell its accounts receivable to a bankruptcy remote subsidiary, PNM Receivables Corp., which in turn pledges an undivided interest in the receivables to an unaffiliated conduit commercial paper issuer. This transaction was previously approved by the PRC on December 17, 2002. As of June 30, 2003, the Company had borrowed $64.6 million under the AR Securitization, which was secured by $78.5 million of accounts receivable. PNM Receivables Corp. is consolidated in the results of PNM Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Public Service Company of New Mexico and Subsidiaries.

Eastern Interconnection Project ("EIP") Purchase

On April 1, 2003, PNM exercised its early buyout option related to a 60% interest in the EIP transmission line and related facilities held under lease. Through the exercise of the early buyout option, PNM was able to retire all $26.2 million of secured facility bonds , which were issued to finance the sale leaseback transaction which had previously been disclosed as off balance sheet debt in the notes to the Companies' financial statements. The Company will continue to exclude $4.6 million of lease obligations relating to the 40% interest the Company does not own from the consolidated balance sheet.

Debt Refinance

On May 13, 2003, the Company priced $182 million of tax-exempt pollution control bonds at a one-year interest rate of 2.75%. The bond sale closed on May 23, 2003. The bonds will need to be remarketed at the end of the one-year interest rate period. A portion of the proceeds were used to refund the $46 million of pollution control bonds, which became callable on December 15, 2002. Additionally, the remaining $136 million have been placed in an escrow account to be used to refund the same amount of pollution control bonds. The redemption notice for the remaining $136 million of pollution control bonds was issued and the bonds have been called for redemption on August 15, 2003. Both of these issuances were previously hedged (see Note 3 - Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments - Forward Interest Rate Swaps).

The premium paid to refinance the pollution control bonds was $3.6 million. The balance of the unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the pollution control bonds that were retired was $3.8 million. These amounts were capitalized as loss on reacquired debt. The portion of unamortized loss on reacquired debt associated with the FERC firm requirements customers and the excluded plant of $1.0 million was written off in conjunction with the

32

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

refinancing of the pollution control bonds. The remaining balance will be amortized over the life of the new bonds.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

On May 13, 2003, the board of directors approved the use of Holding Company stock in the funding of the Company's defined benefit pension plan as well as its retiree medical trust. Corporate plan sponsors may make contributions of common stock to their defined benefit plans of up to 10% of the value of the portfolio without Department of Labor approval, provided that the contribution does not otherwise constitute a prohibited transaction under Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"). On June 11, 2003, a contribution of 1,121,495 PNM Resources common shares (approximately $28.9 million in market value) was made to the Company's retirement plan.

Shelf Registrations

On June 12, 2003, the Holding Company and PNM both filed universal shelf registration filings with the SEC for a combination of debt and equity securities for $500 million and $285 million, respectively. The PNM shelf registration, when combined with a previously filed shelf, provides $500 million of capacity. The PNM shelf registration was declared effective June 28, 2003. The Holding Company has not asked the SEC to declare its shelf registration effective as of the date of this filing.

Other

There are various claims and lawsuits pending against the Company. The Company is also subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, and is currently participating in the investigation and remediation of numerous sites. In addition, the Company periodically enters into financial commitments in connection with its business operations. It is not possible at this time for the Company to determine fully the effect of all litigation on its consolidated financial statements. However, the Company has recorded a liability where the litigation effects can be estimated and where an outcome is considered probable. The Company does not expect that any known lawsuits, environmental costs and commitments will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. The associated legal costs for these legal matters are accrued when incurred. It is also the Company's policy to accrue for legal costs expected to be incurred in connection with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5 "Accounting for Contingencies" ("SFAS 5") legal matters when it is probable that a SFAS 5 liability has been incurred and the amount of expected legal costs to be incurred is reasonably estimable. These estimates include costs for external counsel professional fees.

33

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company's future results may be affected by changes in regional economic conditions; the outcome of labor negotiations with unionized employees; fluctuations in fuel, purchased power and gas prices; the actions of utility regulatory commissions; changes in law and environmental regulations; the success of its planned generation expansion; and external factors such as weather and water supply. Because of pending federal regulatory reforms, the public utility industry is undergoing a fundamental change. New Mexico has repealed the Electric Utility Industry Restructuring Act of 1999 and therefore has abandoned its plans to transform the industry from one of vertically-integrated monopolies to one with deregulated, competitive generation. However, the FERC has proposed a "Standard Market Design" ("SMD") to establish rules for a market-based approach for wholesale transactions over the transmission grid. The FERC's efforts have been opposed by a number of states, primarily in the West and in the Southeast in transmission market, because of concern that the SMD does not adequately take into account regional differences. Congress is currently debating energy legislation which could affect the FERC's activities. In an attempt to ease concerns, on April 28, 2003, the FERC issued a White Paper on "Wholesale Power Market Platform" describing changes it intended to make to its SMD proposed rules. The Company's future results will be impacted by the form the FERC rules take, if adopted; the costs of complying with rules and legislation that may call for regulatory reforms for the industry; and the resulting market prices for electricity and natural gas. In addition, the Company has in place a retail electric rate freeze through 2007 so that the Company's financial results will depend on its ability to control costs and grow revenues, and the implications of uncontrollable factors such as weather, water supply, litigation, and economic conditions.

(6) Company Realignment

On August 22, 2002, the Company was realigned due to the changes in the electric industry and particularly, the negative impact on the Company's earnings and growth prospects from wholesale market uncertainty. The changes included consolidation of similar functions. A total of 85 salaried and hourly employees were notified of their termination as part of the realignment. In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force 94-3 ("EITF 94-3"), "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity", the Company incurred a liability of $8.8 million for severance and other related costs associated with the involuntary termination of employees, which was charged to operations in the quarter ended September 30, 2002. The Company had paid $7.6 million as of June 30, 2003 for such costs and the balance of the liability was $1.2 million.

34

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

(7) Other Income and Deductions

The following table details the components of other income and deductions for PNM Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

                                                   Three Months Ended             Six Months Ended
                                                        June 30,                      June 30,
                                              ----------------------------- ------------------------------
                                                  2003           2002           2003            2002
                                              -------------  -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                                    (In thousands)
Other income:
Interest income.............................     $10,477          $9,730        $21,177         $21,562
Miscellaneous non-operating income..........       2,268           1,994          2,774           3,889
                                              -------------  -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                 $12,745         $11,724        $23,951         $25,451
                                              =============  ============== ============== ===============
Other deductions:
Transition costs write-off..................           -               -         16,720               -
Miscellaneous non-operating deductions......       4,020           1,895          5,212           3,392
                                              -------------  -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                  $4,020          $1,895        $21,932          $3,392
                                              =============  ============== ============== ===============

The following table details the components of other income and deductions for PNM:

                                                   Three Months Ended             Six Months Ended
                                                        June 30,                      June 30,
                                              ----------------------------- ------------------------------
                                                  2003           2002           2003            2002
                                              -------------  -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                                    (In thousands)
Other income:
Interest income.............................     $10,084          $8,177        $20,201         $18,188
Miscellaneous non-operating income..........       1,513             951          1,889           1,305
                                              -------------  -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                 $11,597          $9,128        $22,090         $19,493
                                              =============  ============== ============== ===============
Other deductions:
Transition costs write-off..................           -               -         16,720               -
Miscellaneous non-operating deductions......         962           1,626          2,723           3,752
                                              -------------  -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                   $ 962          $1,626        $19,443          $3,752
                                              =============  ============== ============== ===============

(8) New and Proposed Accounting Standards

Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities", an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements" ("FIN 46"). In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FIN 46 to address the consolidation of variable interest entities. FIN 46 applies immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date and may be applied prospectively with a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date on which it is first applied or by restating previously issued financial statements for one or more years with a cumulative-effect adjustment

35

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

as of the beginning of the first year restated. As of July 1, 2003, FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

EITF 02-3 "Issues Related to Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities", EITF 98-10 "Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities" and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133"). On October 25, 2002, the EITF reached a final consensus on EITF 02-3 that rescinds EITF 98-10 and requires that all energy contracts held for trading purposes be presented on a net margin basis in the statement of earnings. As a result, the Company has reclassified those contracts previously accounted for under EITF 98-10 to a net margin basis under EITF 02-3 for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2002. The Company will not report revenues and cost of energy sold on a net margin basis on a prospective basis because of the application of EITF 02-3, as none of the Company's current marketing activities meet the definition of trading activities as prescribed by EITF 02-3.

The following table details wholesale electric revenues as adjusted under EITF 02-3. Energy trading margin is included in electric operating revenues in the Statements of Earnings.

                                               Three Months        Six Months
                                                  Ended               Ended
                                                June 30, 2002     June 30, 2002
                                              ---------------   ----------------
Wholesale revenues..........................      $ 20,408            $38,150
Wholesale purchases (EITF 02-3 adjustment)..       (18,944)           (35,432)
                                               -------------       ------------
Energy trading margin.......................       $ 1,464            $ 2,718
                                               =============       ============

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149 "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 149"). On April 30, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
149. SFAS 149 amends SFAS 133 for derivative instruments, including certain derivative investments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. SFAS 149 also amends certain existing pronouncements. It will require contracts with comparable characteristics to be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS 149 clarifies when a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristics of a derivative and clarifies when a derivative that contains a financing component will require special reporting in the statement of cash flows. The Company must apply SFAS 149 to contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003.

For the companies in the wholesale power marketing industry, SFAS 149 amends previously issued guidance in Derivative Implementation Group Issue Summaries. Specifically, the pronouncement excludes electricity contracts subject to unplanned netting from normal designation under SFAS 133. In addition, the pronouncement amends the definition of a capacity contract. Electricity contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 that meet the

36

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

amended definition may qualify for normal designation despite being subject to unplanned netting. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the requirements of SFAS 149 and is unable to determine if SFAS 149 will have a material effect on the Company's financial statements. If the Company's forward contracts that are typically designated as normal pursuant to SFAS 133 do not meet the definition of a capacity contract pursuant to SFAS 149, they may be marked-to-market which will substantially increase the number of the Company's contracts subject to mark-to-market accounting.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150 "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("SFAS 150"). On May 15, 2003, the FASB issued SFAS 150. This statement establishes standards for classifying and measuring certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that issuers classify as liabilities a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period after June 15, 2003. Currently, the Company does not possess any such financial instruments that are covered under this statement.

EITF 01-8 "Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease." EITF 01-8 provides guidance on how to determine whether an arrangement contains a lease that is within the scope of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, "Accounting for Leases" ("SFAS 13"). The guidance is based on whether the arrangement conveys to the purchaser (lessee) the right to use a specific asset. A consensus was reached on the accounting for substantial services provided by the lessor in these arrangements in which these services are not executory costs as the term is used in SFAS 13. Guidance is also provided as to when an arrangement should be reassessed to determine whether it contains a lease and how to account for these subsequent changes in lease classification. EITF 01-8 should be applied to arrangements agreed to, committed to, modified, or acquired in business combinations initiated in the next reporting period beginning after May 28, 2003. The Company does not expect EITF 01-8 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

EITF 02-9 "Accounting for Changes That Result in a Transferor Regaining Control of Financial Assets Sold." EITF 02-9 addresses how to apply the accounting requirements of paragraph 55 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" ("SFAS 140"), with respect to beneficial interests held by the transferor and loans that do not meet the definition of a security, including whether the transferor should recognize a gain or loss when the provisions of paragraph 55 are applied. Paragraph 55 of SFAS No. 140 requires a transferor to recognize in its financial statements assets previously accounted for appropriately as having been sold when one or more of the conditions regarding control of the assets are no longer met. EITF 02-9 should be applied to events occurring after April 2, 2003. The Company does not expect EITF 02-9 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

37

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

(9) Subsequent Events

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP")

The ESPP, which allows eligible employees to purchase shares of PNM Resources common stock ("Stock") at a discount, became effective on July 1, 2003. Employees can contribute from 1% to 10% of their pay each pay period towards purchases. The ESPP is organized into two six-month offering periods that run from January 1 through June 30 and from July 1 through December 31. Within each offering period, there are two purchase periods and two purchase dates. The purchase periods run from January 1 through March 31, April 1 through June 30, July 1 through September 30 and October 1 through December 31. The purchase dates are March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. At the end of each purchase period, the accumulated contributions are used to purchase full and fractional shares of stock at the discounted purchase price. The discounted purchase price is 85% of the lower of fair market value of the Stock on the two different days each offering period: the first day of the offering period; or the relevant purchase date. Employees cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock each calendar year. As of July 1, 2003, 347 employees elected to participate in the ESPP. The total amount to be contributed each purchase period is approximately $0.2 million.

Long-term Debt

As of June 30, 2003, PNM had $268.4 million of long-term debt that matures in August 2005. All other long-term debt of PNM matures in 2016 or later. On June 30, 2003, PNM filed for approval with the PRC to issue up to $300 million of new long term debt maturing in 2008, 2010, 2013 or some combination thereof. Proceeds would be used to retire the $268.4 million maturing in August 2005. The Company filed a conditional notice of redemption on the $268.4 million of long-term debt on July 21, 2003. A hearing on the matter was held July 29, 2003. The PRC approved the issuance of new long-term debt on August 5, 2003.

38

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Holding Company and its subsidiaries and PNM is presented on a combined basis. The Holding Company performs substantially all of the corporate activities of PNM. These activities are billed to PNM on a cost basis to the extent they are for the corporate management of PNM and are allocated to the operating segments. In January 2002, Avistar and certain inactive subsidiaries were transferred by way of a dividend to the Holding Company pursuant to an order from the PRC. The business of PNM constitutes substantially all of the business of the Company. Therefore, the financial results and results of operations of PNM are virtually identical to the consolidated results of the Holding Company and all its subsidiaries. For discussion purposes, this report will use the term "Company" when discussing matters of common applicability to the Holding Company and Subsidiaries and PNM. Readers of Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should assume that the information presented applies to consolidated results of operations and financial position of both the Holding Company and its subsidiaries and PNM, except where the context or references clearly indicate otherwise. Discussions regarding specific contractual obligations generally reference the company that is legally obligated. In the case of contractual obligations of PNM, these obligations are consolidated with the Holding Company and its subsidiaries under GAAP. Broader operational discussions refer to the Company.

The following is management's assessment of the Company's financial condition and the significant factors affecting the results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and related notes. Trends and contingencies of a material nature are discussed to the extent known and considered relevant.

OVERVIEW

The Holding Company is an investor-owned holding company of energy and energy related companies. Its principal subsidiary, PNM, is an integrated public utility primarily engaged in the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity; transmission, distribution and sale of natural gas within the State of New Mexico; and the sale and marketing of electricity in the Western United States.

COMPETITIVE STRATEGY

The Company is positioned as a "merchant utility," primarily operating as a regulated energy service provider. The Company is also engaged in the sale and marketing of electricity in the competitive energy market place. As a utility, PNM has an obligation to serve its customers under the jurisdiction of the PRC. As a wholesale electricity provider, PNM markets excess production from the utility, as well as unregulated generation, into a competitive marketplace. As part of its electric wholesale power operation, it purchases wholesale electricity in the open market for future resale or to provide energy to retail customers in New Mexico when the Company's generation assets cannot satisfy demand. The wholesale operations utilize an asset-backed strategy, whereby the Company's aggregate net open position for the sale of electricity is covered by the Company's forecasted excess generation capabilities.

39

As it currently operates, the Company's principal business segments are Utility Operations and Wholesale Operations ("Wholesale"). Utility Operations include Electric Services ("Electric"), Gas Services ("Gas") and Transmission Services ("Transmission"). Electric consists of the distribution and generation of electricity for retail customers. Wholesale consists of the generation and sale of electricity into the wholesale market based on three product lines that include long-term contracts, forward sales and short-term sales.

The Utility Operations strategy is directed at supplying reasonably priced and reliable energy to retail customers through customer-driven operational excellence, high quality customer service, cost efficient processes, and improved overall organizational performance.

The Wholesale Operations strategy calls for increased asset-backed energy sales supported by long-term contracts and the wholesale market. The asset-backed sales are actively monitored by management by the use of stringent risk management policies. The Company's future growth plans call for approximately 75% of its new generation portfolio to be committed through long-term contracts, including sales to retail customers. Growth will be dependent on market development and upon the Company's ability to generate funds for the Company's future expansion. Although the current economic environment has led the Company to scale back its expansion plans, the Company will continue to operate in the wholesale market and seek rationally priced asset additions. Expansion of the Company's generating portfolio will depend upon acquiring favorably priced assets at strategic locations and securing long-term commitments for the purchase of power from the acquired plants.

(Intentionally left blank)

40

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three Months Ended June 30, 2003

Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2002

Consolidated

The Company's net earnings available to common shareholders for the three months ended June 30, 2003 were $17.6 million or $0.44 per diluted share of common stock, a 59.8% increase in net earnings compared to $11.0 million or $0.28 per diluted share of common stock in 2002. This increase primarily reflects new long-term contract sales, improved wholesale market conditions and increased demand in the New Mexico service territory for electricity and natural gas.

The following discussion is based on the financial information presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements - Segment Information Note 2, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Corporate allocations, income taxes and non-operating items are discussed only on a consolidated basis.

Utility Operations

Electric

The table below sets forth the operating results for Electric.

                                               Three Months Ended
                                                     June 30,
                                        ----------------------------------
                                              2003              2002           Variance
                                        -----------------   --------------   --------------
                                                            (In thousands)
Operating revenues:.....................      $ 131,091         $ 134,412          $(3,321)
Less: Cost of energy....................         50,006            49,733              273
       Energy transfer..................        (11,654)           (8,526)          (3,128)
                                         ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Gross margin............................         92,739            93,205             (466)
                                         ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Energy production costs.................         25,427            26,899           (1,472)
Distribution O&M........................          4,903             5,145             (242)
Customer related expense................          4,184             4,938             (754)
Administrative and general..............          2,175             2,391             (216)
                                         ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel O&M....................         36,689            39,373           (2,684)
Corporate allocation....................         13,850            12,761            1,089
Depreciation and amortization...........         15,843            14,752            1,091
Taxes other than income taxes...........          3,598             4,605           (1,007)
Income taxes............................          6,277             5,815              462
                                         ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses.....         76,257            77,306           (1,049)
                                         ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Operating income........................       $ 16,482          $ 15,899           $  583
                                         ----------------   ---------------   --------------

41

The following table shows electric revenues by customer class and average customers:

                           Electric Retail Revenues

                                    Three Months Ended
                                         June 30,
                                   2003           2002          Variance
                               -------------  -------------  --------------
                                              (In thousands)
Residential................          $46,871        $45,696        $1,175
Commercial.................           62,984         62,577           407
Industrial.................           16,351         20,792        (4,441)
Other......................            4,885          5,347          (462)
                               -------------  -------------  --------------
                                    $131,091       $134,412      $ (3,321)
                               =============  =============  ==============
Average customers..........          394,679        383,589        11,090
                               =============  =============  ==============

The following table shows electric sales by customer class:

                                Electric Sales

                                  Three Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                           (Megawatt hours)
Residential...............         547,145        534,417        12,728
Commercial................         830,153        823,218         6,935
Industrial................         325,243        405,571       (80,328)
Other.....................          56,783         62,491        (5,708)
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                1,759,324      1,825,697       (66,373)
                             =============  =============  ==============

Operating revenues decreased $3.3 million or 2.5% for the period. Retail electricity delivery declined to 1.76 million MWh in 2003 compared to 1.83 million MWh delivered in the prior year, resulting in the decrease in revenues. This volume decrease was the result of the reclassification of a significant customer from retail to wholesale electric rates in the first quarter of 2003, partially offset by customer growth year-over-year of 2.9%. Without the customer reclassification, volume increased 1.3% and retail electric revenues increased $1.4 million.

The gross margin, or operating revenues minus cost of energy sold, decreased $0.5 million or 0.5%. This decrease is due mainly to the customer reclassification, partially offset by customer growth in the Company's retail electric service territory.

Total non-fuel O&M expenses decreased $2.7 million or 6.8%. Energy production costs decreased $1.5 million or 5.5% primarily due to plant maintenance schedules. As a result of the maintenance schedule timing, maintenance costs decreased $0.7 million at Reeves Generating Station ("Reeves") and $0.9 million at Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station (`PVNGS") Unit 2 for outages in 2002, which did not recur in 2003. Customer-related expense decreased $0.8 million or 15.3% due to lower salaries and outside services due to the Company realignment (see Note 6 "Company Realignment") and lower bad debt

42

expense of $0.3 million as a result of collection improvements. Depreciation and amortization increased $1.1 million or 7.4% due to an increase of $0.3 million for the change in accounting for costs related to asset retirement obligations, as required by SFAS 143, and a higher depreciable plant base. Taxes other than income taxes decreased $1.0 million or 21.9% due to a decrease in property tax as a result of a change in assessed value and a decrease in social security taxes.

Gas

The table below sets forth the operating results for Gas.

                                                 Three Months Ended
                                                       June 30,
                                          --------------------------------
                                               2003             2002            Variance
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
                                                           (In thousands)
Operating revenues:
  External customers....................        $74,009          $43,968          $ 30,041
  Intersegment revenues.................              -              445              (445)
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
  Total revenues........................         74,009           44,413            29,596
Less: Cost of energy....................         46,275           18,922            27,353
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
Gross margin............................         27,734           25,491             2,243
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
Energy production costs.................            438              503               (65)
Transmission and distribution O&M.......          7,145            6,592               553
Customer related expense................          4,062            4,281              (219)
Administrative and general..............            924            1,568              (644)
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
  Total non-fuel O&M....................         12,569           12,944              (375)
Corporate allocation....................          8,607            7,875               732
Depreciation and amortization...........          5,498            5,035               463
Taxes other than income taxes...........          1,314            1,967              (653)
Income taxes............................         (1,547)          (2,236)              689
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses.....         26,441           25,585               856
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------
Operating income (loss).................        $ 1,293          $   (94)          $ 1,387
                                          ---------------   --------------   ---------------

The following table shows gas revenues by customer and average customers:

                                 Gas Revenues

                                  Three Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                            (In thousands)
Residential...............         $44,699        $25,612        $19,087
Commercial................          15,142          8,191          6,951
Industrial................             434            415             19
Transportation*...........           6,010          5,134            876
Other.....................           7,724          5,061          2,663
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                   $74,009        $44,413        $29,596
                             =============  =============  ==============
Average customers.........         451,079        443,514          7,565
                             =============  =============  ==============

43

The following table shows gas throughput by customer class:

                                Gas Throughput

                                         Three Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                      (Thousands of decatherms)
Residential...............           3,651          2,984           667
Commercial................           1,641          1,594            47
Industrial................              70            124           (54)
Transportation*...........          16,455         14,076         2,379
Other.....................           1,026          1,114           (88)
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                    22,843         19,892         2,951
                             =============  =============  ==============

*Customer-owned gas

Operating revenues increased $29.6 million or 66.6% for the period to $74.0 million, primarily because of higher natural gas prices in 2003 as compared to 2002, customer growth of 1.7% and an increase in gas sales volumes of 14.8%, largely resulting from cooler weather in April 2003. PNM purchases natural gas in the open market and resells it at that open market price to its distribution customers. As a result, increases or decreases in gas revenues driven by gas costs do not impact the Company's consolidated gross margin or earnings.

The gross margin, or operating revenues minus cost of energy sold, increased $2.2 million or 8.8%. This increase is due mainly to a weather-related increase in gas volumes, partially offset by the expiration in January 2003 of a rate rider for the recovery of certain costs of $0.6 million. The Company currently believes that gas assets are not earning an adequate level of return. As a result, the Company filed a request for increased rates in January 2003. In June 2003, the Company agreed to a negotiated settlement. If approved by the PRC, the agreement will increase gas revenues by $21.6 million annually. The agreement also allows the Company to collect interest on uncollected regulatory assets over the collection period. The revenue increase and interest collection combined generate approximately $22 million of pre-tax value. An order from the PRC is not expected until September 2003 with new rates going into effect in October 2003.

Total non-fuel O&M expenses decreased $0.4 million or 2.9%. Transmission and distribution O&M increased $0.6 million or 8.4% due to an increase in leak surveys of $0.3 million for safety purposes and a 2002 legal settlement of $0.3 million. Administrative and general costs decreased $0.6 million or 41.1% primarily due to lower costs resulting from increased capital activity and cost control initiatives. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.5 million or 9.2% due to a higher depreciable plant base. Taxes other than income taxes decreased $0.7 million or 33.2% due to a decrease in property tax as a result of a change in assessed value and a decrease in social security taxes.

44

Transmission

The table below sets forth the operating results for Transmission.

                                                Three Months Ended
                                                      June 30,
                                         ----------------------------------
                                               2003              2002           Variance
                                         -----------------   --------------   --------------
                                                           (In thousands)
Operating revenues:
  External customers.....................        $ 2,317           $ 5,912         $ (3,595)
  Intersegment revenues..................         10,554             7,798            2,756
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total revenues.........................         12,871            13,710             (839)
Less: Cost of energy.....................          1,183             1,021              162
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Gross margin.............................         11,688            12,689           (1,001)
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Energy production costs..................            241                (4)             245
Transmission O&M.........................          3,136             3,705             (569)
Administrative and general...............            581               669              (88)
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel O&M.....................          3,958             4,370             (412)
Corporate allocation.....................          1,127             1,200              (73)
Depreciation and amortization............          2,337             2,199              138
Taxes other than income taxes............            586               604              (18)
Income taxes.............................          1,044             1,338             (294)
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses......          9,052             9,711             (659)
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Operating income.........................          2,636             2,978          $  (342)
                                          ----------------   ---------------   --------------

Operating revenues decreased $0.8 million or 6.1% and gross margin decreased $1.0 million or 7.9% for the period. Transmission revenues decreased primarily due to lower demand for wheeling to California from Arizona as a result of lower demand in the California market.

Total non-fuel O&M expenses decreased $0.4 million or 9.4%. Transmission O&M decreased $0.6 million or 15.4% primarily due to a decrease in lease costs of $1.1 million for the EIP transmission line, a portion of which was repurchased in April 2003. This decrease was partially offset by higher maintenance costs incurred for reliability improvement purposes.

45

Wholesale

The table below sets forth the operating results for Wholesale.

                                                 Three Months Ended
                                                      June 30,
                                         -----------------------------------
                                              2003                2002            Variance
                                         ----------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                            (In thousands)
Operating revenues:
  External customers....................      $ 132,742             $65,812          $66,930
  Intersegment revenues.................            900                   -              900
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------
  Total revenues........................        133,642              65,812           67,830
Less: Cost of energy....................         89,327              46,936           42,391
       Energy transfer..................         11,652               8,526            3,126
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------
Gross margin............................         32,663              10,350           22,313
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------
Energy production costs.................          8,409               6,804            1,605
Administrative and general..............          1,994               1,316              678
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel O&M....................         10,403               8,120            2,283
Corporate allocation....................            965                 918               47
Depreciation and amortization...........          3,569               1,906            1,663
Taxes other than income taxes...........          1,050                 630              420
Income taxes............................          4,240               (2,900)          7,140
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses.....         20,227               8,674           11,553
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------
Operating income........................       $ 12,436             $ 1,676         $ 10,760
                                         ----------------    ----------------   --------------

The following table shows revenues by customer class:

                             Wholesale Revenues

                                        Three Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                            (In thousands)
Long-term contracts.......         $34,507        $16,045        $18,462
Forward sales*............          44,010          1,464         42,546
Short-term sales..........          55,125         48,303          6,822
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                  $133,642        $65,812        $67,830
                             =============  =============  ==============

*Includes mark-to-market gains/(losses).

(Intentionally left blank)

46

The following table shows sales by customer class:

                         Wholesale Sales

                                  Three Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                           (Megawatt hours)
Long-term contracts.......         560,672        227,000       333,672
Forward sales.............         955,180              -       955,180
Short-term sales..........       1,352,006      1,771,569      (419,563)
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                 2,867,858      1,998,569       869,289
                             =============  =============  ==============

Operating revenues increased $67.8 million or 103.1% for the period to $133.6 million. This increase in wholesale electric sales primarily reflects new long-term contract sales and improved wholesale market conditions. The Company delivered wholesale (bulk) power of 2.9 million MWh of electricity for the three months ended June 30, 2003 compared to 2.0 million MWh for the same period in 2002. In addition, effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted EITF 02-3, which resulted in the reclassification of contracts that were previously accounted for under EITF 98-10 to a net margin basis. Therefore, in 2002, $18.9 million of realized purchased power expense was netted against revenues for a net margin of $1.5 million. These sales and purchases were accounted for in the forward sales market.

The gross margin, or operating revenues minus cost of energy sold, increased $22.3 million or 215.6%. Higher margins were created primarily by new long-term sales contracts, higher market prices and improved market liquidity. The addition of new, multi-year long-term contracts added $12.7 million or 57.0% of the total gross margin increase for the quarter. In addition, long-term contract margin increased due to the transfer of a significant customer from retail to wholesale. Forward sales margin increased $6.4 million or 28.8% of the total gross margin increase reflecting a return to more rational price markets and improved market liquidity. The average price realized by the Company on its forward sales was $42 per MWh in 2003, compared to $35 per MWh in 2002. Short-term sales margin increased $3.2 million or 14.2% of the total gross margin increase due to the commodity price stabilization, partially offset by lower volume due to resources being used for increased long-term sale obligations. The average price on the Company's realized short-term sales was $40 per MWh in 2003, compared to $27 per MWh in 2002. This increase was partially offset by planned and unplanned outages at SJGS and PVNGS, which reduced availability of power for wholesale sales. Overall open market sales (forward and short-term sales) averaged $41 per MWh in 2003 versus $28 per MWh in 2002. Unplanned outages were within the Company's expected ranges for the second quarter 2003. The Company had a favorable change in the unrealized mark-to-market position of the forward sales portfolio of $2.9 million year-over-year ($3.9 million gain in 2003 versus $1.0 million gain in 2002).

Total non-fuel O&M expenses increased $2.3 million or 28.1%. Energy production costs increased $1.6 million or 23.6% primarily due to costs of $2.5 million related to a PVNGS Unit 3 planned outage in 2003. In addition, the new Afton and Lordsburg gas fired facilities, which became operational in late 2002, incurred operating costs of $0.4 million in 2003. Administrative and general increased $0.7 million or 51.5% primarily due to combustion turbine storage

47

costs of $0.6 million. Depreciation and amortization increased $1.7 million or 87.3% primarily due to the addition of Lordsburg and Afton and an increase of $0.4 million for the change in accounting for costs related to asset retirement obligations as required by SFAS 143.

Corporate and Other

Corporate administrative and general, which represent costs that are driven primarily by corporate-level activities, is allocated to the business segments and presented in the corporate allocation line item in the segment statements. These costs increased $7.7 million or 36.6% for the period to $28.6 million. Lower prior-year returns on pension investments and increasing healthcare costs were two critical drivers. Bonus accruals were also higher because of higher year-over-year earnings, while environmental costs increased $0.5 million for routine clean-up matters.

Taxes other than income taxes decreased $1.0 million or 85.8% to $0.2 million due to a decrease in property taxes as a result of a change in assessed value and a decrease in social security tax.

Consolidated

Other Income and Deductions

Other income increased by $1.0 million or 8.7% due to higher quarter-over-quarter returns on investments reflecting improved market conditions. This increase is partially offset by lower interest income due to a decrease in the short-term investment balance. Cash from the redemption of short-term investments was primarily used for the Company's repayment of the EIP long-term debt, debt refinancing and repayment of short-term debt.

Other deductions increased $2.1 million or 112.1% primarily due to a write-off of $1.0 million for costs related to long-term debt refunding.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $3.1 million or 20.9% primarily due to increased short-term borrowings and by decreased capitalized interest of $2.3 million due to the completion of the southern New Mexico gas-fired plant construction.

Income Taxes

The Company's consolidated income tax expense before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle was $10.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2003, compared to $5.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2002. The increase was due to the impact of higher pre-tax earnings. The Company's effective income tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 were 36.54% and 33.31%, respectively. The increase in the effective rate period over period was due to the reduction in permanent tax benefits.

48

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2003

Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2002

Consolidated

The Company's net earnings available to common shareholders for the six months ended June 30, 2003 were $65.8 million or $1.66 per diluted share of common stock, an 83.6% increase in net earnings compared to $35.8 million or $0.90 per diluted share of common stock in 2002. This increase primarily reflects the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of SFAS 143 of $37.4 million, net of tax and improved operating performance. This increase was partially offset by the write-off of transition costs of $16.7 million that resulted from the repeal of electric deregulation in New Mexico in the first quarter of 2003.

The following discussion is based on the financial information presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements - Segment Information Note 2, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Corporate allocations, income taxes and non-operating items are discussed only on a consolidated basis.

Utility Operations

Electric

The table below sets forth the operating results for Electric.

                                                    Six Months Ended
                                                         June 30,
                                          ----------------------------------
                                                2003              2002           Variance
                                          -----------------   --------------   --------------
                                                            (In thousands)
Operating revenues:......................       $ 260,135         $ 263,756          $(3,621)
Less: Cost of energy.....................          97,780            96,352            1,428
       Energy transfer...................         (21,765)          (17,152)          (4,613)
                                           ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Gross margin.............................         184,120           184,556             (436)
                                           ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Energy production costs..................          52,877            54,886           (2,009)
Transmission and distribution O&M........          10,157            10,078               79
Customer related expense.................           6,463             8,848           (2,385)
Administrative and general...............           2,882             2,415              467
                                           ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel O&M.....................          72,379            76,227           (3,848)
Corporate allocation.....................          26,897            24,932            1,965
Depreciation and amortization............          31,578            29,638            1,940
Taxes other than income taxes............           8,808             9,282             (474)
Income taxes.............................          12,315            12,339              (24)
                                           ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses......         151,977           152,418             (441)
                                           ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Operating income.........................        $ 32,143          $ 32,138            $   5
                                           ----------------   ---------------   --------------

49

The following table shows electric revenues by customer class and average customers:

                          Electric Retail Revenues

                                     Six Months Ended
                                         June 30,
                                   2003           2002          Variance
                               -------------  -------------  --------------
                                              (In thousands)
 Residential................        $97,834        $96,418         $1,416
 Commercial.................        118,090        117,582            508
 Industrial.................         35,102         40,420         (5,318)
 Other......................          9,109          9,336           (227)
                               -------------  -------------  --------------
                                   $260,135       $263,756       $ (3,621)
                               =============  =============  ==============
Average customers..........         393,635        382,625         11,010
                               =============  =============  ==============

The following table shows electric sales by customer class:

                              Electric Sales

                                   Six Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                           (Megawatt hours)
Residential...............      1,139,280      1,123,413         15,867
Commercial................      1,551,015      1,534,477         16,538
Industrial................        696,878        797,917       (101,039)
Other.....................         99,669        109,365         (9,696)
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                3,486,842      3,565,172        (78,330)
                             =============  =============  ==============

Operating revenues decreased $3.6 million or 1.4% for the period. Retail electricity delivery declined slightly to 3.5 million MWh in 2003 compared to 3.6 million MWh delivered in the prior year, resulting in decreased revenues. Lower volumes were the result of the reclassification of a significant customer from retail to wholesale electric rates in the first quarter of 2003, which was almost completely offset by customer growth of 2.9%. Without the customer reclassification, volume increased 2.8%.

The gross margin, or operating revenues minus cost of energy sold, decreased $0.4 million or 0.2%. This decrease is due to the customer reclassification, offset by customer growth in the Company's retail electric service territory.

Total non-fuel O&M expenses decreased $3.8 million or 5.0%. Energy production costs decreased $2.0 million or 3.7% primarily due to lower plant maintenance costs. Contributing to this decrease were decreased costs of $1.0 million at Reeves, $1.8 million at Four Corners and $1.9 million at PVNGS Unit 2 primarily for outages in 2002, which did not recur in 2003. This decrease was partially offset by increased costs of $2.4 million at SJGS related to increased plant outages in 2003. Customer-related expense decreased $2.4 million or 27.0% due to lower bad debt expense of $1.9 million as a result of continued collection improvements and lower salaries and outside services due to the Company realignment. Depreciation and amortization increased $1.9 million or


6.5% due to an increase of $0.7 million for the change in accounting for costs related to asset retirement obligations as required by SFAS 143 and a higher depreciable plant base. Taxes other than income taxes decreased $0.5 million or 5.1% due to a decrease in property tax as a result of a change in assessed value and a decrease in social security taxes.

Gas

The table below sets forth the operating results for Gas.

                                                    Six Months Ended
                                                         June 30,
                                           --------------------------------
                                                2003             2002            Variance
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
                                                            (In thousands)
Operating revenues:
  External customers.....................       $220,262         $153,169          $ 67,093
  Intersegment revenues..................              -              445              (445)
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
  Total revenues.........................        220,262          153,614            66,648
Less: Cost of energy.....................        151,153           83,671            67,482
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
Gross margin.............................         69,109           69,943              (834)
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
Energy production costs..................            948            1,034               (86)
Transmission and distribution O&M........         15,125           14,523               602
Customer related expense.................          7,850            8,270              (420)
Administrative and general...............          1,019            2,142            (1,123)
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
  Total non-fuel O&M.....................         24,942           25,969            (1,027)
Corporate allocation.....................         16,627           15,428             1,199
Depreciation and amortization............         10,940           10,097               843
Taxes other than income taxes............          3,355            4,010              (655)
Income taxes.............................          2,556            3,090              (534)
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses......         58,420           58,594              (174)
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------
Operating income.........................       $ 10,689         $ 11,349           $  (660)
                                           ---------------   --------------   ---------------

(Intentionally left blank)

51

The following table shows gas revenues by customer and average customers:

                            Gas Revenues

                                    Six Months Ended
                                        June 30,
                                  2003           2002          Variance
                              -------------  -------------  --------------
                                             (In thousands)
 Residential...............       $142,673        $97,724         $44,949
 Commercial................         45,563         30,590          14,973
 Industrial................          1,465          1,064             401
 Transportation*...........          9,755          8,745           1,010
 Other.....................         20,806         15,491           5,315
                              -------------  -------------  --------------
                                  $220,262       $153,614         $66,648
                              =============  =============  ==============
Average customers.........        451,688        443,720           7,968
                              =============  =============  ==============

*Customer-owned gas.

The following table shows gas throughput by customer class:

                           Gas Throughput

                                   Six Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                      (Thousands of decatherms)
Residential...............         15,857         16,500           (643)
Commercial................          5,975          6,564           (589)
Industrial................            256            296            (40)
Transportation*...........         25,090         21,473          3,617
Other.....................          2,969          3,104           (135)
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                   50,147         47,937          2,210
                             =============  =============  ==============

*Customer-owned gas.

Operating revenues increased $66.6 million or 43.4% for the period to $220.3 million, primarily because of higher natural gas prices in 2003 as compared to 2002, customer growth of 1.8% and an increase in gas sales volumes of 4.6%, driven by increased sales to third-party gas transportation customers. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in residential and commercial sales due to warmer weather in the first quarter of 2003. PNM purchases natural gas in the open market and resells it at cost of purchase to its retail gas distribution customers. As a result, increases or decreases in gas revenues driven by gas costs do not impact the Company's consolidated gross margin or earnings.

The gross margin, or operating revenues minus cost of energy sold, decreased $0.8 million or 1.2%. This decrease is due mainly to an overall weather-related decline in gas volumes and the expiration in January 2003 of a rate rider for the recovery of certain costs of $2.1 million. January 2003 was

52

the warmest January in recorded history in New Mexico. The Company currently believes that gas assets are not earning an adequate level of return. As a result, the Company filed a request for increased rates in January 2003. In June 2003, the Company agreed to a negotiated settlement. If approved by the PRC, the agreement will increase revenues by $21.6 million and operating income by approximately $22 million, annually. An order is not expected until September 2003.

Total non-fuel O&M expenses decreased $1.0 million or 4.0%. Transmission and distribution O&M increased $0.6 million or 4.1% due to an increase in leak surveys of $0.3 million for safety purposes and a 2002 legal settlement of $0.3 million. Administrative and general costs decreased $1.1 million or 52.4% primarily due to cost control initiatives. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.8 million or 8.3% due to a higher depreciable plant base. Taxes other than income taxes decreased $0.7 million or 16.3% due to a decrease in property tax as a result of a change in assessed values and a decrease in social security taxes.

Transmission

The table below sets forth the operating results for Transmission.

                                                    Six Months Ended
                                                         June 30,
                                           ----------------------------------
                                                 2003              2002           Variance
                                           -----------------   --------------   --------------
                                                             (In thousands)
Operating revenues:
  External customers......................         $ 6,874          $ 11,810         $ (4,936)
  Intersegment revenues...................          18,189            15,435            2,754
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total revenues..........................          25,063            27,245           (2,182)
Less: Cost of energy......................           2,430             2,213              217
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Gross margin..............................          22,633            25,032           (2,399)
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Energy production costs...................             503               225              278
Transmission O&M..........................           7,150             7,365             (215)
Administrative and general................             655             1,177             (522)
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel O&M......................           8,308             8,767             (459)
Corporate allocation......................           2,208             2,115               93
Depreciation and amortization.............           4,659             4,321              338
Taxes other than income taxes.............           1,225             1,223                2
Income taxes..............................           1,249             2,251           (1,002)
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses.......          17,649            18,677           (1,028)
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------
Operating income..........................         $ 4,984           $ 6,355         $ (1,371)
                                            ----------------   ---------------   --------------

Operating revenues decreased $2.2 million or 8.0% and gross margin decreased $2.4 or 9.6% for the period. Transmission revenues decreased primarily due to lower demand for wheeling to California from Arizona as a result of lower demand in the California market.

Total non-fuel O&M expenses decreased $0.5 million or 5.2%. Transmission O&M decreased only slightly as a decrease in lease costs of $1.1 million for the EIP transmission line, a portion of which was repurchased in April 2003, was mostly offset by increased maintenance costs for reliability purposes.

53

Wholesale

The table below sets forth the operating results for Wholesale.

                                                    Six Months Ended
                                                        June 30,
                                           -----------------------------------
                                                2003                2002            Variance
                                           ----------------    ---------------    --------------
                                                              (In thousands)
Operating revenues:
  External customers.....................       $ 240,519           $ 122,354         $118,165
  Intersegment revenue...................             900                   -              900
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------
  Total revenues.........................         241,419             122,354          119,065
Less: Cost of energy.....................         168,995              84,942           84,053
       Energy transfer...................          21,764              17,152            4,612
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------
Gross margin.............................          50,660              20,260           30,400
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------
Energy production costs..................          15,281              13,028            2,253
Administrative and general...............           4,044               2,543            1,501
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel O&M.....................          19,325              15,571            3,754
Corporate allocation.....................           1,894               2,074             (180)
Depreciation and amortization............           7,060               3,762            3,298
Taxes other than income taxes............           1,861               1,328              533
Income taxes.............................           5,289              (3,805)           9,094
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------
  Total non-fuel operating expenses......          35,429              18,930           16,499
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------
Operating income.........................        $ 15,231             $ 1,330         $ 13,901
                                           ----------------    ----------------   --------------

The following table shows revenues by customer class:

                        Wholesale Revenues

                                   Six Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                            (In thousands)
Long-term contracts.......        $60,686        $33,060         $27,626
Forward sales*............         66,948          2,718          64,230
Short-term sales..........        113,785         86,576          27,209
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                 $241,419       $122,354        $119,065
                             =============  =============  ==============

*Includes mark-to-market gains/(losses).

(Intentionally left blank)

54

The following table shows sales by customer class:

                            Wholesale Sales

                                   Six Months Ended
                                       June 30,
                                 2003           2002          Variance
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                           (Megawatt hours)
Long-term contracts.......      1,062,117        508,153        553,964
Forward sales.............      1,517,380              -      1,517,380
Short-term sales..........      2,808,744      3,609,715       (800,971)
                             -------------  -------------  --------------
                                5,388,241      4,117,868      1,270,373
                             =============  =============  ==============

Operating revenues increased $119.1 million or 97.3% for the period to $241.4 million. This increase in wholesale electric sales primarily reflects new long-term contract sales, improved wholesale market conditions for open market sales (forward and short-term sales) and the impact of the adoption of EITF 02-3 on 2002 wholesale revenues. The Company delivered wholesale (bulk) power of 5.4 million MWh of electricity for the six months ended June 30, 2003, compared to 4.2 million MWh for the same period in 2002. In addition, effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted EITF 02-3 which resulted in the reclassification of contracts that were previously accounted for under EITF 98-10 to a net margin basis for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Therefore, in 2002, $35.4 million of purchased power expense was netted against revenues for a net margin of $2.7 million in 2002. These sales and purchases were accounted for in the forward sales market.

The gross margin, or operating revenues minus cost of energy sold, increased $30.4 million or 150.0%. A higher gross margin was achieved primarily by new long-term sales contracts, a return to more rational electric commodity market prices and improving market liquidity. The addition of long-term contracts added $17.7 million or 58.3% of the total gross margin increase for the period. In addition, long-term contract margin increased due to the transfer of a significant customer from retail to wholesale. Forward sales margin increased $7.3 million or 24.0% of the total gross margin increase reflecting the higher prices and improved market liquidity. The average price realized by the Company on its forward sales was $42 per MWh in 2003, compared to $35 per MWh in 2002. Short-term sales margin increased $5.4 million or 17.7% of the total gross margin increase due to commodity price stability, partially offset by lower volume due to resources being used to service new long-term sales contracts. The average price realized by the Company on its short-term sales was $40 per MWh in 2003, compared to $24 per MWh in 2002. Overall open market sales (forward and short-term sales) averaged $41 per MWh in 2003 versus $26 per MWh in 2002. This increase was partially offset by planned and unplanned outages at SJGS, which reduced availability of power for wholesale sales, largely in the first quarter. In addition, the Company had to buy power in the open market at higher prices to cover its contractual obligations, which resulted in increased power costs. The Company also had a favorable change in the unrealized mark-to-market position of the forward sales portfolio of $0.4 million period-over-period ($2.6 million gain in 2003 versus $2.2 million gain in 2002).

Total non-fuel O&M expenses increased $3.8 million or 24.1%. Energy production costs increased $2.3 million or 17.3% primarily due to increased costs of $2.5 million for PVNGS Unit 3 and $0.4 million at SJGS related to various planned and unplanned outages. In addition, the new Afton and Lordsburg

55

gas fired facilities, which became operational in late 2002, incurred operating costs of $0.8 million in 2003. These increases were partially offset by decreased decommissioning expense of $1.7 million resulting from the change in accounting for costs related to asset retirement obligations as required by SFAS
143. Administrative and general increased $1.5 million or 59.0% primarily due to combustion turbine storage costs of $1.2 million. Depreciation and amortization increased $3.3 million or 87.7% primarily due to the addition of Lordsburg and Afton and an increase of $0.8 million for the change in accounting for costs related to asset retirement obligations as required by SFAS 143. Taxes other than income taxes increased $0.5 million or 40.1% primarily due to the addition of Afton and Lordsburg.

Corporate and Other

Corporate administrative and general, which represent costs that are driven primarily by corporate-level activities, is allocated to the business segments and is presented in the corporate allocation line item in the segment statements. These costs increased $9.5 million or 22.5% for the period to $51.6 million. This increase was due to increased pension and benefits expense of $6.4 million, resulting from lower prior-year returns on pension investments and increasing healthcare costs. Bonus accruals were also higher due to higher year-over-year earnings, while environmental costs increased $0.5 million for routine clean-up matters.

Taxes other than income taxes decreased $2.4 million or 144.5% to income of $0.7 million due to the favorable assessment of outstanding tax issues, a decrease in property taxes as a result of a change in assessed value and a decrease in social security taxes.

Consolidated

Other Income and Deductions

Other income decreased by $1.5 million or 5.9% reflecting lower year-over-year returns on investments and a decrease in the short-term investment balance. Cash from the redemption of short-term investments was primarily used for the Company's repayment of the EIP long-term debt, debt refinancing, repayment of short-term debt and pension funding.

Other deductions increased $18.5 million primarily due to a charge of $16.7 million in 2003 for the write-off of transition costs previously capitalized in anticipation of deregulation in New Mexico and a write-off of $1.0 million for costs related to long-term debt refunding.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $6.2 million or 20.7% primarily due to increased short-term borrowings and by decreased capitalized interest of $3.9 million due to the completion of the two southern New Mexico gas-fired plants in 2002.

Income Taxes

The Company's consolidated income tax expense before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle was $16.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003, compared to $19.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. The decrease was due to the impact of lower pre-tax earnings. The

56

Company's effective income tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002 were 36.81% and 35.39%, respectively. The increase in the effective rate period over period was due to the reduction in permanent tax benefits.

Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle

Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted SFAS 143. The effect of the initial application of the new standard is reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. As a result, the Company recorded additional earnings, net of taxes, of approximately $37.4 million, or $0.95 per diluted common share, representing amounts expensed in prior years in excess of legal obligations related to fossil-fuel and nuclear generation plants.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

At June 30, 2003, the Company had cash and short-term investments of $2.6 million compared to $83.3 million in cash and short-term investments at December 31, 2002.

Cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2003 was $61.1 million compared to $60.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. This increase in cash flows was due to lower tax payments. The Company did not make its first quarter 2001 estimated federal income tax payment of $32.0 million until January 2002 because of an extension granted by the IRS to taxpayers in several counties in New Mexico as a result of wildfires in 2000. This increase in operating cash flows was offset by a decrease in the working capital change year-over-year resulting from higher wholesale electric prices and volume and higher gas prices in the current year. The Company's working capital is negatively affected by the timing difference in gas purchases and collections. The Company pays for gas in the month following purchase. Recovery of gas costs can range up to three months. The negative effect to cash flow of payments and collections increased year-over-year due to the increase in gas prices. In addition, a large portion of the Company's forward and short-term wholesale sales is generated later in the second quarter. This accounts for the increase in accounts receivables. These amounts should be fully collected early in the third quarter.

Cash used for investing activities was $5.5 million in 2003 compared to $88.1 million in 2002. Payments for combustion turbines were $11.1 million in 2003 compared to $13.9 million in 2002. In addition, cash used for investing activities in 2003 included the repurchase of the Company's EIP bonds in the open market for $6.7 million. Cash used in 2002 for investing activities includes construction expenditures for new generating plants of $82.6 million. The cash used for investing activities in 2003 was largely offset by the redemption of short-term investments of $80.2 million in 2003 at the Holding Company level as compared to $45.0 million in 2002 at PNM. These redemptions were primarily used for the Company's repayment of the EIP long-term debt, repayment of short-term debt, debt refinancing and pension funding.

Cash used for financing activities was $56.7 million in 2003 compared to cash generated by financing activities of $45.5 million in 2002. Financing activities in 2003 primarily consisted of the repurchase of long-term debt of $26.1 million and costs associated with the refunding of long-term debt of $31.4 million. This decrease in cash flows was partially offset by short-term borrowings of $24.1 million in 2003. Short-term borrowings in 2002 were $65.0 million. Borrowings were greater in 2002 due to short-term liquidity needs.

Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

On May 13, 2003, the board of directors approved the use of Holding Company stock in the funding of the Company's defined benefit pension plan as

57

well as its retiree medical trust. Corporate plan sponsors may make contributions of common stock to their defined benefit plans of up to 10% of the value of the portfolio without Department of Labor approval, provided that the contribution does not otherwise constitute a prohibited transaction under ERISA. On June 11, 2003, a contribution of 1,121,495 Holding Company common shares (approximately $28.9 million in market value) was made to the Company's retirement plan.

Capital Requirements

Total capital requirements include construction expenditures as well as other major capital requirements and cash dividend requirements for both common and preferred stock. The main focus of the Company's current construction program is upgrading generation systems, upgrading and expanding the electric and gas transmission and distribution systems and purchasing nuclear fuel. To preserve a strong financial position, the Company announced in 2002 its plans to eliminate capital expenditures for previously planned generation expansion until market conditions warrant further investment. Projections for total capital requirements for 2003 are $176 million and projections for construction expenditures for 2003 are $156 million. For 2003-2007 projections, total capital requirements are $800 million and construction expenditures are $708 million. These estimates are under continuing review and subject to on-going adjustment. This projection excludes any generation fleet expansion capital. Such projects are subject to market opportunities and can not be forecasted to any one time period. However, the Company continues to look for appropriately priced generation acquisition and expansion opportunities to support jurisdictional load growth, the continued expansion of its long-term contract business and to supplement its natural transmission position in the Southwest and West.

In the six months ended June 30, 2003, the Company utilized cash generated from operations and cash on hand, as well as its liquidity arrangements, to cover its construction commitments. The Company anticipates that internal cash generation and current debt capacity will be sufficient to meet all of its capital requirements for the years 2003 through 2007. To cover the difference in the amounts and timing of cash generation and cash requirements, the Company intends to use short-term borrowings under its current and future liquidity arrangements.

Liquidity

As of August 1, 2003, PNM had $305 million of liquidity arrangements. The liquidity arrangements consist of $195 million from an unsecured revolving credit facility ("Credit Facility"), $90 million from an accounts receivable securitization program ("AR Securitization") and $20 million in local lines of credit. PNM entered into a new revolving credit facility on December 19, 2002, which increased borrowing capacity from $150 million to $195 million. This facility will mature December 18, 2003. There were $114.8 million in borrowings against the Credit Facility and PNM was using $64.6 million of the AR Securitization capacity as of August 1, 2003. In addition, the Holding Company has $15 million in local lines of credit.

On April 8, 2003, the Company entered into the AR Securitization providing for the securitization of PNM's retail electric service accounts receivable and retail gas services accounts receivable. The total capacity under the AR Securitization is $90 million. Under the AR Securitization, PNM will periodically sell its accounts receivable to a bankruptcy remote subsidiary, PNM

58

Receivables Corp, which in turn pledges an undivided interest in the receivables to an unaffiliated conduit commercial paper issuer. This transaction was previously approved by the PRC on December 17, 2002. As of August 1, 2003, the Company had borrowed $64.6 million under the AR Securitization.

On April 1, 2003, PNM exercised its early buyout option related to a 60% interest in the EIP transmission line and related facilities held under lease. Through the exercise of the early buyout option, PNM was able to retire all $26.2 million of secured facility bonds, which were issued to originally finance the sale leaseback transaction which had previously been disclosed as off balance sheet debt in the notes to the Company's financial statements. The Company will continue to exclude $4.6 million of lease obligations relating to the 40% interest the Company does not own from the consolidated balance sheet.

On June 12, 2003, the Holding Company and PNM both filed universal shelf registration filings with the SEC for a combination of debt and equity securities for $500 million and $285 million, respectively. The PNM shelf registration, when combined with a previously filed shelf, provides $500 million of capacity. The PNM shelf registration was declared effective June 28, 2003. The Holding Company has not asked the SEC to declare its shelf registration effective as of the date of this filing.

The Company's ability, if required, to access the capital markets at a reasonable cost and to provide for other capital needs is largely dependent upon its ability to earn a fair return on equity, its results of operations, its credit ratings, obtaining required regulatory approvals and financial and wholesale market conditions. Financing flexibility is enhanced by providing a high percentage of total capital requirements from internal sources and having the ability, if necessary, to issue long-term securities and to obtain short-term credit.

PNM's credit outlook is considered positive by Moody's Investor Services, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") and Fitch, Inc. ("Fitch"). The Company is committed to maintaining or improving its investment grade ratings. On June 13, 2003, S&P improved PNM's business position to a five
(5) from its previous position of six (6). S&P currently rates PNM's senior unsecured notes ("SUNs") "BBB-" and its preferred stock "BB". Moody's rates PNM's SUNs and senior unsecured pollution control revenue bonds "Baa3" and its preferred stock "Ba1". Fitch rates PNM's SUNs and senior unsecured pollution control revenue bonds "BBB-" and its preferred stock "BB-." Investors are cautioned that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it is subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization, and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Contingent Provisions of Certain Obligations

The Holding Company and PNM have a number of debt obligations and other contractual commitments that contain contingent provisions. Some of these, if triggered, could affect the liquidity of the Company. The Holding Company or PNM could be required to provide security, immediately pay outstanding obligations or be prevented from drawing on unused capacity under certain credit agreements if the contingent requirements were to be triggered. The most significant consequences resulting from these contingent requirements are detailed in the discussion below.

59

PNM's master purchase agreement for the procurement of gas for its retail customers contains a contingent requirement that could require PNM to provide security for its gas purchase obligations if the seller were to reasonably believe that PNM was unable to fulfill its payment obligations under the agreement.

The master agreement for the sale of electricity in the Western Systems Power Pool ("WSPP") contains a contingent requirement that could require PNM to provide security if its debt were to fall below investment grade rating. The WSPP agreement also contains a contingent requirement, commonly called a material adverse change ("MAC") provision, which could require PNM to provide security if a material adverse change in its financial condition or operations were to occur.

PNM's committed Credit Facility contains a "ratings trigger." If PNM is downgraded or upgraded by the ratings agencies, the result would be an increase or decrease in interest cost, respectively. PNM's committed Credit Facility contains a MAC provision which, if triggered, could prevent PNM from drawing on its unused capacity under the Credit Facility. In addition, the Credit Facility contains a contingent requirement that requires PNM to maintain a debt-to-capital ratio, inclusive of off-balance sheet debt, of less than 65% as well as maintenance of an earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")/interest coverage ratio of three times. If PNM's debt-to-capital ratio, inclusive of off-balance sheet debt, were to exceed 65% or its interest coverage ratio falls below 3.0, PNM could be required to repay all borrowings under the Credit Facility, be prevented from drawing on the unused capacity under the Credit Facility, and be required to provide security for all outstanding letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility.

If a contingent requirement were to be triggered under the Credit Facility resulting in an acceleration of the outstanding loans under the Credit Facility, a cross-default provision in the PVNGS leases could occur if the accelerated amount is not paid. If a cross-default provision is triggered, the lessors have the ability to accelerate their rights under the leases, including acceleration of all future lease payments.

Planned Financing Activities

As of June 30, 2003, PNM had $268.4 million of long-term debt that matures in August 2005. All other long-term debt of PNM matures in 2016 or later. On June 30, 2003, PNM filed for approval with the PRC to issue up to $300 million of new long term debt maturing in 2008, 2010, 2013 or some combination thereof. Proceeds would be used to retire the $268.4 million maturing in August 2005. The Company filed a conditional notice of redemption on the $268.4 million of long-term debt on July 21, 2003. A hearing on the matter was held July 29, 2003. The PRC approved the issuance of new long-term debt on August 5, 2003. This communication shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.

On May 13, 2003, the Company priced $182 million of tax exempt pollution control bonds. The bonds were priced at a one-year interest rate of 2.75%. The bond sale closed on May 23, 2003. The bonds will need to be remarketed at the end of the one-year interest rate period. A portion of the proceeds were used to refund the $46 million of pollution control bonds, which became callable on December 15, 2002. Additionally, the remaining $136 million was placed in an

60

escrow account to be used to refund the same amount of pollution control bonds. The redemption notice for the remaining $136 million of pollution control bonds was issued and the bonds have been called for redemption on August 15, 2003. Both of these issuances were previously hedged (see Note 3 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Forward Starting Interest Rate Swaps).

By the end of August 2003, the Company plans to enter into an unrated private issuance commercial paper program. The Company will periodically issue up to $50 million in unrated commercial paper for up to 120 day periods. The commercial paper is unsecured and the proceeds will be used to reduce revolving credit borrowings. Borrowings under the plan are expected to bear interest at a rate 20 to 40 basis points below the Company's revolving credit facility.

The Company could enter into other long-term financings for the purpose of strengthening its balance sheet, funding growth and reducing its cost of capital. The Company continues to evaluate its investment and debt retirement options to optimize its financing strategy and earnings potential. No additional first mortgage bonds may be issued under PNM's mortgage. The amount of SUNs that may be issued is not limited by the SUNs indenture. However, debt-to-capital requirements in certain of PNM's financial instruments and regulatory agreements would ultimately limit the amount of additional debt PNM would issue.

Capital Structure

The Company's capitalization, including current maturities of long-term debt, at June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002 is shown below:

                                    June 30,           December 31,
                                      2003                 2002
                                ------------------   -----------------

Common Equity.................         52.5%                49.5%
Preferred Stock...............          0.6                  0.7
Long-term Debt................         46.9                 49.8
                                ------------------   -----------------
   Total Capitalization*......        100.0%               100.0%
                                ==================   =================

* Total capitalization does not include as debt the present value of PNM's operating lease obligations for PVNGS Units 1 and 2, EIP and the Delta operating lease which was $181 million as of June 30, 2003 and $196 million as of December 31, 2002.

OTHER ISSUES FACING THE COMPANY

RESTRUCTURING THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY

State

In April 1999, the Restructuring Act was enacted into law. The Restructuring Act would have opened the state's electric power market to customer choice. On October 10, 2002, PNM announced that it had agreed with the PRC Staff, the AG, and other consumer groups on a Global Electric Agreement that provided for joint support to repeal a majority of the Restructuring Act a five-year rate path, procedures for the Company's participation in wholesale

61

plant activities and other regulatory issues. The Global Electric Agreement was approved by the PRC on January 28, 2003. Legislation repealing the Restructuring Act and continuing the authorization for utilities to participate in wholesale plant activities for a limited time was passed by the New Mexico Legislature and signed into law by the Governor on April 8, 2003. In the Global Electric Agreement, PNM agreed to forego recovery of the costs incurred in preparing to transition to a competitive retail market in New Mexico under the repealed law. This resulted in a charge of $16.7 million, pre-tax, in the first quarter of 2003. As a result of the repeal of the Restructuring Act, PNM has re-applied the accounting requirements of SFAS 71 to its regulated generation activities effective January 28, 2003, which did not have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

GAS RATE CASE

On January 10, 2003, PNM filed a general gas rate case, which asked the PRC to approve an increase in the service fees charged to its 441,000 natural-gas customers. The proposal would have increased both the set monthly service fee and the charge tied to monthly usage. Those fees are separate from the cost of gas charged to customers. The monthly cost of gas charge would not be affected by the fee increase as discussed below. The cost of service rate increase proposed by PNM was $37.6 million, and was designed to provide PNM's gas utility an opportunity to earn a 12% return on equity. PNM's current return on equity from its gas business is below 3%.

On June 25, 2003, PNM, the PRC Staff, and a group of industrial consumers filed a settlement, which would allow the Company a $20 million annual revenue increase in base cost of service rates, a $1.6 million annual increase in miscellaneous fees and charges and the recovery of $4.4 million in previously approved costs. The settlement rates are proposed to go into effect for bills rendered in November 2003. The settlement rates would provide PNM's gas utility with an opportunity to earn 10.25% return on equity. The settlement is opposed only by the United States Executive Agencies. A hearing was held and concluded in July 2003. An order is not expected until September 2003.

WATER SUPPLY

There is a growing concern in New Mexico about the use of water for power plants, due to the state's arid climate and current drought conditions. The availability of sufficient water supplies to meet all the needs of the state, including growth, is a major issue. An interim committee of the legislature refused to support legislation mandating the use of dry cooling technology. Legislation requiring a water conservation plan as part of an application for siting generation plants of a certain size was considered, but defeated, in the 2003 session. In building the Afton and Lordsburg plants, the Company has secured sufficient water rights.

The Four Corners region, in which SJGS and Four Corners are located, has been experiencing drought conditions that may affect the water supply for the plants in 2003, as well as later years, if adequate moisture is not received in the watershed that supplies the area. United States Bureau of Reclamation ("USBR") is working to assess the adequacy of the water supply under PNM's USBR contract for 16,200 acre feet ("A.F.") per year of water that supplies SJGS. Additionally, various stakeholders in the San Juan Basin, including the New Mexico State Engineer, are evaluating what water rights might be affected by the drought conditions, including water rights pursuant to the New Mexico state permit that provide 8,000 A.F. per year of water to SJGS and approximately

62

28,000 A.F. per year of water for Four Corners. In April 2003, a supplemental water supply contract was negotiated between PNM and the Jicarilla Apache Nation for 8,300 A.F. per year to assist SJGS in meeting its water requirement even if there is a water shortage. USBR has approved a supplemental contract for 8,300
A.F. per year for a one-year term and environmental approvals have been obtained. PNM has also negotiated and signed a voluntary shortage sharing agreement with tribes and other water users in the San Juan Basin for a one-year term. Additionally, PNM does not believe that its operations will be materially affected at this time. However, PNM cannot forecast the weather situation and its ramifications with any degree of certainty or how regulators and legislators may impact PNM's situation in the future, should the drought continue.

WESTERN UNITED STATES WHOLESALE POWER MARKET

Various circumstances, including electric power supply shortages, weather conditions, gas supply costs, transmission constraints, and alleged market manipulation by certain sellers, resulted in the well-publicized "California energy crisis" and in the bankruptcy filings of the California Power Exchange ("Cal PX") and of Pacific Gas and Electric Company ("PG&E"), although the turmoil in the Western markets was not limited to California. However, since the third quarter of 2001, conditions in the Western wholesale power market have changed substantially as the result of regulatory actions, moderate weather conditions, conservation measures, the construction of additional generation and a decline in natural gas prices relative to levels reached during the California energy crisis, as well as the lingering slowdown in the regional economy.

As a result of the foregoing conditions in the Western market, the FERC and other federal and state governmental authorities are conducting investigations and other proceedings relevant to the Company and other sellers. The more significant of these in relation to the Company are summarized below.

California Refund Proceeding

By order dated June 19, 2001, in response to a complaint filed by San Diego Gas and Electric Company ("SDG&E") and other California buyers against sellers into the California wholesale electric market, the FERC directed one of its administrative law judges ("ALJ") to convene a settlement conference to address potential refunds owed by sellers into the California market. The settlement conference, in which PNM participated, was ultimately unsuccessful, and the ALJ recommended to the FERC that an evidentiary hearing be held to resolve the dispute, suggesting that refunds were due; however, the estimated refunds were significantly lower than those demanded by California, and in most instances, were offset by the amounts due suppliers from the Cal PX and the California Independent System Operator ("Cal ISO"). The California parties had demanded refunds of approximately $9 billion from power suppliers. Hearings on the refunds were held in September 2002, and the ALJ issued his Proposed Findings on California Refund Liability on December 12, 2002, in which he determined that the Cal ISO had, for the most part, calculated the amounts of the refunds correctly. In his appendix identifying the amounts of the refunds, he identified what he termed "ballpark" figures for the amount of refunds due under his order. PNM was identified as having a refund liability of approximately $4.3 million, while being owed approximately $7 million from the Cal ISO. Pursuant to the FERC's order, PNM filed, in conjunction with the competitive supplier group, initial comments on January 13, 2003 to the ALJ's

63

preliminary findings addressing errors the Company believes the ALJ made in his proposed findings and reply comments on February 3, 2003. On March 26, 2003, the FERC issued an order largely adopting the ALJ's findings, but requiring a change to the formula used to calculate refunds, based upon concerns that the indices for California gas prices, a major element in the formula, had been subject to potential manipulation and were unverifiable. The effect of this change which is not yet final, would be to increase the Company's refund liability, although the precise amount will not be known with certainty until the Cal ISO and Cal PX recalculate refund amounts after the FERC has acted upon requests for rehearing that have been filed by the parties.

In addition, prior to the December 12, 2002 ALJ decision, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals ordered the FERC to allow the parties in the case to provide additional evidence in the case concerning allegations of market manipulation by sellers. Several California parties submitted additional evidence on March 3, 2003, which they argue supports their position that virtually all market participants either engaged in specific market manipulation strategies or facilitated such strategies, including PNM. PNM maintains that it did not engage in improper wholesale activities, and filed reply evidence on March 20, 2003 denying the allegations against it. PNM cannot predict what effect the FERC's review of this additional evidence will have on its rulings in the refund proceeding or the determination of specific refund amounts. The Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this FERC proceeding, or whether PNM will be directed to make any refunds as the result of a FERC order.

Pacific Northwest Refund Proceeding

In addition to the California refund proceedings, Puget Sound Energy, Inc. ("Puget Sound") filed a complaint at the FERC alleging that spot market prices in the Pacific Northwest wholesale electric market were unjust and unreasonable. On September 24, 2001, the ALJ issued a recommended decision and declined to order refunds associated with wholesale electric sales in the Pacific Northwest. On June 25, 2003, the FERC issued an order terminating the proceeding and adopting the ALJ's recommendation that no refunds should be ordered. The Commission's order is subject to potential requests for rehearing, and therefore is not yet final. The Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this FERC proceeding, or whether PNM will be directed to make any refunds as the result of an order by the FERC.

FERC Investigation of "Enron-Like" Trading Practices

The FERC has also initiated a market manipulation investigation, partially in response to the bankruptcy filing of the Enron Corporation ("Enron") and to allegations that Enron may have engaged in manipulation of portions of the Western wholesale power market. In connection with that investigation, all FERC jurisdictional and non-jurisdictional sellers into Western electric and gas markets have been required to submit data regarding short-term transactions in 2000-2001. PNM made its data submission in April 2002. Subsequently, in May 2002, new Enron documents came to light that raised additional concerns about Enron's trading practices. In light of these new revelations, the FERC issued additional orders in the pending investigation requiring sellers to respond to detailed questions by admitting or denying that they had engaged in trading practices similar to those practiced by Enron and certain other sellers, including so-called "wash" transactions. The FERC issued supplemental requests for data submissions. In its responses to the FERC requests, PNM denied that it had engaged in improper activities such as those identified in Enron's documents and also denied engaging in "wash" transactions.

64

PNM admitted engaging in certain activities described in the memos that were not improper. Where appropriate, PNM's responses addressed any arguable similarities between any of its wholesale activities and those under investigation by the FERC. In August 2002, the FERC staff issued a preliminary report on its findings, recommending that the FERC initiate formal investigative proceedings directed at three companies and the FERC has done so. The Company was not among the companies named. On March 26, 2003, the FERC staff issued its final report, which addressed various types of conduct that the FERC staff believes may have violated market monitoring protocols in the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs. Based on the final report, the FERC has issued orders to certain companies, including Enron, requiring them to show cause why the FERC should not revoke their authorizations to sell electricity at market-based rates. In addition, the FERC staff recommended that the FERC issue orders requiring certain entities to show cause why they should not be required to disgorge profits associated with conduct deemed to violate the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs, or be subject to other remedial action. The FERC Staff also recommended that PNM and other entities be required to show cause why they should not disgorge profits related to business dealings with Enron and Enron's employment of certain trading strategies deemed to be manipulative.

FERC Show Cause Orders

On June 25, 2003, the FERC issued two separate show cause orders against PNM and numerous other entities. In the first (the "Gaming Practices Order"), the FERC asserts that certain entities, including PNM, appear to have participated in activities that constitute gaming and/or anomalous market behavior in violation of the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs during the period January 1, 2000 to June 20, 2001. Specifically, PNM is alleged to have engaged in a practice denominated "False Import," in which power was exported from California and then reimported into California in order to avoid price caps on in-California generation. These allegations are based primarily on a Cal ISO report, the basis for which has not yet been fully disclosed. Entities subject to the Gaming Practices Order will have an opportunity to respond to the allegations contained in the order in a trial-type evidentiary proceeding before an ALJ, and to show cause why they should not be found to have engaged in Gaming Practices in violation of the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs. The potential remedies include disgorgement of unjust profits, as well as non-monetary remedies such as revocation of a seller's market-based rate authority. For PNM, the potential disgorgement for alleged "False Import" transactions covers the period May 1, 2000 to October 1, 2000. PNM has not yet had an opportunity to respond to the allegations contained in the Gaming Practices Order, but believes that it has not engaged in improper conduct and intends to defend itself vigorously against these allegations.

In the second show cause order (the "Gaming Partnerships Order"), the FERC asserts that certain entities, including PNM, acted in concert with Enron and other market participants to engage in activities that constitute gaming and/or anomalous market behavior in violation of the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs during the period January 1, 2000 to June 20, 2001. Specifically, PNM is alleged to have entered into "partnerships, alliances or other arrangements" with several entities that allegedly may have been used as market manipulation schemes. These entities include Aquila, Inc., Constellation Power Source, Inc., El Paso Merchant Energy, L.P., Idaho Power Company, Koch Energy Trading, Inc., MIECO Inc., Morgan Stanley Capital Group, PECO Energy Company, PacifiCorp, Powerex, Sempra Energy Trading Corporation, TransAlta Energy Marketing (U.S.)

65

Inc. and TransAlta Energy Marketing (California) Inc. The precise basis for certain of the FERC's allegations is not clear from the Gaming Partnerships Order, although it appears that most arise out of PNM's provision of "parking and lending" services to the identified companies. Entities subject to the Gaming Partnerships Order will have an opportunity to respond to the allegations contained in the order in a trial-type evidentiary proceeding before an ALJ, and to show cause why they should not be found to have engaged in Gaming Practices in violation of the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs. The potential remedies include disgorgement of unjust profits, as well as non-monetary remedies such as revocation of a seller's market-based rate authority. PNM has not yet had an opportunity to respond to the allegations contained in the Gaming Partnerships Order, but believes that it has not engaged in improper conduct and intends to defend itself vigorously against these allegations. The Company cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings.

Investigation of Anomalous Bidding Behavior and Practices in the Western Markets

On June 25, 2003, the FERC issued an order finding that certain bids into the Cal ISO and Cal PX markets during the period May 1 through October 1, 2000 appear to have been excessive, in violation of the prohibitions against anomalous market behavior in the market monitoring protocols of the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs. The order directed the FERC's Office of Market Oversight and Investigation ("OMOI") to conduct a further investigation into bids in excess of $250 per MW during that period. On July 2, 2003, PNM received a data request from OMOI to all sellers into the Cal ISO and Cal PX markets that submitted bids in excess of $250 per MW to the Cal ISO and Cal PX during the period covered by the investigation. On July 24, 2003, PNM submitted its response to OMOI's data request, in which PNM provided justification of its bidding strategies during that period. On July 25, 2003, PNM joined with other sellers in filing a request for rehearing of the June 25, 2003 order, challenging the determination made by FERC that it is appropriate to treat bids above $250 per MW into the Cal ISO and Cal PX markets during the period May 1 through October 1, 2000 to be prima facie excessive or in violation of the Cal ISO and Cal PX tariffs.

California Power Exchange and Pacific Gas and Electric Bankruptcies

In January and February 2001, SCE and PG&E, major purchasers of power from the Cal PX and Cal ISO, defaulted on payments due to Cal PX for power purchased from the Cal PX in 2000. These defaults caused the Cal PX to seek bankruptcy protection. PG&E subsequently also sought bankruptcy protection. PNM has filed its proofs of claims in the Cal PX and PG&E bankruptcy proceedings. Amounts due PNM from the Cal PX or Cal ISO for power sold to them in 2000 and 2001 total approximately $7 million. The Company has provided allowances for the total amount due from the Cal PX and Cal ISO.

California Attorney General Complaint

In March 2002, the California Attorney General filed a complaint with the FERC against numerous sellers regarding prices for wholesale electric sales into the Cal ISO and Cal PX and to the California Department of Water Resources ("Cal DWR"). PNM was among the sellers identified in this complaint and filed its answer and motion to intervene. In its answer, PNM defended its pricing and challenged the theory of liability underlying the California Attorney General's complaint. On May 31, 2002, the FERC entered an order denying the California Attorney General's request to initiate a refund proceeding, but directed sellers, including PNM, to comply with additional reporting requirements with

66

regard to certain wholesale power transactions. PNM has made filings required by the May 31, 2002 order. The California Attorney General filed a request for rehearing contesting the FERC decision. On September 23, 2002, the FERC issued its order denying the California Attorney General's request for rehearing. The California Attorney General has filed a petition for review in the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. PNM has intervened in the Ninth Circuit appeal and is participating as a party in that proceeding. The Company cannot predict the outcome of this appeal. As addressed below, the California Attorney General has also threatened litigation against PNM in state court in California based on similar allegations.

California Attorney General Threatened Litigation

The California Attorney General has filed several lawsuits in California state court against certain power marketers for alleged unfair trade practices involving alleged overcharges for electricity. In April 2002, the California Attorney General notified PNM of his intention to file a complaint in California state court against PNM concerning PNM's alleged failure to file rates for wholesale electricity sold in California and for allegedly charging unjust and unreasonable rates in the California markets. The letter invited PNM to contact the California Attorney General's office before the complaint was filed, and PNM has met several times with representatives of the California Attorney General's office. Further discussions are contemplated. To date, a lawsuit has not been filed by the California Attorney General and the Company cannot predict the outcome of this matter.

California Antitrust Litigation

Several class action lawsuits have been filed in California state courts against electric generators and marketers, alleging that the defendants violated the law by manipulating the market to grossly inflate electricity prices. Named defendants in these lawsuits include Duke Energy Corporation ("Duke") and related entities along with other named sellers into the California market and numerous other "unidentified defendants." Certain of these lawsuits were consolidated for hearing in state court in San Diego. In May 2002, the Duke defendants in the foregoing state court litigation served a cross-claim on PNM. Duke also cross-claimed against many of the other sellers into California. Duke asked for declaratory relief and for indemnification for any damages that might ultimately be imposed on Duke. Several defendants removed the case to federal court. The federal judge has entered an order remanding the matter to state court, but the effect of that ruling has been stayed pending appeal. PNM has joined with other cross-defendants in motions to dismiss the cross-claim. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses but cannot predict the outcome of this matter.

Block Forward Agreement Litigation

On February 1, 2002, PNM was served with a declaratory relief complaint filed by the State of California in California state court. The state's declaratory relief complaint seeks a determination that the state is not liable for its commandeering of certain energy contracts known as "Block Forward Agreements". The Block Forward Agreements were a form of futures contracts for the purchase of electricity at below-market prices and served as security for payment by PG&E and SCE for their electricity purchases through the Cal PX. When PG&E and SCE defaulted on payment obligations incurred through the Cal PX, the Cal PX moved to liquidate the Block Forward Agreements to satisfy in part the obligations owed by PG&E and SCE. Before the Cal PX could liquidate the Block

67

Forward Agreements, California commandeered them for its own purposes. In March 2001, PNM and other similarly situated sellers of electricity through the Cal PX filed claims for damages with the California state Victims Compensation and Government Claims Board ("Victims Claims Board") on the theory that the state, by commandeering the Block Forward Agreements, had deprived them of security to which they were entitled under the terms of the Cal PX's tariff. The Victims Claims Board filing was an administrative remedy that served as a mandatory prerequisite to filing suit against the state for recovery of damages related to the commandeering of the Block Forward Agreements. The Victims Claims Board denied PNM `s claim on March 22, 2002. PNM filed a complaint against the State of California in California state court on September 20, 2002 seeking damages for the state's commandeering of the Block Forward Agreements and requesting judicial coordination with the state's declaratory relief action filed in February 2002 on the basis that the two actions raise essentially the same issues. The California state court has stayed the proceedings through July 2003 pending resolution of certain related issues before the FERC, but recently lifted the stay to address procedural matters in light of the delay in rulings from the FERC on the related issues.

NEW SOURCE REVIEW RULES

In November 1999, the Department of Justice at the request of the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") filed complaints against seven companies alleging the companies over the past 25 years had made modifications to their plants in violation of the New Source Review ("NSR") requirements and in some cases the New Source Performance Standard ("NSPS") regulations, which could result in the requirement to make costly environmental additions to older power plants. Whether or not the EPA will ultimately prevail is uncertain at this time. The EPA has reached settlements with several of the companies sued by the Justice Department. In addition, on August 7, 2003, in one of the pending enforcement cases against Ohio Edison Company, a federal district judge in Ohio ruled in favor of the EPA and against Ohio Edison. The judge accepted the legal theories advanced by the government and in particular found that eleven construction projects undertaken by the utility in that case between 1984 and 1998 were "modifications" of the plants within the meaning of the Clean Air Act, not "routine maintenance, repair or replacement." That case now proceeds to a remedy phase.

No complaint has been filed against PNM by the EPA, and the Company believes that all of the routine maintenance, repair, and replacement work undertaken at its power plants was and continues to be in accordance with the requirements of NSR and NSPS. However, by letter dated October 23, 2000, the New Mexico Environmental Department ("NMED") made an information request of PNM, advising PNM that the NMED was in the process of assisting the EPA in the EPA's nationwide effort "of verifying that changes made at the country's utilities have not inadvertently triggered a modification under the Clean Air Act's Prevention of Significant Determination ("PSD") policies." PNM has responded to the NMED information request. In late June 2002, PNM received another information request from the NMED for a list of capital projects budgeted or completed in 2001 or 2002. PNM has responded to this additional NMED information request.

The National Energy Policy released in May 2001 by the National Energy Policy Development Group called for a review of the pending EPA enforcement actions. As a result of that review, on June 14, 2002, the EPA announced its intention to pursue steps to increase energy efficiency, encourage emissions reductions and make improvements and reforms to the NSR program. The EPA

68

announced that, among other things, the NSR program had impeded or resulted in the cancellation of projects that would maintain or improve reliability, efficiency and safety of existing power plants. The EPA's June 2002 announcement contemplated further rulemakings on NSR-related issues and expressly cautioned that the announcement was not intended to affect pending NSR enforcement actions. Thereafter, on December 31, 2002, the EPA promulgated certain long-awaited revisions to the NSR rules, along with proposals to revise the routine maintenance, repair and replacement exclusion contained in the regulations. There is no specific timetable for these revisions and the ultimate resolution of NSR-related issues raised by the enforcement actions remains unclear. If the EPA prevails in the position advanced in the pending litigation, the Company may be required to make significant capital expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

Citizen Suit Under the Clean Air Act

By letter dated January 9, 2002, counsel for the Grand Canyon Trust and Sierra Club (collectively, "GCT") notified PNM of GCT's intent to file a so-called "citizen suit" under the Clean Air Act, alleging that PNM and co-owners of the SJGS violated the Clean Air Act, and the implemention of federal and state regulations, at SJGS. Pursuant to that notification, on May 16, 2002, the GCT filed suit in federal district court in New Mexico against PNM (but not against the other SJGS co-owners). The suit alleges two violations of the Clean Air Act and related regulations and permits. First, GCT argues that the plant has violated, and is currently in violation of, the federal Prevention of Significant Deterioration ("PSD") rules, as well as the corresponding provisions of the New Mexico Administrative Code, at SJGS Units 3 and 4. Second, GCT alleges that the plant has "regularly violated" the 20% opacity limit contained in SJGS's operating permit and set forth in federal and state regulations at Units 1, 3 and 4. The lawsuit seeks penalties as well as injunctive and declaratory relief. PNM filed its answer in federal court on June 6, 2002, denying the material allegations in the complaint. Both sides in the litigation filed motions for partial summary judgment and on May 9, 2003 the court held a hearing on all pending motions. At the conclusion of the hearing, the court denied the summary judgment motions relating to the opacity claims, meaning that the opacity issues will go to trial on the merits. The court took under advisement the summary judgment motions relating to the PSD issues, but indicated that a ruling on those issues would be forthcoming prior to trial. A trial date has been established in early September 2003. Based on its investigation to date, the Company firmly believes that the allegations are without merit and PNM vigorously disputes the allegations. PNM has always adhered to and continues to adhere to high environmental standards as evidenced by its ISO 14000 certification. The Company is, however, unable to predict the ultimate outcome of the matter.

LANDOWNER ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS

In March 2002, a lawsuit was filed in New Mexico state court by a landowner owning property in the vicinity of SJGS, against PNM and San Juan Coal Company ("SJCC"). The complaint sought $20 million in damages, plus pre-judgment interest and punitive damages, based on allegations related to the alleged discharge of pollutants into an arroyo near the plant, including damage to the plaintiff's livestock. PNM denied the allegations of wrongdoing. After the court entered an order compelling the plaintiff to answer PNM's discovery requests, the plaintiff filed a motion to dismiss his lawsuit without prejudice. The court has entered an order dismissing the complaint without prejudice and conditioning

69

any attempt by the plaintiff to refile the litigation on the plaintiff's compliance with the PNM discovery requests.

ARCHEOLOGICAL SITE DISTURBANCE

The Company hired a contractor, Great Southwestern Construction, Inc. ("Great Southwestern"), to conduct certain "climb and tighten" activities on a number of electric transmission lines in New Mexico between July 2001 and December 2001. Those lines traverse a mix of federal, state, tribal and private properties in New Mexico. In late May 2002, the U.S. Forest Service ("USFS") notified PNM that apparent disturbances to archeological sites had been discovered in and around the rights-of-way for PNM's transmission lines in the Carson National Forest in New Mexico. Great Southwestern performed "climb and tighten" activities on those transmission lines. PNM has confirmed the existence of the disturbances, as well as disturbances associated with certain arroyos that may raise issues under section 404 of the Clean Water Act. PNM has given the Corps of Engineers notice concerning the disturbances in arroyos. The Corps of Engineers has acknowledged the Company's notice and asked PNM to cooperate in addressing these disturbances. The USFS verbally instructed PNM to undertake an assessment and possible related mitigation measures with respect to the archeological sites in question. PNM contracted for an archeological assessment and a proposed remediation plan with respect to the disturbances and has provided the assessment to the USFS and the federal Bureau of Land Management ("BLM"). The Santa Fe Forest issued a notice of non-compliance to PNM for alleged non-compliance with the terms and conditions of PNM's special use authorization relating to maintenance of PNM's power lines on USFS land. The Santa Fe Forest also issued PNM a bill for collection in the amount of $38,047.45 to be escrowed to cover the costs of USFS oversight of any required damage assessment and mitigation efforts. PNM has provided Great Southwestern with notice and a demand for indemnity. Zurich Insurance, the insurer for Great Southwestern, has denied coverage and indemnity to PNM for this claim but has indicated a willingness to share the cost of investigation of this claim. A subsequent preliminary investigation into other transmission lines that were covered by the "climb and tighten" project indicated that there are disturbances on lands governed by other federal agencies and Indian tribes. PNM and Great Southwestern have provided notice of the potential disturbances to these other agencies and tribes. The Company had been informed that the USFS and BLM had commenced a criminal investigation into Great Southwestern's activities on this project. However, the Company received verbal confirmation that the USFS and the BLM have decided to decline criminal prosecution under the Archeological Resources Act against Southwestern. The State of New Mexico requested information from PNM concerning the location of potential disturbances on state lands. The Navajo Nation has also requested further information concerning disturbances on Navajo land. PNM and Great Southwestern are seeking the consent of BLM and the USFS to address impacted drainages under these agencies jurisdiction. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of this matter and cannot estimate with any certainty the potential impact on the Company's operations.

PNM LABOR UNION NEGOTIATIONS

PNM and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers ("IBEW") Local Union 611 successfully completed negotiations for a successor collective bargaining agreement during June 2003. The new agreement, which covers the approximately 580 bargaining unit employees in Electric, took effect July 5, 2003 and will expire on April 30, 2005.

70

NEW AND PROPOSED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See Note 8 - New and Proposed Accounting Standards in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements made in this filing that relate to future events or the Company's expectations, projections estimates, intentions, goals, targets and strategies are made pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Readers are cautioned that all forward-looking statements are based upon current expectations and are subject to risk and uncertainties. The Company assumes no obligation to update this information.

Because actual results may differ materially from expectations, the Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on these statements. Future financial results will be affected by a number of factors, including interest rates, weather, fuel costs, changes in supply and demand in the market for electric power, wholesale power prices, market liquidity, the competitive environment in the electric and natural gas industries, the performance of generating units and transmission system, state and federal regulatory and legislative decisions and actions, the outcome of legal proceedings and the performance of state, regional and national economies.

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage risk as it relates to changes in natural gas and electric prices, changes in interest rates and, historically, adverse market changes for investments held by the Company's various trusts. Additionally, the Company uses derivative instruments based on certain financial composite indices as part of its enhanced cash management program. The Company also uses certain derivative instruments for wholesale power marketing transactions in order to take advantage of favorable price movements and market timing activities in the wholesale power markets. The following additional information is provided.

Risk Management

The Company controls the scope of its various forms of risk through a comprehensive set of policies and procedures and oversight by senior level management and the Holding Company Board of Directors. The Board's Finance Committee sets the risk limit parameters. The Risk Management Committee ("RMC"), comprised of corporate and business segment officers and other managers, oversees all of the activities, which include commodity price, credit, equity, interest rate and business risks. The RMC has oversight for the ongoing evaluation of the adequacy of the risk control organization and policies. The Company has a risk control organization, headed by the Director of Financial Risk Management ("Risk Manager"), which is assigned responsibility for establishing and enforcing the policies, procedures and limits and evaluating the risks inherent in proposed transactions, on an enterprise-wide basis.

The RMC's responsibilities specifically include: establishment of a general policy regarding risk exposure levels and activities in each of the business segments; recommendation of the types of instruments permitted;

71

authority to establish a general policy regarding counterparty exposure and limits; authorization and delegation of transaction limits; review and approval of controls and procedures; review and approval of models and assumptions used to calculate mark-to-market and risk exposure; authority to approve and open brokerage and counterparty accounts; review of hedging and risk activities; and quarterly reporting to the Finance Committee and the Board of Directors on these activities.

The RMC also proposes Value at Risk ("VAR") limits to the Finance Committee. The Finance Committee ultimately sets the aggregate VAR limits.

It is the responsibility of each business segment to create its own control procedures and policies within the parameters established by the Finance Committee. The RMC reviews and approves these policies, which are created with the assistance of the Chief Accounting Officer, Director of Internal Audit and the Risk Manager. Each business segment's policies address the following controls: authorized risk exposure limits; authorized instruments and markets; authorized personnel; policies on segregation of duties; policies on mark-to-market accounting; responsibilities for deal capture; confirmation procedures; responsibilities for reporting results; statement on the role of derivative transactions; and limits on individual transaction size (nominal value).

To the extent an open position exists, fluctuating commodity prices can impact financial results and financial position, either favorably or unfavorably. As a result, the Company cannot predict with precision the impact that its risk management decisions may have on its businesses, operating results or financial position.

Commodity Risk

Marketing and procurement of energy often involves market risks associated with managing energy commodities and establishing open positions in the energy markets, primarily on a short-term basis. These risks fall into three different categories: price and volume volatility, credit risk of counterparties and adequacy of the control environment. PNM routinely enters into forward contracts and options to hedge purchase and sale commitments, fuel requirements and to enhance returns and minimize the risk of market fluctuations on the Wholesale Operations.

The Company's Wholesale Operations, including long-term contracts, forward sales and short-term sales, are managed through an asset-backed marketing strategy, whereby PNM's aggregate net open forward contract position is covered by its forecasted excess generation capabilities. PNM is exposed to market risk if its generation capabilities were disrupted or if its retail load requirements were greater than anticipated. If PNM were required to cover all or a portion of its net open contract position, it would have to meet its commitments through market purchases.

Under the derivative accounting rules and the related accounting rules for energy contracts, the Company accounts for its various financial derivative instruments for the purchase and sale of energy differently based on management's intent when entering into the contract. Energy contracts which meet the definition of a derivative under SFAS 133 and do not qualify for a normal purchase or sale designation are recorded on the balance sheet at fair market value at each period end. The changes in fair market value are recognized in

72

earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Should an energy transaction qualify as a hedge under SFAS 133, fair market value changes from year to year are recognized on the balance sheet with a corresponding charge to other comprehensive income. Gains or losses are recognized when the hedged transaction settles. Derivatives that meet the normal sales and purchases exceptions within SFAS 133 are not marked to market but rather recorded in results of operations when the underlying transaction settles.

The following table shows the net fair value of mark-to-market energy contracts included in the balance sheet:

                                                       June 30,        December 31,
                                                         2003              2002
                                                    ---------------  ------------------
                                                              (In thousands)
Mark-to-Market Energy Contracts:
  Current asset.....................................     $16,079            $ 4,531
  Long-term asset...................................       1,839                267
                                                     -------------      -------------
       Total mark-to-market assets..................      17,918              4,798
                                                     -------------      -------------
  Current liability.................................     (13,755)            (5,725)
  Long-term liability...............................        (923)                 -
                                                     -------------      -------------
       Total mark-to-market liabilities.............     (14,678)            (5,725)
                                                     -------------      -------------
Net fair value of mark-to-market energy contracts...     $ 3,240             $ (927)
                                                     =============      =============

The mark-to-market energy portfolio positions represent net assets at June 30, 2003 and represent net liabilities at December 31, 2002 after netting all open purchase and sale contracts.

The market prices used to value PNM's mark-to-market energy portfolio are based on closing exchange prices and broker quotations. As of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, PNM did not have any outstanding contracts that were valued using methods other than quoted prices. The Company did not change its methods for valuing its mark-to-market energy portfolio in 2003 as compared to 2002.

The following table provides detail of changes in the Company's mark-to-market energy portfolio net asset or liability balance sheet position from one period to the next:

                                                      Six Months Ended
                                                          June 30,
                                                    2003              2002
                                               ---------------    -------------
                                                       (In thousands)
Sources of Fair Value Gain/(Loss)
Fair value at beginning of year..............         $ (927)        $(30,440)

Amount realized on contracts delivered
   during period.............................            299            5,609

Changes in fair value........................          3,868           10,522
                                               ---------------    -------------
Net fair value at end of period..............        $ 3,240         $(14,309)
                                               ===============    =============
Net change recorded as mark-to-market........        $ 4,167         $ 16,131
                                               ===============    =============

73

The following table provides the maturity of the net assets/(liabilities) of the Company, giving an indication of when these mark-to-market amounts will settle and generate/(use) cash. The following values were determined using broker quotes:

             Fair Value at June 30, 2003

                       Maturities
---------------------------------------------------------
    Less than
      1 year            1-3 Years            Total
-------------------   ---------------   -----------------
                      (In thousands)

      $2,324              $ 916              $3,240

As of June 30, 2003, a decrease in market pricing of PNM's mark-to-market energy portfolio by 10% would have resulted in a decrease in net earnings of less than 1%. Conversely, an increase in market pricing of this portfolio by 10% would have resulted in an increase in net earnings of less than 1%.

The Company assesses the risk of these long-term contracts and wholesale sales activities using the VAR method to maintain the Company's total exposure within management-prescribed limits. The Company utilizes the variance/covariance model of VAR, which is a probabilistic model that measures the risk of loss to earnings in market sensitive instruments. The variance/covariance model relies on statistical relationships to analyze how changes in different markets can affect a portfolio of instruments with different characteristics and market exposure. VAR models are relatively sophisticated; however, the quantitative risk information is limited by the parameters established in creating the model. The instruments being evaluated may trigger a potential loss in excess of calculated amounts if changes in commodity prices exceed the confidence level of the model used. The VAR methodology employs the following critical parameters: volatility estimates, market values of open positions, appropriate market-oriented holding periods and seasonally adjusted correlation estimates. The Company's portfolio VAR calculation considers the Company's forward position for the preceding eighteen months. The mark-to-market VAR is calculated through the contract periods. The Company uses a holding period of three days as the estimate of the length of time that will be needed to liquidate the positions. The volatility and the correlation estimates measure the impact of adverse price movements both at an individual position level as well as at the total portfolio level. The two-tailed confidence level established is 99%. For example, if VAR is calculated at $10 million, it is estimated at a 99% confidence level that if prices move against PNM's positions, the Company's pre-tax gain or loss in liquidating the portfolio would not exceed $10 million in the three days that it would take to liquidate the portfolio.

The Company's VAR is regularly monitored by the Company's RMC. The RMC has put in place procedures to ensure that increases in VAR are reviewed and, if deemed necessary, acted upon to reduce exposures. The VAR represents an estimate of the potential gains or losses that could be recognized on PNM's wholesale power marketing portfolios given current volatility in the market, and is not necessarily indicative of actual results that may occur, since actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated. Actual gains and losses may differ due to actual fluctuations in market rates, operating exposures, and the timing thereof, as well as changes to PNM's wholesale power marketing portfolios during the year.

74

The Company accounts for the sale of electric generation in excess of its retail needs or the purchase of power for retail needs as normal purchases and sales under SFAS 133. Transactions that do not meet the normal purchase or sale exception or the definition of a hedge under SFAS 133 are accounted for as energy marketing contracts and comprise PNM's mark-to-market portfolio. The VAR for the mark-to-market portfolio was $108 thousand at June 30, 2003. The Company also calculates a portfolio VAR for the preceding 18 months, which in addition to its mark-to-market portfolio includes all contracts designated as normal sales and purchases, hedges, and its estimated excess generation assets. This excess is determined using average peak forecasts for the respective block of power in the forward market. The Company's portfolio VAR was $8.7 million at June 30, 2003.

The following table shows the high, average and low market risk as measured by VAR on the Company's mark-to-market portfolio:

                                                     Three Months Ended
                                                        June 30, 2003
                                                                                  Period
                                      High         Average           Low           End
                                    ----------   ------------    ------------   -----------
                                                       (In thousands)
Three day holding period, 99%
   two-tailed confidence level.....   $352          $118             $1            $108
One day holding period, 99%
   two-tailed confidence level.....   $203          $ 68             $1            $ 62
Ten day holding period, 95%
   two-tailed confidence level.....   $490          $164             $2            $151

Credit Risk

PNM is exposed to credit losses in the event of non-performance or non-payment by counterparties. The Company uses a credit management process to assess and monitor the financial conditions of counterparties. Credit exposure is also regularly monitored by the RMC. The Company provides for losses due to market and credit risk. PNM's credit risk with its largest counterparty as of June 30, 2003 was $30.4 million.

In 2001, in response to the increased credit risk and market price volatility described above, the Company provided an allowance against revenue of $12.0 million for anticipated losses to reflect management's estimate of the increased market and credit risk in the wholesale power market and its impact on 2001 revenues. As of December 31, 2001, $8.9 million was transferred to the allowance for bad debt. Based on information available at June 30, 2003, the Company believes the total allowance for anticipated losses (exclusive of bad debt), currently established at $2.4 million, is adequate for management's estimate of losses from credit risk. The Company will continue to monitor the wholesale power marketplace and adjust its estimates accordingly.

75

The following table provides information related to PNM's credit exposure, net of collateral as of June 30, 2003. It further delineates that exposure by the credit worthiness (credit rating) of the counterparties and provides guidance as to the concentration of credit risk to individual counterparties PNM may have. Also provided is an indication of the maturity of a company's credit risk by credit ratings of the counterparties.

Schedule of Wholesale Operations Credit Risk Exposure June 30, 2003

                                                                                                Net
                                Exposure                                        Number       Exposure
                                 Before                                           of            of
                                 Credit          Credit                         Counter       Counter
                               Collateral      Collateral     Net Exposure     -parties      -parties
Rating (a)                         (b)             (c)                           >10%           >10%
---------------------------   --------------  --------------  -------------  ------------  --------------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)

Investment grade...........         $56,850          $    -        $56,850        2              $36,594
Non-investment grade                  1,917               -          1,917                             -
Split rating...............             870               -            870
Internal ratings
   Investment grade........             425               -            425                             -
Non-investment
     grade.................          17,357               -         17,357        1                7,413
                              --------------  --------------  -------------                --------------
        Total..............         $77,419          $    -        $77,419                       $44,007
                              ==============  ==============  =============                ==============
Credit reserves                                                     $2,433
                                                              =============

(a) Rating - Included in "Investment Grade" are counterparties with a minimum Standard & Poor's rating of BBB- or Moody's rating of Baa3. If the counterparty has provided a guarantee by a higher rated entity (e.g., its parent), determination is based on the rating of its guarantor. The "Internal Ratings - Investment Grade" includes those counterparties that are internally rated as investment grade in accordance with the guidelines established in the Company's credit policy.

(b) The Exposure Before Credit Collateral is the net credit exposure to PNM from its Wholesale Operations. This includes long-term contracts, forward sales and short-term sales. The exposure captures the net amounts due to PNM from receivables/payables for realized transactions, delivered and unbilled revenues, and mark-to-market gains/losses (pursuant to contract terms). Exposures are offset according to legally enforceable netting arrangements. Amounts are presented before those reserves that are determined on a portfolio basis.

(c) The Credit Collateral reflects the face amount of cash deposits, letters of credit and performance bonds received from counterparties.

76

Maturity of Credit Risk Exposure

                               As of June 30, 2003

                                                                   Exposure
                                                                    Before
                               Less than                            Credit
            Rating              2 Years          2-5 Years        Collateral
---------------------------  --------------    --------------    --------------
                                               (In thousands)

Investment grade...........        $40,473           $16,377           $56,850
Non-investment grade                 1,917                               1,917
Split rating...............            870                 -               870
Internal ratings
   Investment grade........            425                 -               425
   Non-investment
     grade.................         17,357                 -            17,357
                             --------------    --------------    --------------
        Total..............        $61,042           $16,377           $77,419
                             ==============    ==============    ==============

Natural Gas Supply Contracts

PNM hedges certain portions of natural gas supply contracts in order to protect its retail customers from adverse price fluctuations in the natural gas market. The financial impact of all hedge gains and losses, including the related costs of the program, is recoverable through the purchased gas adjustment clause. As a result, earnings are not affected by gains and losses generated by these instruments.

Interest Rate Risk

As of June 30, 2003 the Company has liquidated its investment portfolio of fixed-rate government obligations and corporate securities.

PNM has long-term debt which subjects it to the risk of loss associated with movements in market interest rates. The majority of the Company's long-term debt is fixed-rate debt, and therefore, does not expose the Company's earnings to a major risk of loss due to adverse changes in market interest rates. However, the fair value of all long-term debt instruments would increase by approximately 2.95% or $29.7 million if interest rates were to decline by 50 basis points from their levels at June 30, 2003. As of June 30, 2003, the fair value of PNM's long-term debt was $1,008 million as compared to a book-value of $954 million. In general, an increase in fair value would impact earnings and cash flows if PNM were to re-acquire all or a portion of its debt instruments in the open market prior to their maturity.

During the six months ended June 30, 2003, PNM contributed cash of $20 million and approximately $28.9 million in Holding Company common shares for plan year 2002 and 2003 to the trust for the Company's pension plan. In addition, the Company contributed cash of approximately $3.1 million to other post retirement benefits for plan year 2003. The securities held by the trusts had an estimated fair value of $520.9 million as of June 30, 2003, of which approximately 26% were fixed-rate debt securities that subject the Company to risk of loss of fair value with movements in market interest rates. If rates were to increase by 50 basis points from their levels at June 30, 2003, the decrease in the fair value of the securities would be 3.43% or $4.6 million. PNM

77

does not currently recover or return through rates any losses or gains on these securities; therefore, the Company is at risk for shortfalls in its funding of its obligations due to investment losses. However, the Company does not believe that long-term market returns over the period of funding will be less than required for the Company to meet its obligations.

Equity Market Risk

PNM contributes to trusts established to fund its share of the decommissioning costs of PVNGS and pension and other post-retirement benefits. The trusts hold certain equity securities as of June 30, 2003. These equity securities also expose the Company to losses in fair value. Approximately 67% of the securities held by the various trusts were equity securities as of June 30, 2003 of which 5.6% is composed of the Holding Company Stock contributed to the pension plan. The Holding Company Stock represents a concentrated position whose change in value may have an impact on the volatility of the pension portfolio. Similar to the debt securities held for funding decommissioning and certain pension and other post-retirement costs, PNM does not recover or earn a return through rates on any losses or gains on these equity securities.

In 2001, the Company implemented an enhanced cash management strategy using derivative instruments based on the S&P 100, S&P 500, and Nasdaq composite indices. The strategy is designed to capitalize on high market volatility or benefit from market direction. An investment manager is utilized to execute the program. The program is carefully managed by the RMC and has VAR and stop-loss limits established. Trades are typically closed-out before the end of a reporting period and within the same day of execution.

The enhanced cash management program utilizes a one-day VAR under the variance/covariance model, with a two-tailed confidence interval of 99%. As of June 30, 2003, the program had no open positions.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

The Company's principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures, based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report, of these disclosure controls and procedures, are effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, was made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the periodic reports are being prepared. There was no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

78

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Santa Fe Generating Station ("Santa Fe Station")

PNM and the NMED conducted investigations of the gasoline and chlorinated solvent groundwater contamination detected beneath PNM's former Santa Fe Station site to determine the source of the contamination pursuant to a 1992 Settlement Agreement ("Settlement Agreement") between PNM and the NMED. No source of gasoline contamination in the groundwater was identified as originating from the site. However, in June 1996, PNM received a letter from the NMED, indicating that the NMED believed PNM is the source of gasoline contamination in a City of Santa Fe municipal supply well and in groundwater underlying the Santa Fe Station site. Further, the NMED letter stated that PNM was required to proceed with interim remediation of the contamination pursuant to the New Mexico Water Quality Control Commission regulations. In October 1996, PNM and the NMED signed an amendment to the Settlement Agreement concerning the groundwater contamination underlying the site. As part of the amendment, PNM agreed to spend approximately $1.2 million for certain costs related to sampling, monitoring and the development and implementation of a remediation plan with respect to gasoline contamination in the groundwater.

The amended Settlement Agreement does not, however, provide PNM with a full release from potential further liability for remediation of the gasoline contamination in the groundwater. After PNM has expended the settlement amount, if the NMED can establish through binding arbitration that the Santa Fe Station is the source of the contamination, PNM could be required to perform further remediation that is determined to be necessary. PNM continues to dispute any contention that the Santa Fe Station is the source of the gasoline contamination in the groundwater and believes that insufficient data exists to identify the source(s) of the groundwater contamination. PNM's aquifer characterization and groundwater quality reports compiled from 1996 through 2002 strongly suggest groundwater contamination has been drawn under the site by the pumping of the Santa Fe supply well. PNM and the NMED, with the cooperation of the City of Santa Fe, jointly selected a 3 to 4 year remediation plan proposed by a remediation contractor. The City of Santa Fe, PNM and the NMED entered into a memorandum of understanding concerning the selected remediation plan and the operation of the municipal well adjacent to the Santa Fe Station site in connection with carrying out the plan. On October 5, 1998, a new system began operation to treat groundwater produced by the Santa Fe well to drinking water standards for municipal distribution and bioremediation of gasoline contamination beneath the Santa Fe Station site. Since the reactivation of the Santa Fe well, the groundwater treatment and bioremediation systems have resulted in a marked reduction in contaminant concentrations at the wellhead. However, contaminant concentrations at the property boundary remain high.

By letter dated August 7, 2002, PNM provided written notice to the NMED and the City of Santa Fe that PNM had satisfied its obligations with respect to the gasoline contamination under the amended Settlement Agreement, and PNM also stated its intention to cease operation, effective October 5, 2002, of the wellhead and bioremediation systems, and to discontinue monitoring and reporting with respect to gasoline contamination at the site. The NMED responded with a written notice of determination dated August 16, 2002, stating that PNM is the responsible party for gasoline contamination at the site and requested that PNM

79

refrain from cessation of operation of the remediation systems, monitoring and reporting. In a meeting held on September 5, 2002, the NMED indicated its intention to file a court action seeking an order invalidating the binding arbitration provisions of the amended Settlement Agreement and a declaratory judgment that PNM is the responsible party for the gasoline contamination at the site. PNM, the NMED and the City of Santa Fe have engaged in extensive settlement discussions. As part of the negotiations, PNM agreed to continue operation of the wellhead remediation system through October 1, 2004. The NMED and PNM have reached a tentative settlement agreement whereby under the terms of the proposed settlement, PNM will install additional remediation facilities consisting of an additional extraction well and at least two additional monitoring wells, to address remaining gasoline contamination in the groundwater at and in the vicinity of the site. PNM will continue to operate the remediation facilities until the groundwater is cleaned up to applicable federal standards or until such time as the NMED determines that additional remediation is not required, whichever is earlier. The settlement is conditioned upon final agreement of an amendment to the existing settlement agreement and a modification of the existing memorandum of agreement with the City of Santa Fe for continued operation of the Santa Fe Well.

Citizen Suit Under the Clean Air Act

See "Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Citizen Suit Under the Clean Air Act".

Landowner Environmental Claims

See "Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Landowner Environmental Claims".

Archeological Site Disturbance

See "Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Archeological Site Disturbance".

California AG Threatened Litigation

See "Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Western United States Wholesale Power Market - California AG Threatened Litigation".

California Attorney General Complaint

See "Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Other Issues Facing the Company - Western United States Wholesale Power Market - California Attorney General Complaint".

California Antitrust Litigation

See "Part I - Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Other Issues Facing the Company - Western United States Wholesale Power - California Antitrust Litigation".

80

ITEM 2. CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

In June 2003, the Holding Company contributed 1,121,495 shares of Holding Company Common Stock to the trust for the Company's defined benefit pension plan, in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No cash proceeds were received by the Holding Company in connection with this contribution.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of shareholders was held on May 13, 2003. The matters voted on at the meeting and the results were as follows:

The election of the following nominees to serve as directors as follows:

                                                                  Votes
                                                                 Against
       Director                       Votes For                Or Withheld
       --------                       ---------                -----------


Terms expiring in 2006:
Robert G. Armstrong                   29,767,076                6,035,149
Manuel T. Pacheco                     29,485,406                6,316,819
Robert M. Price                       35,433,778                  368,447

Term expiring in 2005:
Julie A. Dobson                       29,588,299                6,213,926

As reported in the Definitive 14A Proxy Statement filed April 4, 2003 the name of each director whose term of office as director continues after the meeting is as follows:

R. Martin Chavez Joyce A. Godwin Paul F. Roth Bonnie S. Reitz Theodore F. Patlovich Jeffry E. Sterba

The approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan as follows:

                                Votes
                               Against
Votes For                    Or Withheld               Abstentions
---------                    -----------               -----------

34,723,522                     928,750                    149,953

81

The approval of the selection by the Company's board of directors of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2003, was voted on, as follows:

                                 Votes
                                Against
Votes For                     Or Withheld              Abstentions
---------                     -----------              -----------

29,632,027                     6,096,225                 73,973

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

a. Exhibits:

        4.6.2         Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, to
                      Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between PNM and
                      JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank).

        4.6.3         Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, to
                      Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between PNM and
                      JPMorgan Chase Bank.

        4.6.4         Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, to
                      Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between PNM and
                      JPMorgan Chase Bank.

        10.89         Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2003,
                      between PNM Receivables Corp., as buyer and PNM as
                      originator.

        10.90         Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2003,
                      among PNM Receivables Corp, as seller, PNM, as servicer,
                      EagleFunding Capital Corporation, as conduit investor,
                      Fleet National Bank, as an alternate investor and Fleet
                      Securities, Inc., as managing agent and deal agent.

        12.1          PNM Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries Ratio of Earnings
                      to Fixed Charges.

        12.2          PNM Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries Ratio of Earnings
                      to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

        12.3          Public Service Company of New Mexico and Subsidiaries
                      Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

        12.4          Public Service Company of New Mexico and Subsidiaries
                      Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred
                      Stock Dividends.

        15.1          Letter Re:  Unaudited Interim Financial Information for
                      PNM Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries.

        15.2          Letter Re:  Unaudited Interim Financial Information for
                      Public Service Company of New Mexico.

        31.1          Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section
                      302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        31.2          Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section
                      302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        32.1          Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section
                      906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

        32.2          Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section
                      906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

82

b. Reports on Form 8-K:

Report dated and filed May 29, 2003 pursuant to Item 5 of Form 8-K that the Company refinanced $182 million in long-term debt.

Report dated and filed June 12, 2003 pursuant to Items 5 and 7 of Form 8-K that the Company conformed its presentation of information contained in its 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect matters previously disclosed in its First Quarter 2003 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Report dated and furnished June 26, 2003 pursuant to Item 9 of Form 8-K that the Company's utility unit agrees to settle gas rate case.

Report dated and filed July 17, 2003 pursuant to Item 5 of Form 8-K that the Company declares quarterly common stock dividend, elects 2 new directors and approves refinancing $300 million in long-term debt.

Report dated and furnished July 22, 2003 pursuant to Item 9 of Form 8-K reporting the Company's Comparative Operating Statistics for the months of April, May, June 2003 and 2002 and the year ended April, May, June 2003 and 2002.

Report dated and furnished July 30, 2003 pursuant to Item 12 of Form 8-K that the Company issued a press release announcing its unaudited results of operations for the three and six months ended June 2003 and 2002 and other select financial information.

83

Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND
PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO
(Registrant)

Date:   August 11, 2003                      /s/ Robin A. Lumney
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                               Robin A. Lumney
                                         Vice President, Controller
                                        and Chief Accounting Officer
                                 (Officer duly authorized to sign this report)

84

EXHIBIT 4.6.2

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

TO

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

Trustee


FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 1, 2003

To

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 1998


Providing for

2003 Pollution Control Series A Senior Unsecured Notes


FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 2003, between PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Mexico (the "Company"), having its principal office at Alvarado Square, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87158, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the "Trustee") under the Indenture dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Company and the Trustee (the "Indenture").

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has executed and delivered the Indenture to the Trustee to provide for the issuance from time to time of its senior notes (the "Notes"), said Notes to be issued in one or more series as in the Indenture provided.

The Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of seven series of Notes, a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of three series of Notes, and a Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 1999, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of one series of Notes (the Indenture, as supplemented by said First Supplemental Indenture, said Second Supplemental Indenture and said Third Supplemental Indenture, collectively, the "Indenture, as heretofore supplemented").

Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company desires to provide for the establishment of a new series of Notes to be known as its 2003 Pollution Control Series A Senior Unsecured Notes (the "2003A Notes"), the form and substance of the 2003A Notes and the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Indenture and this Fourth Supplemental Indenture.

The Company and the City of Farmington, in the County of San Juan, an incorporated municipality, a body politic and corporate, existing under the constitution and laws of the State of New Mexico (together with its successors and assigns, the "City"), are concurrently herewith entering into a Second Amended and Restated Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2003, relating to certain facilities located at the San Juan Generating Station (amending and restating the Amended and Restated Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1992, between the City, as vendor, and the Company, as vendee, which amended and restated the Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1976, between the City, as vendor, and the Company, as vendee), and a Second Amended and Restated Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2003, relating to certain facilities located at the Four Corners Generating Station (amending and restating the Amended and Restated Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1992, between the City, as vendor, and the Company, as vendee, which amended and restated the Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1980, between the City, as vendor, and the Company, as vendee) (collectively, the "Sale Agreements"), whereby the City has agreed to cooperate with the Company and will issue and deliver its pollution control revenue refunding bonds under the Pollution Control Revenue Bond Act, ss.ss. 3-59-1 to 3-59-14 NMSA 1978, as amended.

1

Pursuant to Ordinance No. 2003-1139, adopted by the City on March 25, 2003, as supplemented by Resolution No. 2003-1070, adopted by the City on May 14, 2003 (as so supplemented, the "Ordinance"), the City has (1) authorized and provided for the issuance of $46,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds, 2003 Series A (Public Service Company of New Mexico San Juan and Four Corners Projects) (the "Refunding Bonds") and
(2) appointed Bank of Albuquerque, N.A., as trustee under the Ordinance (together with any successor trustee under the Ordinance, the "Refunding Bond Trustee").

Under the Sale Agreements, the Company is obligated to make certain payments to the City, which the City has pledged and assigned to the Refunding Bond Trustee by the terms of the Ordinance, to provide for the payment of the principal and Purchase Price (as defined in the Ordinance) of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Refunding Bonds.

The Company by the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003 (the "Guaranty"), by and between the Company and the Refunding Bond Trustee, guarantees payment of the principal and Purchase Price of, and interest on the Refunding Bonds (the "Guaranteed Amounts") and agrees to issue its 2003A Notes, to be delivered to the Refunding Bond Trustee, as security for the performance of the Company's obligation under the Guaranty to pay the Guaranteed Amounts.

All things necessary to make this Fourth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, and to make the 2003A Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid obligations of the Company, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the acceptance of the 2003A Notes by the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Ordinance as collateral security for the Refunding Bonds, and for the purpose of setting forth, as provided in the Indenture, the form and substance of the 2003A Notes and the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the 2003A Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE 2003A NOTES

SECTION 1.01. There shall be and is hereby authorized a new series of Notes designated the "2003 Pollution Control Series A Senior Unsecured Notes". The 2003A Notes shall be limited in aggregate principal amount to $46,000,000. The 2003A Notes shall mature, and the principal thereof shall be due and payable together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on April 1, 2033. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.03 hereof, the 2003A Notes shall bear no interest until an Initial Interest Accrual Date, if any, has been determined in

2

accordance with Section 1.03 hereof. The 2003A Notes shall be issued in the form of registered Notes without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. Each of the 2003A Notes shall be dated as of the date of its authentication.

SECTION 1.02. The 2003A Notes shall be issued to and registered in the name of the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Ordinance and shall be non-transferable, except as may be required to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Ordinance. Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the 2003A Notes will be payable, and registration of transfer and exchanges of the 2003A Notes may be effected, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the 2003A Notes and the Indenture, as supplemented from time to time, may be served at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City and State of New York, which shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The 2003A Notes shall be deemed fully paid, and the obligation of the Company thereunder shall be terminated, to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 1.05 hereof.

SECTION 1.03. The 2003A Notes shall be issued to the Refunding Bond Trustee to secure the obligations of the Company under the Guaranty to pay the Guaranteed Amounts. In the event of failure by the Company to make any payment of any Guaranteed Amounts when and as required by the Company under the Guaranty, the 2003A Notes shall bear interest at the rate or rates of interest from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds for the corresponding Rate Period (as defined in the Ordinance) from the last day to which interest on the Refunding Bonds has been paid in full prior to the failure of the Company to pay such Guaranteed Amounts (such date being herein defined as the "Initial Interest Accrual Date"), and interest at such rate or rates shall be payable on the date or dates any such interest on the Refunding Bonds shall from time to time be due and payable in each year (each an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date of the Refunding Bonds following the Initial Interest Accrual Date, until the principal of the 2003A Notes shall be paid or made available for payment.

The Trustee may conclusively presume that no payments with respect to interest on the 2003A Notes are due unless and until the Trustee shall have received a written certificate from the Refunding Bond Trustee, signed by an authorized officer of the Refunding Bond Trustee, certifying that the Company has failed to make a payment of any Guaranteed Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Guaranty and specifying such Guaranteed Amount, the interest rate or rates borne or to be borne by the Refunding Bonds, the Initial Interest Accrual Date, the Interest Payment Date(s) and such other terms as shall be applicable to the payment of interest on the 2003A Notes. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any such certificate and shall have no duty with respect to the terms specified in any such certificate other than to make them available for inspection by the Company.

SECTION 1.04. The 2003A Notes shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the principal amount thereof plus any premium, as hereinafter provided, and any accrued and unpaid interest from the Initial Interest Accrual Date to their redemption date, if the Refunding Bond Trustee notifies the Trustee in writing that Refunding Bonds are subject to redemption as provided in Section 3.02 of the Ordinance. Any such notice must be received by the Trustee no later than

3

five days (unless a shorter period of time is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to any redemption date fixed for the Refunding Bonds to be redeemed and shall specify the principal amount of such Refunding Bonds anticipated as of the date of such notice to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption premium, if any, and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest anticipated to be paid thereon. In the event such notice is given to the Trustee as provided above, the redemption date of the 2003A Notes shall be the date on which the Refunding Bonds are fixed for redemption, and on such date the said 2003A Notes shall become due and payable in the same principal amount as the Refunding Bonds in fact redeemed pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Ordinance. The redemption price payable in respect of the 2003A Notes shall include a premium in the event (and only in the event) that any redemption premium is payable in respect of the corresponding Refunding Bonds in fact redeemed pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Ordinance, and, in such event, the amount of such premium in respect of the redemption price of the 2003A Notes shall be an amount equal to the redemption premium so payable in respect of such Refunding Bonds. The Company shall deposit in trust with the Trustee on the redemption date an amount of money sufficient to pay the principal amount, plus any premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on the 2003A Notes to be redeemed (the "Redemption Price"). Upon presentation to the Trustee of any of the 2003A Notes by the Refunding Bond Trustee for payment of the Redemption Price, such 2003A Notes so presented shall be redeemed and paid in full. However, if, in lieu of presenting the 2003A Notes due for redemption, the Refunding Bond Trustee shall deliver such 2003A Notes to the Trustee for cancellation, then, and in that event, subject to Section 1.05 hereof, such of the 2003A Notes so presented for cancellation shall be deemed fully paid, and if any monies shall have been deposited with the Trustee for such redemption, then such moneys shall be paid over to the Company, and the 2003A Notes so presented for cancellation shall be canceled in accordance with Section 1.05 hereof.

SECTION 1.05 Upon surrender by the Refunding Bond Trustee or the Company to the Trustee hereunder of any of the 2003A Notes for cancellation, such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Company and shall be deemed fully paid and the obligations of the Company thereunder terminated.

SECTION 1.06 The 2003A Notes shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 13.02 and Section 13.03 of the Indenture.

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE 2003A NOTES

SECTION 2.01. The 2003A Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the following form:

Pursuant to Section 1.02 of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between Public Service Company of New Mexico and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee, as supplemented, this Note is nontransferable, except as may be required to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee (as defined herein).

4

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

2003 Pollution Control Series A Senior Unsecured Note

No. $__________

Due: April 1, 2033

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Mexico (herein called the "Company" which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to __________________, as trustee under the Ordinance (defined below), on April 1, 2033 (unless this Note shall have been called for previous redemption and provision made for the payment of the redemption price thereof), the principal sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________) and to pay interest thereon from the Initial Interest Accrual Date (defined below) until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, at the rate or rates of interest from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds (defined below) for the corresponding Rate Period (as defined in the Ordinance defined below) payable on each date or dates as such interest on the Refunding Bonds shall from time to time be due and payable in each year (each such date being herein called an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Initial Interest Accrual Date.

Payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and any such interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company (herein called the "Notes"), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998 (herein called the "Indenture", which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered, to all of which the Holder, by accepting this Note, assents. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $46,000,000.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, the Indenture with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes

5

of all series then Outstanding under the Indenture, considered as one class; provided, however, that if there shall be Notes of more than one series Outstanding under the Indenture and if a proposed supplemental indenture shall directly affect the rights of the Holders of Notes of one or more, but less than all, of such series, then the consent only of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of all series so directly affected, considered as one class, shall be required. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes of each, or all series, as the case may be, then Outstanding under the Indenture, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes of each series Outstanding under the Indenture, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences, provided, however, that if any such past default affects more than one series of Notes, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of all such series, considered as one class, shall have the right to waive such past default, and not the Holders of the Notes of any one such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes of this series, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time Outstanding in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, considered as one class, shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes of all series at the time Outstanding in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, considered as one class, a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes of this series have been issued to Bank of Albuquerque, N.A., Albuquerque, New Mexico, as trustee (herein called the "Refunding Bond Trustee"), under Ordinance No. 2003-1139 adopted by the City of Farmington, New Mexico (herein called the "City") on March 25, 2003, as supplemented by Resolution No. 2003-1070 adopted by the City on May 14, 2003 (as so supplemented, the "Ordinance"), to secure the guarantee by the Company under a Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 1, 2003 between the Company and the Refunding

6

Bond Trustee (herein called the "Guaranty"), of payment of the principal and Purchase Price (as defined in the Ordinance) of and interest due (herein called the "Guaranteed Amounts") on the Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds, 2003 Series A (Public Service Company of New Mexico San Juan and Four Corners Projects), issued by the City under the Ordinance (herein called the "Refunding Bonds").

In the event of failure by the Company to make any payment of any Guaranteed Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Guaranty, this Note shall bear interest from the last date to which interest on such Refunding Bonds has been paid in full prior to the failure of the Company to pay such Guaranteed Amount (such date being herein called the "Initial Interest Accrual Date"), at the rate or rates from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds, payable on the Interest Payment Dates of each year, commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Initial Interest Accrual Date.

The Trustee may conclusively presume that no payments with respect to interest on the Notes of this series are due unless and until the Trustee shall have received a written certificate from the Refunding Bond Trustee or successor trustee under the Ordinance, signed by an authorized officer of the Refunding Bond Trustee or such successor trustee, certifying that the Company has failed to make a payment of any Guaranteed Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Guaranty and specifying such Guaranteed Amount, the interest rate or rates borne and to be borne by the Refunding Bonds, the Initial Interest Accrual Date, the Interest Payment Date(s) and such other matters, if any, as shall be pertinent to the payment of interest on the Notes of this series. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any such certificate and shall have no duty with respect to the matters specified in any such certificate other than to make it available for inspection by the Company.

Upon the surrender for cancellation, at any time or from time to time, of Notes of this series by the Refunding Bond Trustee or any successor trustee under the Ordinance, or by the Company to the Trustee, the Notes so surrendered shall be deemed fully paid and the obligations of the Company thereunder shall be terminated, and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Company.

This Note is nontransferable except to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee, any such transfer to be made as provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, by the registration of transfer of this Note in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar, duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the successor Refunding Bond Trustee.

If an Event of Default with respect to Notes of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

7

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Notes, or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, or of the indebtedness represented thereby, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation (either directly or through the Company or a predecessor or successor corporation), whether by virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that the Indenture and all Notes are solely corporate obligations, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by, any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, because of the indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes or to be implied herefrom or therefrom, and that any such personal liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issuance of the Notes.

The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes of this series shall be redeemable as provided in the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

8

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

By:

[Title]

Attest:


[Assistant] Secretary

CERTIFICATION OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Trustee

By:
Authorized Officer

ARTICLE THREE

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF 2003A NOTES

SECTION 3.01. 2003A Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $46,000,000 may, upon execution of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer or employee authorized to do so by a Board Resolution under its corporate seal affixed thereto or reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary or by one of its Assistant Secretaries and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said 2003A Notes in accordance with a Company Order delivered to the Trustee by the Company, all pursuant to and accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, as heretofore amended.

9

ARTICLE FOUR

PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

SECTION 4.01. JPMorgan Chase Bank will be the Paying Agent and Note Registrar for the 2003A Notes.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUNDRY PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.01. The Company hereby covenants that so long as any of the 2003A Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as available copies (certified by an officer or employee of the Company to be true) of the Ordinance, the Sale Agreements, the Guaranty and copies of any supplements, amendments or replacements thereto, together with such other documents and instruments as the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The Trustee shall have no duty to examine or take any other action with respect to any such documents or instruments so received by it other than to retain in its files any of same which it so receives and to make same available for inspection during normal business hours by any owner of the 2003A Notes.

SECTION 5.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Fourth Supplemental Indenture or in the form of the 2003A Notes or otherwise clearly required by the context hereof or thereof, all terms used herein or in said form of the 2003A Notes that are defined in the Indenture shall have the several meanings respectively assigned to them thereby.

SECTION 5.03. The Indenture, as heretofore supplemented and as supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

SECTION 5.04. The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts herein declared, provided, created, supplemented, or amended and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein and in the Indenture set forth and upon the following terms and conditions:

The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made by the Company solely. In general, each and every term and condition contained in Article VI of the Indenture shall apply to and form part of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture with the same force and effect as if the same were herein set forth in full with such omissions, variations, and insertions, if any, as may be appropriate to make the same conform to the provisions of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture.

To the extent permitted by Section 6.01 of the Indenture, and without limitation of Section 6.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness, or other paper or document (including, without limitation, the

10

Ordinance, the Sale Agreements, the Guaranty, and any notice, certificate, or other document provided for in the Ordinance, the Sale Agreements or the Guaranty) believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

SECTION 5.05. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

                                  By:   /s/ T. R. Horn
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                        T. R. Horn
                                        Vice President and Treasurer

Attest:

         /s/ S. Jim Acosta
----------------------------------
         Assistant Secretary

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Trustee

                                  By:   /s/ Natalia Rodriguez
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                        Natalia Rodriguez
                                        Vice President

Attest:

         /s/ Nicholas Sberlati
----------------------------------
         Trust Officer

12

STATE OF NEW MEXICO    )
                       ) ss:
COUNTY OF BERNALILLO   )

On the __ day of May, 2003 before me personally came T. R. Horn, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Vice President and Treasurer of Public Service Company of New Mexico, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Lisa Abeyta
-----------------------------------
Notary Public

My Commission Expires: 4-18-2005

STATE OF NEW YORK          )
                           ) ss:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK         )

On the __ day of May, 2003 before me personally came Natalia Rodriguez, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is a Vice President of JPMorgan Chase Bank, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that she signed her name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Emily Fayan
-----------------------------------
Notary Public

13

EXHIBIT 4.6.3

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

TO

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

Trustee


FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 1, 2003

To

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 1998


Providing for

2003 Pollution Control Series B Senior Unsecured Notes


FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 2003, between PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Mexico (the "Company"), having its principal office at Alvarado Square, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87158, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the "Trustee") under the Indenture dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Company and the Trustee (the "Indenture").

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has executed and delivered the Indenture to the Trustee to provide for the issuance from time to time of its senior notes (the "Notes"), said Notes to be issued in one or more series as in the Indenture provided.

The Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of seven series of Notes, a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of three series of Notes, a Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 1999, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of one series of Notes, and a Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003 to establish the forms and terms of one series of Notes (the Indenture, as supplemented by said First Supplemental Indenture, said Second Supplemental Indenture, said Third Supplemental Indenture and said Fourth Supplemental Indenture, collectively, the "Indenture, as heretofore supplemented").

Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company desires to provide for the establishment of a new series of Notes to be known as its 2003 Pollution Control Series B Senior Unsecured Notes (the "2003B Notes"), the form and substance of the 2003B Notes and the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Indenture and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.

The Company and the City of Farmington, in the County of San Juan, an incorporated municipality, a body politic and corporate, existing under the constitution and laws of the State of New Mexico (together with its successors and assigns, the "City"), are concurrently herewith entering into a Second Amended and Restated Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, relating to certain facilities located at the San Juan Generating Station and the Four Corners Generating Station (amending and restating the Amended and Restated Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of August 15, 1993, between the City, as vendor, and the Company, as vendee, which amended and restated the Installment Sale Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1983, between the City, as vendor, and the Company, as vendee) (the "Sale Agreement"), whereby the City has agreed to cooperate with the Company and will issue and deliver its pollution control revenue refunding bonds under the Pollution Control Revenue Bond Act, ss.ss. 3-59-1 to 3-59-14 NMSA 1978, as amended.

1

Pursuant to Ordinance No. 2003-1140, adopted by the City on March 25, 2003, as supplemented by Resolution No. 2003-1071, adopted by the City on May 14, 2003 (as so supplemented, the "Ordinance"), the City has (1) authorized and provided for the issuance of $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds, 2003 Series B (Public Service Company of New Mexico San Juan and Four Corners Projects) (the "Refunding Bonds") and
(2) appointed Bank of Albuquerque, N.A., as trustee under the Ordinance (together with any successor trustee under the Ordinance, the "Refunding Bond Trustee").

Under the Sale Agreement, the Company is obligated to make certain payments to the City, which the City has pledged and assigned to the Refunding Bond Trustee by the terms of the Ordinance, to provide for the payment of the principal and Purchase Price (as defined in the Ordinance) of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Refunding Bonds.

The Company by the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003 (the "Guaranty"), by and between the Company and the Refunding Bond Trustee, guarantees payment of the principal and Purchase Price of, and interest on the Refunding Bonds (the "Guaranteed Amounts") and agrees to issue its 2003B Notes, to be delivered to the Refunding Bond Trustee, as security for the performance of the Company's obligation under the Guaranty to pay the Guaranteed Amounts.

All things necessary to make this Fifth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, and to make the 2003B Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid obligations of the Company, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the acceptance of the 2003B Notes by the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Ordinance as collateral security for the Refunding Bonds, and for the purpose of setting forth, as provided in the Indenture, the form and substance of the 2003B Notes and the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the 2003B Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE 2003B NOTES

SECTION 1.01. There shall be and is hereby authorized a new series of Notes designated the "2003 Pollution Control Series B Senior Unsecured Notes". The 2003B Notes shall be limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000. The 2003B Notes shall mature, and the principal thereof shall be due and payable together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on April 1, 2033. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.03 hereof, the 2003B Notes shall bear no interest until an Initial Interest Accrual Date, if any, has been determined in accordance with Section 1.03 hereof. The 2003B Notes shall be issued in the form of registered Notes without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. Each of the 2003B Notes shall be dated as of the date of its authentication.

2

SECTION 1.02. The 2003B Notes shall be issued to and registered in the name of the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Ordinance and shall be non-transferable, except as may be required to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Ordinance. Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the 2003B Notes will be payable, and registration of transfer and exchanges of the 2003B Notes may be effected, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the 2003B Notes and the Indenture, as supplemented from time to time, may be served at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City and State of New York, which shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The 2003B Notes shall be deemed fully paid, and the obligation of the Company thereunder shall be terminated, to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 1.05 hereof.

SECTION 1.03. The 2003B Notes shall be issued to the Refunding Bond Trustee to secure the obligations of the Company under the Guaranty to pay the Guaranteed Amounts. In the event of failure by the Company to make any payment of any Guaranteed Amounts when and as required by the Company under the Guaranty, the 2003B Notes shall bear interest at the rate or rates from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds for the corresponding Rate Period (as defined in the Ordinance) from the last day to which interest on the Refunding Bonds has been paid in full prior to the failure of the Company to pay such Guaranteed Amounts (such date being herein defined as the "Initial Interest Accrual Date"), and interest at such rate or rates shall be payable on the date or dates any such interest on the Refunding Bonds shall from time to time be due and payable in each year (each an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date of the Refunding Bonds following the Initial Interest Accrual Date, until the principal of the 2003B Notes shall be paid or made available for payment.

The Trustee may conclusively presume that no payments with respect to interest on the 2003B Notes are due unless and until the Trustee shall have received a written certificate from the Refunding Bond Trustee, signed by an authorized officer of the Refunding Bond Trustee, certifying that the Company has failed to make a payment of any Guaranteed Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Guaranty and specifying such Guaranteed Amount, the interest rate or rates borne by the Refunding Bonds, the Initial Interest Accrual Date, the Interest Payment Date(s) and such other terms as shall be applicable to the payment of interest on the 2003B Notes. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any such certificate and shall have no duty with respect to the terms specified in any such certificate other than to make them available for inspection by the Company.

SECTION 1.04. The 2003B Notes shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the principal amount thereof plus any premium, as hereinafter provided, and any accrued and unpaid interest from the Initial Interest Accrual Date to their redemption date, if the Refunding Bond Trustee notifies the Trustee in writing that Refunding Bonds are subject to redemption as provided in Section 3.02 of the Ordinance. Any such notice must be received by the Trustee no later than five days (unless a shorter period of time is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to any redemption date fixed for the Refunding Bonds to be redeemed and shall specify the principal amount of such Refunding Bonds anticipated as of the date of such notice to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption premium, if any, and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest anticipated to be paid thereon. In the event such notice is given to the Trustee as provided above, the

3

redemption date of the 2003B Notes shall be the date on which the Refunding Bonds are fixed for redemption, and on such date the said 2003B Notes shall become due and payable in the same principal amount as the Refunding Bonds in fact redeemed pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Ordinance. The redemption price payable in respect of the 2003B Notes shall include a premium in the event (and only in the event) that any redemption premium is payable in respect of the corresponding Refunding Bonds in fact redeemed pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Ordinance, and, in such event, the amount of such premium in respect of the redemption price of the 2003B Notes shall be an amount equal to the redemption premium so payable in respect of such Refunding Bonds. The Company shall deposit in trust with the Trustee on the redemption date an amount of money sufficient to pay the principal amount, plus any premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on the 2003B Notes to be redeemed (the "Redemption Price"). Upon presentation to the Trustee of any of the 2003B Notes by the Refunding Bond Trustee for payment of the Redemption Price, such 2003B Notes so presented shall be redeemed and paid in full. However, if, in lieu of presenting the 2003B Notes due for redemption, the Refunding Bond Trustee shall deliver such 2003B Notes to the Trustee for cancellation, then, and in that event, subject to Section 1.05 hereof, such of the 2003B Notes so presented for cancellation shall be deemed fully paid, and if any monies shall have been deposited with the Trustee for such redemption, then such moneys shall be paid over to the Company, and the 2003B Notes so presented for cancellation shall be canceled in accordance with Section 1.05 hereof.

SECTION 1.05 Upon surrender by the Refunding Bond Trustee or the Company to the Trustee hereunder of any of the 2003B Notes for cancellation, such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Company and shall be deemed fully paid and the obligations of the Company thereunder terminated.

SECTION 1.06 The 2003B Notes shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 13.02 and Section 13.03 of the Indenture.

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE 2003B NOTES

SECTION 2.01. The 2003B Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the following form:

Pursuant to Section 1.02 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between Public Service Company of New Mexico and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee, as supplemented, this Note is nontransferable, except as may be required to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee (as defined herein).

4

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO
2003 Pollution Control Series B Senior Unsecured Note

No. $__________

Due: April 1, 2033

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Mexico (herein called the "Company" which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to ____________________, as trustee under the Ordinance (defined below), on April 1, 2033 (unless this Note shall have been called for previous redemption and provision made for the payment of the redemption price thereof), the principal sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________) and to pay interest thereon from the Initial Interest Accrual Date (defined below) until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, at the rate or rates of interest from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds (defined below) for the corresponding Rate Period (as defined in the Ordinance defined below) payable on each date or dates as such interest on the Refunding Bonds shall from time to time be due and payable in each year (each such date being herein called an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Initial Interest Accrual Date.

Payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and any such interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company (herein called the "Notes"), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998 (herein called the "Indenture", which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered, to all of which the Holder, by accepting this Note, assents. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $100,000,000.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, the Indenture with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series then Outstanding under the Indenture, considered as one class;

5

provided, however, that if there shall be Notes of more than one series Outstanding under the Indenture and if a proposed supplemental indenture shall directly affect the rights of the Holders of Notes of one or more, but less than all, of such series, then the consent only of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of all series so directly affected, considered as one class, shall be required. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes of each, or all series, as the case may be, then Outstanding under the Indenture, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes of each series Outstanding under the Indenture, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences, provided, however, that if any such past default affects more than one series of Notes, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of all such series, considered as one class, shall have the right to waive such past default, and not the Holders of the Notes of any one such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes of this series, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time Outstanding in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, considered as one class, shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes of all series at the time Outstanding in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, considered as one class, a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes of this series have been issued to Bank of Albuquerque, N.A., Albuquerque, New Mexico, as trustee (herein called the "Refunding Bond Trustee"), under Ordinance No. 2003-1140 adopted by the City of Farmington, New Mexico (herein called the "City") on March 25, 2003, as supplemented by Resolution No. 2003-1071 adopted by the City on May 14, 2003 (as so supplemented, the "Ordinance"), to secure the guarantee by the Company under a Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 1, 2003 between the Company and the Refunding

6

Bond Trustee (herein called the "Guaranty"), of payment of the principal and Purchase Price (as defined in the Ordinance) of and interest due (herein called the "Guaranteed Amounts") on the Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds, 2003 Series B (Public Service Company of New Mexico San Juan and Four Corners Projects), issued by the City under the Ordinance (herein called the "Refunding Bonds").

In the event of failure by the Company to make any payment of any Guaranteed Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Guaranty, this Note shall bear interest from the last date to which interest on such Refunding Bonds has been paid in full prior to the failure of the Company to pay such Guaranteed Amount (such date being herein called the "Initial Interest Accrual Date"), at the rate or rates from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds, payable on the Interest Payment Dates in each year, commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Initial Interest Accrual Date.

The Trustee may conclusively presume that no payments with respect to interest on the Notes of this series are due unless and until the Trustee shall have received a written certificate from the Refunding Bond Trustee or successor trustee under the Ordinance, signed by an authorized officer of the Refunding Bond Trustee or such successor trustee, certifying that the Company has failed to make a payment of any Guaranteed Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Guaranty and specifying such Guaranteed Amount, the interest rate or rates borne and to be borne by the Refunding Bonds, the Initial Interest Accrual Date, the Interest Payment Date(s) and such other matters, if any, as shall be pertinent to the payment of interest on the Notes of this series. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any such certificate and shall have no duty with respect to the matters specified in any such certificate other than to make it available for inspection by the Company.

Upon the surrender for cancellation, at any time or from time to time, of Notes of this series by the Refunding Bond Trustee or any successor trustee under the Ordinance, or by the Company to the Trustee, the Notes so surrendered shall be deemed fully paid and the obligations of the Company thereunder shall be terminated, and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Company.

This Note is nontransferable except to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee, any such transfer to be made as provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, by the registration of transfer of this Note in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar, duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the successor Refunding Bond Trustee.

If an Event of Default with respect to Notes of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

7

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Notes, or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, or of the indebtedness represented thereby, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation (either directly or through the Company or a predecessor or successor corporation), whether by virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that the Indenture and all Notes are solely corporate obligations, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by, any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, because of the indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes or to be implied herefrom or therefrom, and that any such personal liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issuance of the Notes.

The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes of this series shall be redeemable as provided in the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

8

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

By:

[Title]

Attest:


[Assistant] Secretary

CERTIFICATION OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Trustee

By:
Authorized Officer

ARTICLE THREE

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF 2003B NOTES

SECTION 3.01. 2003B Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 may, upon execution of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer or employee authorized to do so by a Board Resolution under its corporate seal affixed thereto or reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary or by one of its Assistant Secretaries and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said 2003B Notes in accordance with a Company Order delivered to the Trustee by the Company, all pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, as heretofore amended.

9

ARTICLE FOUR

PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

SECTION 4.01. JPMorgan Chase Bank will be the Paying Agent and Note Registrar for the 2003B Notes.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUNDRY PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.01. The Company hereby covenants that so long as any of the 2003B Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as available copies (certified by an officer or employee of the Company to be true) of the Ordinance, the Sale Agreement, the Guaranty and copies of any supplements, amendments or replacements thereto, together with such other documents and instruments as the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The Trustee shall have no duty to examine or take any other action with respect to any such documents or instruments so received by it other than to retain in its files any of same which it so receives and to make same available for inspection during normal business hours by any owner of the 2003B Notes.

SECTION 5.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture or in the form of the 2003B Notes or otherwise clearly required by the context hereof or thereof, all terms used herein or in said form of the 2003B Notes that are defined in the Indenture shall have the several meanings respectively assigned to them thereby.

SECTION 5.03. The Indenture, as heretofore supplemented and as supplemented by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

SECTION 5.04. The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts herein declared, provided, created, supplemented, or amended and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein and in the Indenture set forth and upon the following terms and conditions:

The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made by the Company solely. In general, each and every term and condition contained in Article VI of the Indenture shall apply to and form part of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture with the same force and effect as if the same were herein set forth in full with such omissions, variations, and insertions, if any, as may be appropriate to make the same conform to the provisions of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.

To the extent permitted by Section 6.01 of the Indenture, and without limitation of Section 6.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness,

10

or other paper or document (including, without limitation, the Ordinance, the Sale Agreement, the Guaranty, and any notice, certificate, or other document provided for in the Ordinance, the Sale Agreement or the Guaranty) believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

SECTION 5.05. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

                                   By:   /s/ T. R. Horn
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                         T. R. Horn
                                         Vice President and Treasurer

Attest:


         /s/ S. Jim Acosta
------------------------------------
         Assistant Secretary

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Trustee

                                   By:   /s/ Natalia Rodriguez
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                         Natalia Rodriguez
                                         Vice President
Attest:


         /s/ Nicholas Sberlati
------------------------------------
         Trust Officer

11

STATE OF NEW MEXICO    )
                       ) ss:
COUNTY OF BERNALILLO   )

On the __ day of May, 2003 before me personally came T. R. Horn, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Vice President and Treasurer of Public Service Company of New Mexico, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

   /s/ Lisa Abeyta
----------------------------------------
   Notary Public

My Commission Expires: 4-18-2005

STATE OF NEW YORK          )
                           ) ss:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK         )

On the __ day of May, 2003 before me personally came Natalia Rodriguez, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is a Vice President of JPMorgan Chase Bank, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that she signed her name thereto by like authority.

   /s/ Emily Fayan
----------------------------------------
   Notary Public

12

EXHIBIT 4.6.4


PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

TO

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

Trustee


SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 1, 2003

To

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 1998


Providing for

2003 Pollution Control Series C Senior Unsecured Notes



SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 2003, between PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Mexico (the "Company"), having its principal office at Alvarado Square, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87158, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the "Trustee") under the Indenture dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Company and the Trustee (the "Indenture").

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has executed and delivered the Indenture to the Trustee to provide for the issuance from time to time of its senior notes (the "Notes"), said Notes to be issued in one or more series as in the Indenture provided.

The Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of seven series of Notes, a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of three series of Notes, a Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 1, 1999, between the Company and the Trustee to establish the forms and terms of one series of Notes, a Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, to establish the forms and terms of one series of Notes and a Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003 to establish the forms and terms of one series of Notes (the Indenture, as supplemented by said First Supplemental Indenture, said Second Supplemental Indenture, said Third Supplemental Indenture, said Fourth Supplemental Indenture and said Fifth Supplemental Indenture, collectively, the "Indenture, as heretofore supplemented").

Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company desires to provide for the establishment of a new series of Notes to be known as its 2003 Pollution Control Series C Senior Unsecured Notes (the "2003C Notes"), the form and substance of the 2003C Notes and the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Indenture and this Sixth Supplemental Indenture.

The Maricopa County, Arizona Pollution Control Corporation (the "Authority") has issued its Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds, 2003 Series A (Public Service Company of New Mexico Palo Verde Project) (the "Refunding Bonds").

The Authority has appointed Bank of Albuquerque, N.A., as trustee (the "Refunding Bond Trustee") under the Indenture of Trust and Pledge, dated as of May 1, 2003 (the "Indenture of Trust"), with respect to the Refunding Bonds.

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003 (the "Loan Agreement"), by and between the Authority and the Company, the Authority loaned (the "Loan") to the Company the proceeds from the issuance of the Refunding Bonds, and the Company is obligated to make certain payments to the Authority, which payments the Authority has pledged and assigned to the Refunding Bond Trustee by the terms of the Indenture of Trust to provide for the payment of principal and Purchase Price (as defined in the Indenture of Trust) of and premium, if any, and interest on the Refunding Bonds.

1

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Company agrees to issue its 2003C Notes to be delivered to the Refunding Bond Trustee as security for the performance of the Company's obligation under the Loan Agreement to repay the Loan in an amount equal to the principal and Purchase Price of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Refunding Bonds (the "Required Amounts").

All things necessary to make this Sixth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, and to make the 2003C Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid obligations of the Company, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the acceptance of the 2003C Notes by the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Indenture of Trust as collateral security for the Refunding Bonds, and for the purpose of setting forth, as provided in the Indenture, the form and substance of the 2003C Notes and the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the 2003C Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE 2003C NOTES

SECTION 1.01. There shall be and is hereby authorized a new series of Notes designated the "2003 Pollution Control Series C Senior Unsecured Notes". The 2003C Notes shall be limited in aggregate principal amount to $36,000,000. The 2003C Notes shall mature, and the principal thereof shall be due and payable together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on January 1, 2038. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.03 hereof, the 2003C Notes shall bear no interest until an Initial Interest Accrual Date, if any, has been determined in accordance with Section 1.03 hereof. The 2003C Notes shall be issued in the form of registered Notes without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. Each of the 2003C Notes shall be dated as of the date of its authentication.

SECTION 1.02. The 2003C Notes shall be issued to and registered in the name of the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Indenture of Trust and shall be non-transferable, except as may be required to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee under the Indenture of Trust. Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the 2003C Notes will be payable, and registration of transfer and exchanges of the 2003C Notes may be effected, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the 2003C Notes and the Indenture, as supplemented from time to time, may be served at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City and State of New York, which shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The 2003C Notes shall be deemed fully paid, and the obligation of the Company thereunder shall be terminated, to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 1.05 hereof.

2

SECTION 1.03. The 2003C Notes shall be issued to the Refunding Bond Trustee to secure the obligations of the Company under the Loan Agreement to pay the Required Amounts. In the event of failure by the Company to make any payment of any Required Amounts when and as required by the Company under the Loan Agreement, the 2003C Notes shall bear interest at the rate or rates of interest from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds for the corresponding Rate Period (as defined in the Indenture of Trust) from the last day to which interest on the Refunding Bonds has been paid in full prior to the failure of the Company to pay such Required Amounts (such date being herein defined as the "Initial Interest Accrual Date"), and interest at such rate or rates shall be payable on the date or dates as any such interest on the Refunding Bonds shall from time to time be due and payable in each year (each an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date of the Refunding Bonds following the Initial Interest Accrual Date, until the principal of the 2003C Notes shall be paid or made available for payment.

The Trustee may conclusively presume that no payments with respect to interest on the 2003C Notes are due unless and until the Trustee shall have received a written certificate from the Refunding Bond Trustee, signed by an authorized officer of the Refunding Bond Trustee, certifying that the Company has failed to make a payment of any Required Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Loan Agreement and specifying such Required Amount, the interest rate or rates borne or to be borne by the Refunding Bonds, the Initial Interest Accrual Date, the Interest Payment Date(s) and such other terms as shall be applicable to the payment of interest on the 2003C Notes. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any such certificate and shall have no duty with respect to the terms specified in any such certificate other than to make them available for inspection by the Company.

SECTION 1.04. The 2003C Notes shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the principal amount thereof plus any premium, as hereinafter provided, and any accrued and unpaid interest from the Initial Interest Accrual Date to their redemption date, if the Refunding Bond Trustee notifies the Trustee in writing that Refunding Bonds are subject to redemption as provided in Section 3.02 of the Indenture of Trust. Any such notice must be received by the Trustee no later than five days (unless a shorter period of time is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to any redemption date fixed for the Refunding Bonds to be redeemed and shall specify the principal amount of such Refunding Bonds anticipated as of the date of such notice to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption premium, if any, and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest anticipated to be paid thereon. In the event such notice is given to the Trustee as provided above, the redemption date of the 2003C Notes shall be the date on which the Refunding Bonds are fixed for redemption, and on such date the said 2003C Notes shall become due and payable in the same principal amount as the Refunding Bonds in fact redeemed pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture of Trust. The redemption price payable in respect of the 2003C Notes shall include a premium in the event (and only in the event) that any redemption premium is payable in respect of the corresponding Refunding Bonds in fact redeemed pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture of Trust, and, in such event, the amount of such premium in respect of the redemption price of the 2003C Notes shall be an amount equal to the redemption premium so payable in respect of such Refunding Bonds. The Company

3

shall deposit in trust with the Trustee on the redemption date an amount of money sufficient to pay the principal amount, plus any premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on the 2003C Notes to be redeemed (the "Redemption Price"). Upon presentation to the Trustee of any of the 2003C Notes by the Refunding Bond Trustee for payment of the Redemption Price, such 2003C Notes so presented shall be redeemed and paid in full. However, if, in lieu of presenting the 2003C Notes due for redemption, the Refunding Bond Trustee shall deliver such 2003C Notes to the Trustee for cancellation, then, and in that event, subject to Section 1.05 hereof, such of the 2003C Notes so presented for cancellation shall be deemed fully paid, and if any monies shall have been deposited with the Trustee for such redemption, then such moneys shall be paid over to the Company, and the 2003C Notes so presented for cancellation shall be canceled in accordance with Section 1.05 hereof.

SECTION 1.05 Upon surrender by the Refunding Bond Trustee or the Company to the Trustee hereunder of any of the 2003C Notes for cancellation, such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Company and shall be deemed fully paid and the obligations of the Company thereunder terminated.

SECTION 1.06 The 2003C Notes shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 13.02 and Section 13.03 of the Indenture.

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE 2003C NOTES

SECTION 2.01. The 2003C Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the following form:

Pursuant to Section 1.02 of the Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998, between Public Service Company of New Mexico and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee, as supplemented, this Note is nontransferable, except as may be required to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee (as defined herein).

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

2003 Pollution Control Series C Senior Unsecured Note

No.

$__________

Due: January 1, 2038

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Mexico (herein called the "Company"

4

which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to ___________________, as trustee under the Indenture of Trust (defined below), on January 1, 2038 (unless this Note shall have been called for previous redemption and provision made for the payment of the redemption price thereof), the principal sum of ____________________ Dollars ($__________) and to pay interest thereon from the Initial Interest Accrual Date (defined below) until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, at the rate or rates of interest from time to time borne by the Refunding Bonds (defined below) for the corresponding Rate Period (as defined in the Indenture of Trust defined below) payable on each date or dates as any such interest on the Refunding Bonds shall from time to time be due and payable in each year (each such date being herein called an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Initial Interest Accrual Date.

Payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and any such interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company (herein called the "Notes"), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1998 (herein called the "Indenture", which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered, to all of which the Holder, by accepting this Note, assents. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $36,000,000.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, the Indenture with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series then Outstanding under the Indenture, considered as one class; provided, however, that if there shall be Notes of more than one series Outstanding under the Indenture and if a proposed supplemental indenture shall directly affect the rights of the Holders of Notes of one or more, but less than all, of such series, then the consent only of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of all series so directly affected, considered as one class, shall be required. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes of each, or all series, as the case may be, then Outstanding under the Indenture, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes of each series Outstanding under the Indenture, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences, provided, however, that if any such past default affects more than one series of Notes, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

5

amount of the Outstanding Notes of all such series, considered as one class, shall have the right to waive such past default, and not the Holders of the Notes of any one such series. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes of this series, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time Outstanding in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, considered as one class, shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes of all series at the time Outstanding in respect of which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, considered as one class, a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes of this series have been issued to Bank of Albuquerque, N.A., Albuquerque, New Mexico, as trustee (herein called the "Refunding Bond Trustee") under the Indenture of Trust and Pledge (the "Indenture of Trust") dated as of May 1, 2003 between the Maricopa County, Arizona Pollution Control Corporation (the "Authority") and the Refunding Bond Trustee to secure the Company's obligations under a Loan Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated as of May 1, 2003 between the Authority and the Company to provide for the payment of principal and Purchase Price (as defined in the Indenture of Trust) of and premium, if any, and interest due (the "Required Amounts") on the Pollution Control Revenue Refunding Bonds, 2003 Series A (Public Service Company of New Mexico Palo Verde Project), issued by the Authority under the Indenture of Trust (the "Refunding Bonds").

In the event of failure by the Company to make any payment of any Required Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Loan Agreement, this Note shall bear interest from the last date to which interest on such Refunding Bonds has been paid in full prior to the failure of the Company to pay such Required Amount (such date being herein called the "Initial Interest Accrual Date"), at the rate or rates from time to time borne by the Refunding

6

Bonds, payable on the Interest Payment Dates in each year, commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the Initial Interest Accrual Date.

The Trustee may conclusively presume that no payments with respect to interest on the Notes of this series are due unless and until the Trustee shall have received a written certificate from the Refunding Bond Trustee or successor trustee under the Indenture of Trust, signed by an authorized officer of the Refunding Bond Trustee or such successor trustee, certifying that the Company has failed to make a payment of any Required Amount when and as required to be made by it under the Loan Agreement and specifying such Required Amount, the interest rate or rates borne and to be borne by the Refunding Bonds, the Initial Interest Accrual Date, the Interest Payment Date(s) and such other matters, if any, as shall be pertinent to the payment of interest on the Notes of this series. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any such certificate and shall have no duty with respect to the matters specified in any such certificate other than to make it available for inspection by the Company.

Upon the surrender for cancellation, at any time or from time to time, of Notes of this series by the Refunding Bond Trustee or any successor trustee under the Indenture of Trust, or by the Company to the Trustee, the Notes so surrendered shall be deemed fully paid and the obligations of the Company thereunder shall be terminated, and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee and delivered to the Company.

This Note is nontransferable except to effect transfer to any successor trustee to the Refunding Bond Trustee, any such transfer to be made as provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, by the registration of transfer of this Note in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the successor Refunding Bond Trustee.

If an Event of Default with respect to Notes of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Notes, or any part thereof, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, or of the indebtedness represented thereby, or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement under the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, past, present or future of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation (either directly or through the Company or a predecessor or successor corporation), whether by virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that the Indenture and all Notes are solely corporate obligations, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by, any incorporator, stockholder,

7

employee, officer or director, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, because of the indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes or to be implied herefrom or therefrom, and that any such personal liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the execution of the Indenture and the issuance of the Notes.

The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Notes of this series shall be redeemable as provided in the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

By:

[Title]

Attest:


[Assistant] Secretary

8

CERTIFICATION OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Trustee

By:
Authorized Officer

ARTICLE THREE

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF 2003C NOTES

SECTION 3.01. 2003C Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $36,000,000 may, upon execution of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer or employee authorized to do so by a Board Resolution under its corporate seal affixed thereto or reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary or by one of its Assistant Secretaries and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said 2003C Notes in accordance with a Company Order delivered to the Trustee by the Company, all pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, as heretofore amended.

ARTICLE FOUR

PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

SECTION 4.01. JPMorgan Chase Bank will be the Paying Agent and Note Registrar for the 2003C Notes.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUNDRY PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.01. The Company hereby covenants that so long as any of the 2003C Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as available copies (certified by an officer or employee of the Company to be true) of the Indenture of Trust, the Loan Agreement and copies of any supplements, amendments or replacements thereto, together with such other

9

documents and instruments as the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The Trustee shall have no duty to examine or take any other action with respect to any such documents or instruments so received by it other than to retain in its files any of same which it so receives and to make same available for inspection during normal business hours by any owner of the 2003C Notes.

SECTION 5.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sixth Supplemental Indenture or in the form of the 2003C Notes or otherwise clearly required by the context hereof or thereof, all terms used herein or in said form of the 2003C Notes that are defined in the Indenture shall have the several meanings respectively assigned to them thereby.

SECTION 5.03. The Indenture, as heretofore supplemented and as supplemented by this Sixth Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Sixth Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

SECTION 5.04. The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts herein declared, provided, created, supplemented, or amended and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein and in the Indenture set forth and upon the following terms and conditions:

The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made by the Company solely. In general, each and every term and condition contained in Article VI of the Indenture shall apply to and form part of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture with the same force and effect as if the same were herein set forth in full with such omissions, variations, and insertions, if any, as may be appropriate to make the same conform to the provisions of this Sixth Supplemental Indenture.

To the extent permitted by Section 6.01 of the Indenture, and without limitation of Section 6.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness, or other paper or document (including, without limitation, the Indenture of Trust, the Loan Agreement, and any notice, certificate, or other document provided for in the Indenture of Trust or the Loan Agreement) believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

SECTION 5.05. This Sixth Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sixth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

                                        By:   /s/ T. R. Horn
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              T. R. Horn
                                              Vice President and Treasurer

Attest:

         /s/ S. Jim Acosta
-----------------------------------
         Assistant Secretary

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Trustee

                                        By:   /s/
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              Natalia Rodriguez
                                              Vice President

Attest:

         /s/ Nicholas Sberlati
-----------------------------------
         Trust Officer

11

STATE OF NEW MEXICO    )
                       ) ss:
COUNTY OF BERNALILLO   )

On the __ day of May, 2003 before me personally came T. R. Horn, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Vice President and Treasurer of Public Service Company of New Mexico, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Lisa Abeyta
---------------------------------------
Notary Public

My Commission Expires: 4-18-2005

STATE OF NEW YORK          )
                           ) ss:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK         )

On the __ day of May, 2003 before me personally came Natalia Rodriguez, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is a Vice President of JPMorgan Chase Bank, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that she signed her name thereto by like authority.

/s/ Emily Fayan
---------------------------------------
Notary Public

12

EXHIBIT 10.89

Execution Version

RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 8, 2003

among

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO
as Originator

and

PNM RECEIVABLES CORP.,
as Buyer


RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT

THIS RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of April 8, 2003, is by and between PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a New Mexico corporation ("Originator"), and PNM Receivables Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Buyer"). Unless defined elsewhere herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

Originator now owns, and from time to time hereafter will own, Receivables. Originator wishes to sell and assign to Buyer, and Buyer wishes to purchase from Originator, all of Originator's right, title and interest in and to such Receivables, together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto.

Originator and Buyer intend the transactions contemplated hereby to be true sales of the Receivables from Originator to Buyer, providing Buyer with the full benefits of ownership of the Receivables, and Originator and Buyer do not intend these transactions to be, or for any purpose to be characterized as, loans from Buyer to Originator.

Following the purchase of Receivables from Originator, Buyer will sell undivided interests therein and in the associated Related Security and Collections pursuant to that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003 (as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement") among Buyer, Public Service Company of New Mexico, as Servicer, EagleFunding Capital Corporation ("EagleFunding") and the other financial institutions from time to time party to thereto as "Conduit Investors", the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as "Alternate Investors", Fleet Securities, Inc. ("FSI") and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto as "Managing Agents", and FSI or any successor agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, as Deal Agent (in such capacity, the "Deal Agent").

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement and the Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes hereto, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in this Article I (such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof). If a capitalized term is used in this Agreement, or in any Exhibit, Schedule or Annex hereto, and not otherwise defined therein or in this Article I, such term shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Article I to the Purchase Agreement.

1

"Agreement" means this Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2003, among Originator and Buyer, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified.

"Authorized Officer" means, with respect to any Person, its chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the senior vice president-finance, the treasurer, or corporate controller, or any other officer of whose primary duties are similar to the duties of any of the previously listed officers.

"Business Day" means any day on which banks are not authorized or required to close in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts.

"Buyer" has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Calculation Period" means each calendar month or portion thereof which elapses during the term of this Agreement. The first Calculation Period shall commence on the date of the initial Purchase of Receivables hereunder and the final Calculation Period shall terminate on the Termination Date.

"Change of Control" means PNM Resources Inc.'s failure to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of Originator.

"Collections" means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections in respect of such Receivable, including, without limitation, all yield, Finance Charges or other related amounts accruing in respect thereof and all cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable.

"Credit and Collection Policy" means Originator's credit and collection policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and summarized in Exhibit III, as modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

"Deal Agent" has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Statements.

"Default Fee" means a per annum rate of interest equal to the sum of (i) the LIBO Rate, plus (ii) 2.00% per annum.

"Dilutions" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of reductions or cancellations described in Section 2.3(a).

"Discount Factor" means a percentage calculated to provide Buyer with a reasonable return on its investment in the Receivables after taking account of (i) the time value of money based upon the anticipated dates of collection of the Receivables and the cost to Buyer of financing its investment in the Receivables during such period and (ii) the risk of nonpayment by the Obligors. Originator and Buyer may agree from time to time to change the Discount Factor based on changes in one or more of the items affecting the calculation thereof, provided that any change to the Discount Factor shall take effect as of the commencement of a Calculation Period, shall apply only prospectively and shall not affect the Purchase Price payment in respect of Purchase which occurred during any Calculation Period ending prior to the Calculation Period during which Originator and Buyer agree to make such change.

2

"EagleFunding" has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Statements.

"Federal Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as amended and any successor statute thereto.

"Intended Characterization" means, for income tax purposes, the characterization of the acquisition by the Investors of Investor Interests under the Purchase Agreement as a loan or loans by the Investors to Buyer secured by the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections.

"Investor" means a Conduit Investor or an Alternate Investor, as applicable.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
(i) the ability of Originator to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) Originator's, Buyer's, the Deal Agent's or any Investor's interest in the Receivables generally or in any significant portion of the Receivables, the Related Security or Collections with respect thereto, or (v) the collectibility of the Receivables generally or of any material portion of the Receivables.

"Net Value" means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables at such time, minus (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Capital outstanding at such time, plus (B) the Aggregate Reserves.

"Net Worth" means as of the last Business Day of each Calculation Period preceding any date of determination, the excess, if any, of
(a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables at such time, over (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate Capital outstanding at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Subordinated Loans (including any Subordinated Loan proposed to be made on the date of determination).

"Original Balance" means, with respect to any Receivable, the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable on the date it was purchased by Buyer.

"Originator" has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"PNM Resources, Inc." means PNM Resources, Inc. a New Mexico corporation.

"Potential Termination Event" means an event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Termination Event.

"Prime Rate" means a per annum rate equal to the higher of (i) the "prime rate" announced by the Reference Bank from time to time, changing when and as such rate changes or (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus .50%.

"Purchase" means a purchase under this Agreement by Buyer from Originator of the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections related thereto, together with all related rights in connection therewith as described in Section 2.1.

3

"Purchase Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Statements.

"Purchase Price" means, with respect to any Purchase from Originator on any date, the aggregate price to be paid to Originator for such Purchase in accordance with Section 2.2 for the Receivables, Related Security and Collections being sold to Buyer on such date, which price shall equal (i) the product of (x) the Original Balance of such Receivables, multiplied by (y) one minus the Discount Factor then in effect, minus (ii) any Purchase Price Credits to be credited against the Purchase Price otherwise payable in accordance with Section 2.3.

"Purchase Price Credit" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

"Receivable" means the indebtedness and other obligations owed to Originator (without giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under this Agreement) or Buyer (after giving effect to the transfers under this Agreement) or in which Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods, gas or electricity, the transportation of gas or the rendering of services by Originator and includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto, provided, however, that the term "Receivable" shall not include any Wholesale Receivables. Indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, indebtedness and other rights and obligations represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any other transaction; provided that any indebtedness, rights or obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be a Receivable regardless of whether the account debtor or Originator treats such indebtedness, rights or obligations as a separate payment obligation.

"Related Security" means, with respect to any Receivable:

(i) all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements and security agreements describing any collateral securing such Receivable,

(ii) all guaranties, letters of credit, insurance and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise,

(iii) all service contracts and other contracts and agreements associated with such Receivable,

(iv) all Records related to such Receivable,

(v) all of Originator's right, title and interest in, to and under any contracts or agreements providing for the servicing of such Receivable, and

4

(vi) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

"Required Capital Amount" means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greatest of (a) $2,000,000 and (b) 3% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables.

"Subordinated Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

"Subordinated Note" means a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit IV hereto as more fully described in Section 2.2, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Subsidiary" of a Person means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, by such Person.

"Termination Date" means the earliest to occur of (i) the Amortization Date under the Purchase Agreement, (ii) the Business Day immediately prior to the occurrence of an Termination Event set forth in Section 6.1(d), (iii) the Business Day specified in a written notice from Buyer to Originator following the occurrence of any other Termination Event, and (iv) the date which is three (3) Business Days after Buyer's receipt of written notice from Originator that the Originator wishes to terminate the facility evidenced by this Agreement.

"Termination Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

"Wholesale Receivables" means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to Originator (without giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under this Agreement) or Buyer (after giving effect to the transfers under this Agreement) or in which Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods, gas or electricity, the transportation of gas or the rendering of services by the Originator to a customer who is not either (i) a "residential customer" in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy or (ii) a "commercial customer." A "commercial customer" shall include any business to whom goods, gas or electricity is provided on a metered or measured basis for on-site commercial or industrial uses.

All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New Mexico, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

5

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS

Section 2.1 Purchase of Receivables.

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, Buyer hereby agrees to buy, and Originator hereby agrees to sell, all of Originator's right, title and interest in and to all of its Receivables (each such transaction, a "Purchase"). On the date of the initial Purchase from Originator, Buyer shall acquire all of Originator's right, title and interest in and to all Receivables then outstanding, together with all Related Security relating thereto and all Collections thereof. On each Business Day thereafter until the Termination Date with respect to Originator, Buyer shall Purchase all of Originator's right, title and interest in and to all Receivables which were not previously Purchased by Buyer hereunder. Prior to making the initial Purchase hereunder, Buyer may request of Originator, and Originator shall deliver, such approvals, opinions, information, reports or documents as Buyer may reasonably request.

(b) It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Purchase of Receivables made hereunder shall constitute a "sale of accounts" (as such term is used in Article 9 of the UCC), which sales are absolute and irrevocable and provide Buyer with the full benefits of ownership of the Receivables. Except for the Purchase Price Credits owed pursuant to Section 2.3, each sale of Receivables hereunder is made without recourse to Originator; provided, however, that (i) Originator shall be liable to Buyer for all representations, warranties and covenants made by Originator pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents to which Originator is a party, and (ii) such sale does not constitute and is not intended to result in an assumption by Buyer or any assignee thereof of any obligation of Originator or any other Person arising in connection with the Receivables, the related Contracts and/or other Related Security or any other obligations of Originator. In view of the intention of the parties hereto that the Purchase of Receivables made hereunder shall constitute a sale of such Receivables rather than loans secured thereby, Originator agrees, on or prior to the Initial Cutoff Date and in accordance with
Section 5.1(e)(ii), to mark its master data processing records relating to the Receivables with a legend acceptable to Buyer and to the Deal Agent (as Buyer's assignee), evidencing that Buyer has purchased such Receivables as provided in this Agreement and to note in its financial statements that its Receivables have been sold to Buyer. Upon the request of Buyer or the Deal Agent (as Buyer's assignee), Originator will execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate to perfect and maintain the perfection of Buyer's ownership interest in the Receivables and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, or as Buyer or the Deal Agent (as Buyer's assignee) may reasonably request.

Section 2.2 Payment for the Purchases.

(a) The Purchase Price for each Purchase of Receivables in existence on the close of business on April 11, 2003 (the "Initial Cutoff Date") shall be payable in full by Buyer to Originator on April 14, 2003, and shall be paid to Originator in the following manner:

6

(i) by delivery of immediately available funds, to the extent of funds made available to Buyer in connection with its subsequent sale of an interest in such Receivables to the Investors under the Purchase Agreement after the payment of its operating costs and any amounts payable under the Purchase Agreement; provided that a portion of such funds shall be offset by any amounts owed by Originator to Buyer on account of the issuance to the Originator of the capital stock of the Buyer having a total value of not less than the Required Capital Amount, and

(ii) the balance, by delivery of the proceeds of an advance in respect of the subordinated revolving loan from Originator to Buyer (each, a "Subordinated Loan") in an amount not to exceed the least of (A) the remaining unpaid portion of such Purchase Price, (B) the maximum Subordinated Loan that could be borrowed without rendering Buyer's Net Worth less than the Required Capital Amount and (C) the maximum Subordinated Loan that could be borrowed without rendering the Net Value less than the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Subordinated Loans (including the Subordinated Loan proposed to be made on such date). Originator is hereby authorized by Buyer to endorse on the schedule attached to the Subordinated Note an appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each advance thereunder, as well as the date of each payment with respect thereto, provided that the failure to make such notation shall not affect any obligation of Buyer thereunder.

The Purchase Price for each Receivable coming into existence after the Initial Cutoff Date shall be due and owing in full by Buyer to Originator or its designee on the date each such Receivable came into existence (except that Buyer may, with respect to any such Purchase Price, offset against such Purchase Price any amounts owed by Originator to Buyer hereunder and which have become due but remain unpaid) and shall be paid to Originator in the manner provided in the following paragraphs (b), (c) and (d).

(b) With respect to any Receivables coming into existence after the Initial Cutoff Date, on each Settlement Date Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price therefor in accordance with Section 2.2(d) and in the following manner:

first, by delivery of immediately available funds, to the extent of funds available to Buyer from its subsequent sale of an interest in the Receivables to the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors under the Purchase Agreement or other cash on hand;

second, by delivery of the proceeds of a Subordinated Loan, provided that the making of any such Subordinated Loan shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii); and

third, unless Originator has declared the Termination Date to have occurred pursuant to Section 6.2, by accepting a contribution to its capital of Receivables having a Purchase Price equal to the remaining unpaid balance of such Purchase Price.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii), Originator irrevocably agrees to advance each Subordinated Loan requested by Buyer on or prior to the Termination Date. The Subordinated Loans shall be evidenced by, and

7

shall be payable in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Subordinated Note and shall be payable solely from funds which Buyer is not required under the Purchase Agreement to set aside for the benefit of, or otherwise pay over to, the Investors.

(c) From and after the Termination Date, Originator shall not be obligated to (but may, at Originator's option): (i) sell Receivables to Buyer, or contribute Receivables to Buyer's capital pursuant to clause third of
Section 2.2(b) unless Originator reasonably determine that the Purchase Price therefor will be satisfied with funds available to Buyer from sales of interests in the Receivables pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Collections, proceeds of Subordinated Loans or otherwise.

(d) Although the Purchase Price for each Receivable coming into existence after the Initial Cutoff Date shall be due and payable in full by Buyer to Originator on the date such Receivable came into existence, settlement of the Purchase Price between Buyer and Originator shall be effected on a monthly basis on Settlement Dates with respect to all Receivables coming into existence during the immediately preceding Calculation Period and based on the information contained in the Monthly Report delivered by the Servicer pursuant to Article IX of the Purchase Agreement for the Calculation Period then most recently ended. Although settlement shall be effected on Settlement Dates, increases or decreases in the amount owing under the applicable Subordinated Note made pursuant to Section 2.2(b) and any contribution of capital by Originator to Buyer made pursuant to Section 2.2(b) shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be effective as of the last Business Day of the Calculation Period to which such settlement relates.

Section 2.3 Purchase Price Credit Adjustments. If on any day:

(a) the Outstanding Balance of a Receivable is:

(i) reduced as a result of any defective or rejected goods or services, any discount or any adjustment (including, without limitation as a result of billing errors, meter-reading errors, rate adjustments or allowances for outages) or otherwise by Originator (other than cash Collections on account of the Receivables),

(ii) reduced or canceled as a result of a setoff in respect of any claim by any Person (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction), or

(b) any of the representations and warranties set forth in Article III are no longer true with respect to any Receivable,

then, in such event, Buyer shall be entitled to a credit (each, a "Purchase Price Credit") against the Purchase Price otherwise payable hereunder equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable. If such Purchase Price Credit exceeds the Original Balance of the Receivables coming into existence on any day, then Originator shall pay the remaining amount of such Purchase Price Credit in cash within 5 Business Days thereafter, provided that if the Termination Date has not occurred, Originator shall be allowed to deduct the remaining amount of such Purchase Price Credit from any indebtedness owed to it under the applicable Subordinated Note.

8

Section 2.4 Payments and Computations, Etc. All amounts to be paid or deposited by Buyer to Originator hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof on the day when due in immediately available funds to the account of Originator as is designated from time to time by Originator or as otherwise directed by Originator. In the event that any payment owed by any Person hereunder becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. If any Person fails to pay any amount hereunder when due, such Person agrees to pay, on demand, the Default Fee in respect thereof until paid in full; provided, however, that such Default Fee shall not at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. All computations of interest payable hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed.

Section 2.5 Transfer of Records.

(a) In connection with the Purchase of Receivables hereunder, Originator hereby sells, transfers, assigns and otherwise conveys to Buyer all of Originator's right and title to and interest in the Records relating to all Receivables sold hereunder, without the need for any further documentation in connection with the Purchase. In connection with such transfer, Originator hereby grants to each of the Deal Agent and the Servicer an irrevocable, non-exclusive license to use, without royalty or payment of any kind, all software used by Originator to account for the Receivables, to the extent necessary to administer the Receivables, whether such software is owned by Originator or is owned by others and used by Originator under license agreements with respect thereto, provided that should the consent of any licensor of Originator to such grant of the license described herein be required, Originator hereby agrees that upon the request of the Servicer or the Deal Agent, Originator will use its reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of such third-party licensor. The license granted hereby shall be irrevocable, and shall terminate on the date this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms.

(b) Originator (i) shall take such action requested by Buyer and/or the Deal Agent (as Buyer's assignee), from time to time hereafter, that may be necessary or appropriate to ensure that Buyer and its assigns under the Purchase Agreement have an enforceable ownership interest in the Records relating to the Receivables purchased from Originator hereunder, and (ii) shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that the Deal Agent and the Servicer each has an enforceable right (whether by license or sublicense or otherwise) to use all of the computer software used to account for the Receivables and/or to recreate such Records.

Section 2.6 Characterization. If, notwithstanding the intention of the parties expressed in Section 2.1(b), any sale or contribution by Originator to Buyer of Receivables hereunder shall be characterized as a secured loan and not a sale or such sale shall for any reason be ineffective or unenforceable, then this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a security agreement under the UCC and other applicable law. For this purpose and without being in derogation of the parties' intention that the sale of Receivables hereunder shall constitute a true sale thereof, Originator hereby grants to Buyer a duly perfected security interest in all of Originator's right, title and interest in, to and under all of its Receivables now existing and hereafter arising, all Collections, Related Security and Records with respect thereto, each Lock-Box and Blocked Account and all proceeds of the foregoing, which security interest shall be prior to all other Adverse Claims thereto. After the occurrence of an Termination Event, Buyer and its assigns shall have, in

9

addition to the rights and remedies which they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided to a secured creditor after default under the UCC and other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of Originator. Originator hereby represents and warrants to Buyer, as to itself, that:

(a) Corporate Existence and Power. It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign entity, and has and holds all corporate power, and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Power and Authority; Due Authorization Execution and Delivery. The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and its use of the proceeds of the Purchases made hereunder, are within its powers and authority, corporate or otherwise, and have been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, on its part. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by it.

(c) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not contravene or violate (i) articles of incorporation or by-laws, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, including, without limitation, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of it or its Subsidiaries (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

(d) Governmental Authorization. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, except for (i) the filing of the financing statements required hereunder and (ii) the approval of the New Mexico Public Regulation Commission, each of which shall have been duly made or obtained.

(e) Actions, Suits. There is no litigation, action, suit or other legal or governmental proceeding pending, or to the best of its knowledge,

10

threatened, against or affecting it, or any of its properties, in equity, or before or by any court, arbitrator or governmental authority relating to the transactions under this Agreement.

(f) Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(g) Accuracy of Information. All written information heretofore furnished by it or any of its Affiliates to Buyer (or its assigns) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by it or any of its Affiliates to Buyer (or its assigns) will be, when taken as a whole, true and accurate in all material respects on the date such information is stated or certified and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, when taken as a whole, not misleading.

(h) Use of Proceeds. No proceeds of the Purchases hereunder will be used (i) for a purpose that violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from time to time or (ii) to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) Good Title. As of the time each Receivable created by it came into existence, it shall be the legal and beneficial owner of each such Receivable and Related Security with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transaction Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents, if any, necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect its ownership interest in each Receivable, its Collections and the Related Security.

(j) Perfection. This Agreement, together with the filing of the financing statements contemplated hereby, is effective to transfer to Buyer (and Buyer shall acquire from it) legal and equitable title to, with the right to sell and encumber each Receivable existing or hereafter arising, together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transactions Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect Buyer's ownership interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections.

(k) Places of Business. Its principal places of business, chief executive office, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and the offices where it keeps all of its Records are located at the address(es) and in the jurisdictions listed on Exhibit I or such other locations of which Buyer has been notified in accordance with Section 5.2(a) in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 5.2(a) has been taken and completed. Its Federal Employer Identification Number and the organizational identification number from its jurisdiction of incorporation are correctly set forth on Exhibit I.

11

(l) Collections. The names and addresses of all Collection Banks in existence on the Closing Date, together with the account numbers of the Blocked Accounts at each Collection Bank and the post office box number of each Lock-Box, are listed on Exhibit II.

(m) Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2002 no event has occurred that would have a Material Adverse Effect on (A) its financial condition or operations, (B), its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, or (C) the collectibility of the Receivables originated by it generally or any material portion of such Receivables.

(n) Names. In the past five (5) years, it has not used any corporate names, trade names or assumed names other than as listed on Exhibit I.

(o) Ownership of Buyer. Originator owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Buyer, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. Such equity interests are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to acquire equity interests or securities of Buyer.

(p) Not a Holding Company or an Investment Company. It is not a "holding company" or a "subsidiary holding company" of a "holding company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or any successor statute or, if so, is in compliance with the requirements thereof or not subject to such requirements. It is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.

(q) Compliance with Law. It has complied in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Receivable, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any material laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy, but excluding the Federal Assignment of Claims Act), and no part of such Contract is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation.

(r) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. It has complied in all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable originated by it and the related Contract, and has not made any change to such Credit and Collection Policy other than as permitted under Section 5.2(c) and in compliance with the notification requirements in Section 5.1(a)(v).

(s) Payments to Originator. With respect to each of the Receivables originated by it and transferred to Buyer hereunder, the Purchase Price received by it constitutes reasonably equivalent value in consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by it of any Receivable hereunder is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. ss.ss. 101 et seq.), as amended.

12

(t) Enforceability of Contracts. Each Contract with respect to each Receivable originated by it is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(u) Eligible Receivables. Each Receivable included in the Net Receivables Balance as an Eligible Receivable on the date it came into existence was an Eligible Receivable on such date.

(v) Accounting. The manner in which it accounts for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement does not jeopardize the true sale analysis.

(w) Compliance with Representations. On and as of the date of each Purchase and on and as of each subsequent date each Receivable created by it came into existence, it hereby represents and warrants that all of the other representations and warranties set forth in this Article III are true and correct on and as of each such date (and after giving effect to all Receivables in existence on each such date) as though made on and as of each such date.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

Section 4.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase. The initial Purchase under this Agreement is subject to the conditions precedent that (a) Buyer shall have received on or before the date of such purchase those documents listed on Schedule A and (b) all of the conditions to the initial purchase under the Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 4.2 Conditions Precedent to Subsequent Purchases. Buyer's obligation to Purchase Receivables coming into existence after the Initial Cutoff Date shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that
(a) the Amortization Date shall not have occurred; and (b) Buyer (or its assigns) shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents as it may reasonably request. Originator represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Article III are true and correct on and as of the date each Receivable came into existence as though made on and as of such date.

13

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Affirmative Covenants of Originator. Until the date on which this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, Originator hereby covenants, as to itself, as set forth below:

(a) Financial Reporting. It will maintain, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish to Buyer (or its assigns):

(i) Annual Reporting. Within 120 days after the close of each of Originator's fiscal years, audited financial statements (which shall include balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows) for such fiscal year, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Originator as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Originator in accordance with GAAP.

(ii) Quarterly Reporting. Within 60 days after the close of the first three (3) quarterly periods of each of Originator's fiscal years, balance sheets of Originator as at the close of each such period and statements of income and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows for Originator for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Originator as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Originator in accordance with GAAP.

(iii) Compliance Certificate. Together with the financial statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit V signed by Originator's Responsible Officer and dated the date of such annual financial statement or such quarterly financial statement, as the case may be.

(iv) Copies of Notices. Promptly upon its receipt of any notice, request for consent, financial statements, certification, report or other communication under or in connection with any Transaction Document from any Person other than Buyer or the Deal Agent, copies of the same.

(v) Change in Credit and Collection Policy. At least thirty
(30) days prior to the effectiveness of any material change in or material amendment to the Credit and Collection Policy, a copy of the Credit and Collection Policy then in effect and (A) a notice indicating such change or amendment, and (B) if such proposed change or amendment would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables originated by it or decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables, requesting Buyer obtain any consent thereto required under the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

(vi) Other Information. Promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports relating to (i) the Receivables originated by it or (ii) its condition or operations,

14

financial or otherwise as Buyer (or its assigns) may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of Buyer (and its assigns) under or as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Notices. It will notify Buyer (or its assigns) in writing of any of the following promptly (and in any case within two (2) Business Days) upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps being taken with respect thereto:

(i) Termination Events or Potential Termination Events. The occurrence of each Termination Event and each Potential Termination Event, by a statement of one of its Authorized Officers.

(ii) Judgment and Proceedings. (1) The entry of any judgment or decree against it or any of its Subsidiaries if the aggregate amount of all judgments and decrees then outstanding against it and its Subsidiaries exceeds $5,000,000, or (2) The institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against it which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Material Adverse Effect. The occurrence of any event or condition that has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

(iv) Defaults Under Other Agreements. The occurrence of a default or an event of default under any financing arrangement evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $5,000,000 pursuant to which it is a debtor or an obligor.

(c) Compliance with Laws and Preservation of Corporate Existence. It will comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. It will preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its organization, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where its business is conducted, except where the failure to so preserve and maintain or qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Audits. It will furnish to Buyer (and its assigns) and their respective representatives at all times, upon reasonable prior notice, full and reasonable access during regular business hours to all of its offices and Records (wheresoever located, including, without limitation, any repository used to store any such Records), as appropriate to verify its compliance with this Agreement, and permit Buyer (and its assigns) and their representatives to examine and audit the same, and make photocopies and/or computer tape or other digital media replicas thereof, and it agrees to render to Buyer (and its assigns) and their representatives, at its sole cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto. Buyer (and its assigns) and their respective representatives shall also have the right to discuss its affairs with its officers and independent accountants and to verify under appropriate procedures the validity, amount, quality, quantity,

15

value and condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Receivables and the Related Security. The number and frequency of any such audits shall be limited to such number and frequency as shall be reasonable in the exercise of the Buyer's (and its assigns'), reasonable commercial judgment but shall in no event be limited to fewer than two such audits per year. Each such audit shall be at the sole expense of Originator).

(e) Keeping and Marking of Records and Books.

(i) It will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). It will give Buyer (or its assigns) notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence.

(ii) It will (A) on or prior to the Initial Cutoff Date, mark its master data processing records and other books and records relating to the Receivables with a legend, acceptable to Buyer (or its assigns), describing Buyer's ownership interests in the Receivables and further describing the Investor Interests of the Deal Agent (on behalf of the Investors) under the Purchase Agreement and (B) when a Termination Event or an Amortization Event exists, upon the request of Buyer (or its assigns), mark each Contract with a legend describing Buyer's ownership interests in the Receivables and further describing the Investor Interests of the Deal Agent (on behalf of the Investors).

(f) Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy. It will timely and fully (i) perform and comply with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables to the extent a failure to comply would adversely affect the collectibility of such Receivables, and (ii) comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract. It will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Receivables, exclusive of taxes on or measured by income or gross receipts of Buyer and its assigns.

(g) Ownership. It will take all necessary action to establish and maintain, irrevocably in Buyer, legal and equitable title to the Receivables originated by it, and to the Related Security and the Collections with respect to such Receivables, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of Buyer (and its assigns) (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect Buyer's interest in such Receivables, Related Security and Collections and such other action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of Buyer as Buyer (or its assigns) may reasonably request).

(h) Investors' Reliance. It acknowledges that the Deal Agent and the Investors are entering into the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement in reliance upon Buyer's identity as a legal entity that is separate from it and any of its Affiliates. Therefore, from and after the date

16

of execution and delivery of this Agreement, it will take all reasonable steps including, without limitation, all steps that Buyer or any assignee of Buyer may from time to time reasonably request to maintain Buyer's identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that Buyer is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of it and any of its Affiliates or other Subsidiaries and not just a division of it. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set forth herein, it (i) will not hold itself out to third parties as liable for the debts of Buyer nor purport to own the Receivables and other assets acquired by Buyer,
(ii) will take all other actions necessary on its part to ensure that Buyer is at all times in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 8.1(i) of the Purchase Agreement and (iii) will cause all tax liabilities arising in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or otherwise to be allocated between it and Buyer on an arm's-length basis and in a manner consistent with the procedures set forth in U.S. Treasury Regulations ss.ss.1.1502-33(d) and 1.1552-1.

(i) Collections. It will:

(i) Prior to June 9, 2003, (A) at any time neither an Amortization Event nor a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted to a Blocked Account within two (2) Business Days of its receipt thereof and (B) at any time either an Amortization Event or a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted directly by the applicable Obligor to either a Lock-Box or a Blocked Account, and, at the Buyer's or Deal Agent's (as assignee of Buyer) request, transfer the Collections processing function to a third-party Collections processing company,

(ii) From and after June 9, 2003, (A) at any time neither an Amortization Event nor a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted directly by the applicable Obligor to either a Lock-Box or Blocked Account and (B) at any time either an Amortization Event or a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted directly by the applicable Obligor to either a Lock-Box or a Blocked Account, and, at the Buyer's or Deal Agent's (as assignee of Buyer) request, transfer the Collections processing function to a third-party Collections processing company,

(iii) cause all proceeds from all Lock-Boxes to be deposited into a Blocked Account, and

(iv) cause each Blocked Account to be subject at all times to a control agreement or Blocked Account Agreement that is in full force and effect.

In the event any payments relating to Receivables are remitted directly to it or any of its Affiliates, it will remit (or will cause all such payments to be remitted) directly to a Collection Bank and deposited into a Blocked Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof and, at all times prior to such remittance, it will itself hold or, if applicable, will cause such payments to be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of Buyer and its assigns. It will transfer exclusive ownership, dominion and control of each Lock-Box and Blocked Account to Buyer and, will not grant the right to take dominion and control of any

17

Lock-Box or Blocked Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event to any Person, except to Buyer (or its assigns) as contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

(j) Taxes. It will file all tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except any such taxes which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books or where the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Insurance. It will maintain in effect, or cause to be maintained in effect, at its own expense, such casualty and liability insurance as it deems appropriate in its good faith business judgement. It will pay or cause to be paid, the premiums therefor. Copies of each policy shall be furnished to Buyer, the Deal Agent and any Investor in certificated form upon Buyer's, the Deal Agent's or such Investor's request. The foregoing requirements shall not be construed to negate, reduce or modify, and are in addition to, its obligations hereunder.

Section 5.2 Negative Covenants of Originator. Until the date on which this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, Originator hereby covenants, as to itself, that:

(a) Name Change, Offices and Records. It will not change its name, identity or corporate structure or its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (within the meaning of the applicable enactment of the UCC) or relocate its chief executive office or any office where Records are kept unless it shall have: (i) given Buyer (or its assigns) at least forty-five (45) days' prior written notice thereof and (ii) delivered to Buyer (or its assigns) all financing statements, instruments and other documents requested by Buyer (or its assigns) in connection with such change or relocation.

(b) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. It will not add or terminate any bank as a Collection Bank, or make any change in the instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to any Lock-Box or Blocked Account, unless Buyer (or its assigns) shall have received, at least ten
(10) days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i) written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) with respect to the addition of a Collection Bank or a Blocked Account or Lock-Box, an executed Blocked Account Agreement with respect to the new Blocked Account or Lock-Box; provided, however, that it may make changes in instructions to Obligors regarding payments if such new instructions require such Obligor to make payments to another existing Blocked Account.

(c) Modifications to Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy. It will not make any change to the Credit and Collection Policy that could adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables. Except as otherwise permitted in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to Article IX of the Purchase Agreement, it will not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable or any Contract related thereto other than in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.

18

(d) Sales, Liens. It will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any Contract under which any Receivable arises, or any Lock-Box or Blocked Account, or assign any right to receive income with respect thereto (other than, in each case, the creation of the interests therein in favor of Buyer provided for herein), and it will defend the right, title and interest of Buyer in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under it.

(e) Accounting for Purchase. It will not, and will not permit any Affiliate to, account for or treat (whether in financial statements or otherwise) the transactions contemplated hereby in any manner other than the sale of the Receivables and the Related Security by it to Buyer or in any other respect account for or treat the transactions contemplated hereby in any manner other than as a sale of the Receivables and the Related Security by it to Buyer except to the extent that such transactions are not recognized on account of consolidated financial reporting in accordance with GAAP.

(f) Mergers, Acquisitions etc. Originator will not merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person (without the prior written consent of the Deal Agent, as assignee of the Buyer, not to be unreasonably withheld) to merge with or into or consolidate with it, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person (whether directly by purchase, lease or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or indirectly by purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock of such other Person) other than acquisitions in the ordinary course of Originator's business.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 6.1 Termination Events. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Termination Event:

(a) Originator shall fail (i) to make any payment or deposit required hereunder when due and such failure continues for one (1) Business Day,
(ii) to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.1(a)-(b) and (g)-(i), Section 5.2, Section 6.1 (other than as referred to in clause (i) of this paragraph (a) and Section 6.1(d)) , and such failure shall continue for three (3) consecutive Business Days after the earlier of receipt of written notice thereof from Buyer (or its assignees) or Originator's Responsible Officer's or other corporate officer's actual knowledge thereof or (iii) to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement hereunder (other than as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph (a) and paragraph 5.1(d)) and such failure shall continue for twenty (20) consecutive days after the earlier of receipt of written notice thereof from Buyer (or its assignees) or Originator's Responsible Officer's or other corporate officer's actual knowledge thereof.

19

(b) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by Originator in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been (i) with respect to any representations warranties, certifications or statements which contain a materiality qualifier, incorrect in any respect when made or deemed made and (ii) with respect to any representations, warranties, certifications or statements which do not contain a materiality qualifier, incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made.

(c) Failure of Originator or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any Indebtedness when due (after giving effect to any grace period applicable thereto) in excess of $20,000,000; or the default by Originator or any of its Subsidiaries in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any such Indebtedness was created or is governed, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any such Indebtedness of Originator or any of its Subsidiaries shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity thereof.

(d) (i) Originator or its Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against Originator or its Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property or (ii) Originator or its Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in the foregoing clause (i) of this subsection (d).

(e) A Change of Control shall occur.

(f) The entry of any judgment or decree against Originator or any of its Subsidiaries if the amount of such judgment or decree exceeds $20,000,000 individually or if the amount of all judgments and decrees then outstanding against Originator and its Subsidiaries exceeds $40,000,000 in the aggregate, and such judgment or decree shall continue unsatisfied, undischarged and unstayed for a period ending on the first to occur of (i) the last day on which such judgment or decree becomes final and unappealable and, where applicable, with the status of a judicial lien or (ii) 60 days.

Section 6.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Termination Event, Buyer may take any of the following actions: (i) declare the Termination Date to have occurred, whereupon the Termination Date shall forthwith occur, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Originator; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of Termination Event described in
Section 6.1(d), or of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to Originator under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Termination Date shall automatically occur, without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Originator and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, declare that the Default Fee shall accrue

20

with respect to any amounts then due and owing by Buyer to Originator. The aforementioned rights and remedies shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies of Buyer and its assigns available under this Agreement, by operation of law, at equity or otherwise, all of which are hereby expressly preserved, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies provided under the UCC, all of which rights shall be cumulative.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnities by Originator. Without limiting any other rights that Buyer may have hereunder or under applicable law, Originator hereby agrees to indemnify Buyer and its assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each an "Indemnified Party") from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, taxes, liabilities, costs, expenses and for all other amounts payable, including reasonable attorneys' fees (which attorneys may be employees of Buyer) and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as "Indemnified Amounts") awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by Buyer of an interest in the Receivables, excluding, however:

(i) Indemnified Amounts to the extent that such Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification, provided, that it is the intention of Originator to indemnify such Indemnified Party against the consequences of their own negligence;

(ii) Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor; or

(iii) taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Indemnified Party's principal executive office is located, on or measured by the overall net income of such Indemnified Party to the extent that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the Intended Characterization;

provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the liability of Originator or limit the recourse of Buyer to Originator for amounts otherwise specifically provided to be paid by Originator under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnification, Originator shall indemnify Buyer for Indemnified Amounts (including, without limitation, losses in respect of uncollectible receivables, regardless of whether reimbursement therefor would constitute recourse to Originator) relating to or resulting from:

(i) any representation or warranty made by Originator (or any officers of any such Person) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered by any such Person pursuant hereto or thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect when made or deemed made;

21

(ii) the failure by Originator to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or Contract related thereto, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or Contract included therein with any such applicable law, rule or regulation or any failure of Originator to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract;

(iii) any failure of Originator to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iv) any products liability, personal injury or damage suit, or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract or any Receivable;

(v) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or service related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services;

(vi) the commingling of Collections of Receivables at any time with other funds;

(vii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to or arising from this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of the proceeds of a Purchase, the ownership of the Receivables or any other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to Originator in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(viii) any Termination Event described in Section 6.1(d);

(ix) any failure to vest and maintain vested in Buyer, or to transfer to Buyer, legal and equitable title to, and ownership of, the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (except as created by the Transaction Documents);

(x) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivable, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and the proceeds of any thereof, whether at the time of a Purchase or at any subsequent time;

(xi) any action or omission by Originator which reduces or impairs the rights of Buyer with respect to any Receivable or the value of any such Receivable; and

(xii) any attempt by any Person to void the Purchase hereunder under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action.

22

Section 7.2 Other Costs and Expenses. Originator shall pay to Buyer on demand all costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the other documents to be delivered hereunder. Originator shall pay to Buyer on demand any and all costs and expenses of Buyer, if any, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other documents delivered hereunder and in connection with any restructuring or workout of this Agreement or such documents (including any amendments hereto or thereto), or the administration of this Agreement following an Termination Event.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Waivers and Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay on the part of Buyer (or its assigns) in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Any waiver of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in writing signed by Originator and Buyer and, to the extent required under the Purchase Agreement, the Deal Agent and the Alternate Investors or the Required Alternate Investors.

Section 8.2 Notices. Except as provided below, all communications and notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other parties hereto at their respective addresses or telecopy numbers set forth on the signature page hereto or at such other address or telecopy number as such Person may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to each of the other parties hereto. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopy, upon the receipt thereof, (ii) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid or (iii) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this
Section 8.2.

Section 8.3 Protection of Ownership Interests of Buyer.

(a) Originator agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that may be necessary or desirable, or that Buyer (or its assigns) may request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Investor Interests, or to enable Buyer (or its assigns) to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder. At any time, Buyer (or its assigns) may, at Originator's sole cost and expense, direct Originator to notify the Obligors of Receivables of the ownership interests of Buyer under this Agreement and may also direct that payments of all amounts due or that become due under any or all Receivables be made directly to Buyer or its designee.

23

(b) If Originator fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, Buyer (or its assigns) may (but shall not be required to) perform, or cause performance of, such obligation, and Buyer's (or such assigns') costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Originator as provided in Section 7.2. Originator irrevocably authorizes Buyer (and its assigns) at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of Buyer (or its assigns), and appoints Buyer (and its assigns) as its attorney(es)-in-fact, to act on its behalf (i) to execute on its behalf as debtor and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in Buyer's (or its assigns') sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interest of Buyer in the Receivables and (ii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Receivables as a financing statement in such offices as Buyer (or its assigns) in their sole discretion deem necessary or desirable to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of Buyer's interests in the Receivables. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

Section 8.4 Confidentiality.

(a) Originator shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and the other confidential proprietary information with respect to the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents, the Conduit Investors and their respective businesses obtained by it or them in connection with the structuring, negotiating and execution of the transactions contemplated herein, except that Originator and its respective officers and employees may disclose such information to its external accountants and attorneys and as required by any applicable law or order of any judicial or administrative proceeding.

(b) Each of Buyer (and its assigns) agrees to exercise its best efforts to keep, and to cause any third party recipient of the information described in this Section 8.4(b) to keep, any information delivered or made available by Originator to it, confidential from anyone other than Persons employed or retained by such party who are or are expected to become engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the transactions contemplated hereunder; provided that nothing shall prevent Buyer (or its assigns) from disclosing such information (i) to any other party to any Transaction Document for the purpose of administering or enforcing this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) pursuant to subpoena or upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (iii) upon the request or demand of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over such Person, (iv) if such information has been publicly disclosed without the recipient's violation of its confidentiality obligations, (v) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation to which such Person or such Person's Affiliates may be a party, (vi) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, (vii) to such Person's legal counsel, independent auditors and other professional advisors, or (viii) to any actual or proposed participant or assignee of such Person (each, a "Transferee") that has agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 8.4(b). Unless prohibited from doing so by applicable law, in the event that Buyer (or its assigns) is legally requested or required to disclose any confidential information pursuant to paragraph (ii), (iii), or (v) of this Section 8.4(b), such Person shall notify Originator(s) of such request or requirement and will use reasonable efforts to minimize the disclosure of such information. Subject

24

to the exceptions above to disclosure of information, each of Buyer (and its assigns) agrees that it shall not publish, publicize, or otherwise make public any information regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the written consent of Originator in its sole discretion.

Section 8.5 Bankruptcy Petition. (a) Originator and Buyer each hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior Indebtedness of each Conduit Investor, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit Investor any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

(b) Originator hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding Capital, Yield and all other amounts due to the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Investor under the Purchase Agreement, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, Buyer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

Section 8.6 CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW MEXICO, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

Section 8.7 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS (A) FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW MEXICO, THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE DISTRICT OF NEW MEXICO, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF; (B) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH PERSON AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED PURSUANT TO SECTION 8.2 OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED PURSUANT THERETO; (D) AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (E) WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

25

Section 8.8 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY ORIGINATOR PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

Section 8.9 Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT, THE SUBORDINATED NOTE AND EACH BLOCKED ACCOUNT AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any trustee in bankruptcy). This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that the rights and remedies with respect to (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made by Originator pursuant to Article III, (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of Article VII, and Section 8.5 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 8.10 Counterparts; Severability; Section References. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to "Article," "Section," "Schedule" or "Exhibit" shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement.

26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO

By:  /s/Terry R. Horn
   --------------------------
Name:  Terry R. Horn
Title:    V.P. and Treasurer

Address: Alvarado Square Albuquerque, NM 87158 Attention: Kirk Meyer, MS-2702

PNM RECEIVABLES CORP.

By: /s/Terry R. H
   --------------------------
Name:  Terry R. Horn
Title:    Treasurer

Address: Alvarado Square Albuquerque, NM 87158 Attention: Kirk Meyer, MS-2702

Signature Page to Receivables Sale Agreement


Exhibit I

Places of Business; Locations of Records; State Organizational Identification Number(s); Federal Employer Identification Number(s); Other Names

Places of Business:

Locations of Records:

Federal Employer Identification Number:

State Organizational Identification Number:

Corporate, Partnership Trade and Assumed Names:


Exhibit II

Lock-boxes; Blocked Accounts; Collection Banks

----------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------
    Company                    Bank                             Account Number
----------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------

                         Bank of America                         #375-0940909

                         Bank of the West:                       #295-002-158

                         Citizens Bank Clovis                    #0105259001

                         Community 1st Anthony                   #8750085699

                         First National Bank of
                         New Mexico                              #0009628

Public Service Company   First State Bank Taos                   #103064158
of New Mexico
                         State National Bank T or C              #4600009199

                         Wells Fargo Bank:                       #6511003433
                                                                 #615320494
                                                                 #6511003698
                                                                 #6515320601
                                                                 #1027501231

                         Western Commerce Carlsbad               #106054
----------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------------

P.O. Box:

P.O. Box 349 Albuquerque, NM 87103


Exhibit III

Credit and Collection Policy


Exhibit IV

Form of Subordinated Note

SUBORDINATED NOTE

April 8, 2003

1. Note. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PNM Receivables Corp., a Delaware corporation ("SPV"), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of Public Service Company of New Mexico, a New Mexico corporation ("Originator"), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on the date following the Termination Date which is one year and one day after the date on which (i) the Outstanding Balance of all Receivables sold under the "Sale Agreement" referred to below has been reduced to zero and (ii) Originator has paid to Buyer all indemnities, adjustments and other amounts which may be owed thereunder in connection with the Purchases (the "Collection Date"), the aggregate unpaid principal sum outstanding of all "Subordinated Loans" made from time to time by Originator to SPV pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of that certain Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003 between Originator and SPV (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Sale Agreement"). Reference to
Section 2.2 of the Sale Agreement is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which the loans evidenced hereby have been and will be made. All terms which are capitalized and used herein and which are not otherwise specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Sale Agreement.

2. Interest. SPV further promises to pay interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount hereof from the date hereof until payment in full hereof at a rate equal to the LIBO Rate; provided, however, that if SPV shall default in the payment of any principal hereof, SPV promises to pay, on demand, interest at the rate of the LIBO Rate plus 2.00% per annum on any such unpaid amounts, from the date such payment is due to the date of actual payment. Interest shall be payable on the first Business Day of each month in arrears; provided, however, that SPV may elect on the date any interest payment is due hereunder to defer such payment and upon such election the amount of interest due but unpaid on such date shall constitute principal under this Subordinated Note. The outstanding principal of any loan made under this Subordinated Note shall be due and payable on the Collection Date and may be repaid or prepaid at any time without premium or penalty.

3. Principal Payments. Originator is authorized and directed by SPV to enter on the grid attached hereto, or, at its option, in its books and records, the date and amount of each loan made by it which is evidenced by this Subordinated Note and the amount of each payment of principal made by SPV, and absent manifest error, such entries shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so entered; provided that neither the failure of Originator to make any such entry or any error therein shall expand, limit or affect the obligations of SPV hereunder.

1

4. Subordination. The indebtedness evidenced by this Subordinated Note is subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of SPV's recourse obligations under that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003 by and among SPV, Public Service Company of New Mexico, as Servicer, various "Investors" and "Managing Agents" from time to time party thereto, and FSI, as the "Deal Agent" (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Purchase Agreement"). The subordination provisions contained herein are for the direct benefit of, and may be enforced by, the Deal Agent and the Investors and/or any of their respective assignees (collectively, the "Senior Claimants") under the Purchase Agreement. Until the date on which all "Capital" outstanding under the Purchase Agreement has been repaid in full and all other obligations of SPV and/or the Servicer thereunder and under the "Fee Letters" referenced therein (all such obligations, collectively, the "Senior Claim") have been indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full, Originator shall not demand, accelerate, sue for, take, receive or accept from SPV, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or any other manner (including, without limitation, from or by way of collateral) any payment or security of all or any of the indebtedness under this Subordinated Note or exercise any remedies or take any action or proceeding to enforce the same; provided, however, that (i) Originator hereby agrees that it will not institute against SPV any proceeding of the type described in Section 6.1(d) of the Sale Agreement unless and until the Collection Date has occurred and (ii) nothing in this paragraph shall restrict SPV from paying, or Originator from requesting, any payments under this Subordinated Note so long as SPV is not required under the Purchase Agreement to set aside for the benefit of, or otherwise pay over to, the funds used for such payments to any of the Senior Claimants and further provided that the making of such payment would not otherwise violate the terms and provisions of the Purchase Agreement. Should any payment, distribution or security or proceeds thereof be received by Originator in violation of the immediately preceding sentence, Originator agrees that such payment shall be segregated, received and held in trust for the benefit of, and deemed to be the property of, and shall be immediately paid over and delivered to the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Senior Claimants.

5. Bankruptcy; Insolvency. Upon the occurrence of any proceeding of the type described in Section 6.1(d) of the Sale Agreement involving SPV as debtor, then and in any such event the Senior Claimants shall receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of Capital and the Senior Claim (including "Broken Funding Costs" and "Yield" as defined and as accruing under the Purchase Agreement after the commencement of any such proceeding, whether or not any or all of such Broken Funding Costs or Yield is an allowable claim in any such proceeding) before Originator is entitled to receive payment on account of this Subordinated Note, and to that end, any payment or distribution of assets of SPV of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other property, in any applicable insolvency proceeding, which would otherwise be payable to or deliverable upon or with respect to any or all indebtedness under this Subordinated Note, is hereby assigned to and shall be paid or delivered by the Person making such payment or delivery (whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver, custodian or liquidating trustee or otherwise) directly to the Deal Agent for application to, or as collateral for the payment of, the Senior Claim until such Senior Claim shall have been paid in full and satisfied.

2

6. Amendments. This Subordinated Note shall not be amended or modified except in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Sale Agreement. The terms of this Subordinated Note may not be amended or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors.

7. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE HAS BEEN MADE AND DELIVERED AT ALBUQUERQUE, NEW MEXICO, AND SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF NEW MEXICO. WHEREVER POSSIBLE EACH PROVISION OF THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE SHALL BE INTERPRETED IN SUCH MANNER AS TO BE EFFECTIVE AND VALID UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, BUT IF ANY PROVISION OF THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE SHALL BE PROHIBITED BY OR INVALID UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH PROVISION SHALL BE INEFFECTIVE TO THE EXTENT OF SUCH PROHIBITION OR INVALIDITY, WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE REMAINDER OF SUCH PROVISION OR THE REMAINING PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE.

8. Waivers. All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor. Originator additionally expressly waives all notice of the acceptance by any Senior Claimant of the subordination and other provisions of this Subordinated Note and expressly waives reliance by any Senior Claimant upon the subordination and other provisions herein provided.

9. Assignment. This Subordinated Note may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred to any party other than Originator without the prior written consent of the Deal Agent, and any such attempted transfer shall be void.

PNM RECEIVABLES CORP.

By: ___________________________________
Title:

3

Schedule to
SUBORDINATED NOTE

SUBORDINATED LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                  Amount of      Amount of       Unpaid
                Subordinated     Principal      Principal     Notation made
  Date              Loan           Paid          Balance            by
----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

----------    ---------------   -----------    -----------    -------------

4

Exhibit V

Form of Compliance Certificate

To: Fleet Securities, Inc.

This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003, among PNM Receivables Corp. (the "Servicer") and Public Service Company of New Mexico (the "Originator") (the "Agreement").

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

1. I am the duly elected _____________________ of Servicer.

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of Servicer during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event, as each such term is defined under the Agreement, existing as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth in paragraph 5 below.

4. Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations of certain covenants of the Agreement, all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct in all material respects.

5. Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which Seller has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:


The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this____ day of ____,____.


SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

A. Schedule of Compliance as of __________, ____ with Section ___ of the Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

This schedule relates to the period ended: ______________


Schedule A

DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO BUYER
ON OR PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE

[Attach Closing List]


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS..................................................................1


ARTICLE II
AMOUNTS AND TERMS............................................................6

     Section 2.1      Purchase of Receivables................................6
     Section 2.2      Payment for the Purchases..............................6
     Section 2.3      Purchase Price Credit Adjustments......................8
     Section 2.4      Payments and Computations, Etc.........................9
     Section 2.5      Transfer of Records....................................9
     Section 2.6      Characterization.......................................9

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..............................................10

     Section 3.1      Representations and Warranties of Originator..........10

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE......................................................13

     Section 4.1      Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase..............13
     Section 4.2      Conditions Precedent to Subsequent Purchases..........13

ARTICLE V
COVENANTS...................................................................14

     Section 5.1      Affirmative Covenants of Originator...................14
     Section 5.2      Negative Covenants of Originator......................18

ARTICLE VI
TERMINATION EVENTS..........................................................19

     Section 6.1      Termination Events....................................19
     Section 6.2      Remedies..............................................20

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION.............................................................21

     Section 7.1      Indemnities by Originator.............................21
     Section 7.2      Other Costs and Expenses..............................23

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS...............................................................23

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

Page

Section 8.1      Waivers and Amendments................................23
Section 8.2      Notices...............................................23
Section 8.3      Protection of Ownership Interests of Buyer............23
Section 8.4      Confidentiality.......................................24
Section 8.5      Bankruptcy Petition...................................25
Section 8.6      CHOICE OF LAW.........................................25
Section 8.7      CONSENT TO JURISDICTION...............................25
Section 8.8      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..................................26
Section 8.9      Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms........26
Section 8.10     Counterparts; Severability; Section References........26

ii

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

EXHIBIT I         --       Principal Place of Business; Location(s) of Records;
                           Federal Employer Identification Number; Other Names

EXHIBIT II        --       Lock-Boxes; Blocked Accounts; Collection Banks

EXHIBIT III       --       Credit and Collection Policy

EXHIBIT IV        --       Form of Subordinated Note

EXHIBIT V         --       Form of Compliance Certificate


SCHEDULE A        --       List of Documents to Be Delivered to Buyer Prior to
                           the Purchase


EXHIBIT 10.90
Execution Version

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of April 8, 2003

among

PNM RECEIVABLES CORP.,
as Seller,

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO,
as Servicer,

EAGLEFUNDING CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Conduit Investor,

THE ALTERNATE INVESTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,
as Alternate Investors,

FLEET SECURITIES, INC.,
as Managing Agent,

and

FLEET SECURITIES, INC.,
as Deal Agent


PNM RECEIVABLES CORP.
RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003 is among PNM RECEIVABLES CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Seller"), PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, a New Mexico corporation, as initial Servicer (the initial Servicer together with Seller, the "Seller Parties" and each a "Seller Party"), the funding entities listed on Schedule A to this Agreement (together with their respective successors and assigns) and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto as Alternate Investors, EAGLEFUNDING CAPITAL CORPORATION ("EagleFunding") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto as Conduit Investors, FLEET SECURITIES, INC. ("FSI") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto as Managing Agents, and FSI, as Deal Agent for the Investors hereunder or any successor Deal Agent hereunder (together with its successors and assigns hereunder, the "Deal Agent"). Unless defined elsewhere herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

Seller desires to transfer and assign Investor Interests to the Investors from time to time.

The Conduit Investors may, in their absolute and sole discretion, purchase Investor Interests from Seller from time to time.

In the event that a Conduit Investor declines to make any purchase, the Alternate Investors which are part of such Conduit Investor's Purchaser Group shall, at the request of Seller, purchase Investor Interests from time to time. In addition, the Alternate Investors in each Purchaser Group have agreed to provide a liquidity facility to the Conduit Investor in such Purchaser Group in accordance with the terms of a Liquidity Agreement entered into by such Conduit Investor with such Alternate Investors.

FSI has been requested and is willing to act as Deal Agent on behalf of the Conduit Investors and the Alternate Investors in accordance with the terms hereof.

ARTICLE I.
definitions

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"Accrual Period" means each calendar month occurring before or after the Closing Date.

1

"Adjusted Pro Rata Share" means, for each Alternate Investor, the Commitment of such Alternate Investor within a given Purchaser Group divided by the sum of the Commitments of all of the Alternate Investors in such Purchaser Group, adjusted as necessary to give effect to any assignments pursuant to Section 13.1(b), or the termination of the Commitment of any Terminating Alternate Investor in such Purchaser Group pursuant to Section 13.5.

"Adverse Claim" means a lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or other right or claim in, of or on any Person's assets or properties in favor of any other Person.

"Affected Alternate Investor" has the meaning specified in
Section 13.1(c).

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person.

"Aggregate Capital" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of Capital of all Investor Interests outstanding on such date.

"Aggregate Reduction" means any reduction to the Aggregate Capital pursuant to Section 2.3.

"Aggregate Reserves" means, at any time, the sum of the Loss Reserve, the Yield Reserve and the Dilution Reserve.

"Aggregate Unpaids" means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of all Aggregate Capital and all other unpaid Obligations (whether due or accrued) at such time.

"Agreement" means this Receivables Purchase Agreement, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time.

"Alternate Investors" has the meaning set forth in the preamble in this Agreement.

"Amortization Date" means the earliest to occur of (i) the Business Day immediately prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event set forth in Section 10.1(d), (ii) the Business Day specified in a written notice from the Deal Agent following the occurrence of any other Amortization Event,
(iii) March 31, 2006, as such date may from time to time be extended with the consent of the parties hereto; (iv) the Liquidity Termination Date and (v) the date which is at least three Business Days after the Deal Agent's receipt of written notice from Seller that it wishes to terminate the facility evidenced by this Agreement, provided that any prepayment resulting from such declaration of the Amortization Date shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.1.

"Amortization Event" has the meaning specified in Article X.

"Applicable Margin" means, at any time the corporate or counterparty rating of the Originator by each of S&P, Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch is equal to or greater than:

2

------------------------------------------------ -----------------
Rating by S&P/Moody's/Fitch                      Applicable Margin
------------------------------------------------ -----------------
BBB+/Baa1/BBB+                                   0.875%
------------------------------------------------ -----------------
BBB/Baa2/BBB                                     0.900%
------------------------------------------------ -----------------
BBB-/Baa3/BBB-                                   1.125%
------------------------------------------------ -----------------
BB+/Ba1/BB+                                      1.250%
------------------------------------------------ -----------------
any other rating below BB+/Ba1/BB+ or unrated    1.500%
------------------------------------------------ -----------------

"Applicable Stress Factor" means, at any time the corporate or counterparty rating of the Originator by each of S&P, Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, Fitch is equal to or greater than:

------------------------------------------------ ------------------------
Rating by S&P/Moody's/Fitch                      Applicable Stress Factor
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------
BBB- /Baa3/BBB-                                  2.00
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------
BB-/Ba3/BB-                                      2.25
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------
any other rating below BB-/Ba3/BB- or unrated    2.50
------------------------------------------------ ------------------------

"Assignment Agreement" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(b).

"Bank Rate" means the LIBO Rate or the Prime Rate, as applicable, with respect to each Investor Interest of the Alternate Investors and/or any Investor Interest of a Conduit Investor, an undivided interest in which has been assigned or pledged by such Conduit Investor to an Alternate Investor pursuant to the applicable Liquidity Agreement.

"BPP Receivable" means a Receivable arising under an Obligor's account which is subject to a balanced or levelized payment plan of the Originator.

"Billed Receivable" means a Receivable for which, as of the time of determination, an invoice addressed to the Obligor thereof has been sent.

"Blocked Account" means each depositary account in which any Collections are deposited and which is listed on Exhibit III.

"Blocked Account Agreement" means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit V, or such other agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Deal Agent, among the Seller, the Deal Agent and a Collection Bank.

3

"Broken Funding Costs" means for any Tranche Period or any tranche period for Commercial Paper for any Investor Interest which: (i) has its Capital reduced without compliance by Seller with the notice requirements hereunder, (ii) does not become subject to an Aggregate Reduction following the delivery of any Reduction Notice, or (iii) is assigned under a Liquidity Agreement or terminated prior to the date on which it was originally scheduled to end, including by the written notice of Seller that it wishes to terminate the facility evidenced by this Agreement; an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Yield that would have accrued during the remainder of the Tranche Period or the tranche period for Commercial Paper determined by the applicable Managing Agent to relate to such Investor Interest (as applicable) subsequent to the date of such reduction, assignment or termination (or in respect of clause
(ii) above, the date such Aggregate Reduction was designated to occur pursuant to the Reduction Notice) of the Capital of such Investor Interest if such reduction, assignment or termination had not occurred or such Reduction Notice had not been delivered, over (B) the sum of (x) to the extent all or a portion of such Capital is allocated to another Investor Interest, the amount of Yield actually accrued during the remainder of such period on such Capital for the new Investor Interest, and (y) to the extent such Capital is not allocated to another Investor Interest, the income, if any, actually received during the remainder of such period by the holder of such Investor Interest from investing the portion of such Capital not so allocated. In the event that the amount referred to in clause (B) exceeds the amount referred to in clause (A), the relevant Investor or Investors agree to pay to Seller the amount of such excess. All Broken Funding Costs shall be due and payable hereunder within five Business Days after written demand.

"Business Day" means any day on which banks are not authorized or required to close in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts, and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any computation or payment to be made with respect to the LIBO Rate, any day on which dealings in dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.

"Capital" of any Investor Interest means, at any time, (A) the Purchase Price of such Investor Interest, minus (B) the sum of the aggregate amount of Collections and other payments received by the Deal Agent or the applicable Managing Agent which in each case are applied to reduce such Capital in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that such Capital shall be restored (in accordance with Section 3.6) in the amount of any Collections or other payments so received and applied if at any time the distribution of such Collections or payments are rescinded, returned or refunded for any reason.

"Capital Pro Rata Share" means, for any Investor at any time, the amount of Capital allocated to the Investor Interests of such Investor at such time divided by the Aggregate Capital at such time.

"Change of Control" means the Originator's failure to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of the Seller.

"Charged-Off Receivable" means a Receivable other than a Defaulted Receivable which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be written off Seller's books as uncollectible.

4

"Closing Date" means April 8, 2003.

"Collection Bank" means, at any time, any of the banks holding one or more Blocked Accounts.

"Collection Notice" means a notice, in substantially the form of Annex A to Exhibit V, from the Deal Agent to a Collection Bank.

"Collection Ratio" means with respect to any Accrual Period, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated as of the last day of such Accrual Period by dividing (i) the Collections received during such Accrual Period by (ii) the Original Balance of all Receivables originated during the immediately preceding Accrual Period.

"Collections" means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections in respect of such Receivable, including, without limitation, all yield, Finance Charges or other related amounts accruing in respect thereof and all cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable.

"Commercial Paper" means promissory notes of any Conduit Investor issued by such Conduit Investor in the commercial paper market.

"Commitment" means, for each Alternate Investor, the commitment of such Alternate Investor to purchase Investor Interests from (i) Seller and (ii) the Conduit Investors, in an amount not to exceed (i) in the aggregate, the amount set forth opposite such Alternate Investor's name on Schedule A to this Agreement, as such amount may be modified in accordance with the terms hereof and (ii) with respect to any individual purchase hereunder, its Pro Rata Share of the Purchase Price therefor.

"Concentration Limit" means, at any time, for any Obligor the amount set forth below opposite the appropriate ratings of such Obligor's long-term and short-term unsecured debt. Any Obligor that has a split rating shall be deemed to be in the lowest rating category assigned by any of S&P, Moody's or Fitch.


Obligor's Long Term Rating Obligors Short Term Rating Concentration Limit

--------------- --------------- -------------------------- -------------------
S&P/Fitch       Moody's          S&P       Moody's   Fitch
--------------- ---------------                            -------------------
A+ or better    A1 or better     A-1 or    P-1       F-1           8.0%
                                 better
--------------- ---------------                            -------------------
BBB+ to A       Baa1 to A2       A-2       P-2       F-2           6.0%
--------------- ---------------                            -------------------
BBB- to BBB     Baa3 to Baa2     A-3       P-3       F-3           3.0%
--------------- ---------------                            -------------------
lower than BBB- lower than Baa3  N/A       N/A       N/A           2.0%
or unrated      or unrated
--------------- --------------- -------------------------- -------------------

5

"Conduit Investor" means EagleFunding and any party added as a Conduit Investor pursuant to Section 13.3.

"Conduit Investor Percentage" means, with respect to EagleFunding and its related Purchaser Group, 100%, as the same may be adjusted to give effect to any assignments from one Conduit Investor to another Conduit Investor, or to the addition of a Conduit Investor pursuant to Section 13.3.

"Contract" means, with respect to any Receivable, the invoices or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or which evidences such Receivable.

"CP Rate" means for any Accrual Period for any Investor Interest owned by a Conduit Investor if and to the extent such Conduit Investor funds the Purchase or maintenance of its Investor Interest by the issuance of commercial paper notes during such period, the per annum rate equivalent to the "weighted average cost" (as defined below) related to the issuances of commercial paper notes that are allocated, in whole or in part, by such Conduit Investor (or by its administrator) to fund or maintain the Investor Interest (and which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other assets of such Conduit Investor); provided, however, that if any component of such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the "CP Rate" for such Accrual Period, such Conduit Investor shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum. As used in this definition, a Conduit Investor's "weighted average cost" shall consist of
(w) the actual interest rate (or discount) paid to purchasers of such Conduit Investor's commercial paper notes, together with dealer fees or commissions, to the extent allocated, in whole or in part, to such Conduit Investor's commercial paper notes by such Conduit Investor (or its administrator), (x) certain documentation and transaction costs associated with the issuance of such commercial paper notes, (y) any incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to commercial paper notes maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by such Conduit Investor and (z) other borrowing by such Conduit Investor, including borrowings to fund small or odd dollar amounts that are not easily accommodated in the commercial paper market.

"Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 19, 2002 among PSCNM, the "Lenders" party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Credit and Collection Policy" means Seller's and the Originator's credit and collection policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and summarized in Exhibit VII hereto, as modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

6

"Daily Report" means a report in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit IX (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Managing Agents pursuant to Section 9.5.

"Daily Reporting Period" means any period during which the Originator's corporate or counterparty rating shall be BB- or lower by S&P, Ba3 or lower by Moody's or, if rated by Fitch, BB- or lower by Fitch.

"Deemed Collections" means the aggregate of all amounts Seller shall have been deemed to have received as a Collection of a Receivable. Seller shall be deemed to have received a Collection of a Receivable to the extent that
(i) the Outstanding Balance of any such Receivable is either (x) reduced as a result of any defective or rejected goods or services, any discount or any adjustment (including without limitation as a result of billing errors, meter-reading errors, rate adjustments or allowances for outages) or otherwise by Seller (other than cash Collections on account of such Receivable) or (y) reduced or canceled as a result of a setoff in respect of any claim by any Person (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction) or (ii) any of the representations or warranties in Article VI are no longer true with respect to such Receivable.

"Default Fee" means with respect to any amount due and payable by Seller (or required to be deposited by Servicer) in respect of any Aggregate Unpaids, an amount equal to interest on any such Aggregate Unpaids at a rate per annum equal to 2.00% above the interest or Yield otherwise applicable to such Aggregate Unpaids.

"Default Ratio" means, at any time, the three Accrual Period rolling average of the ratio (expressed as a percentage) equal to, for each such Accrual Period, (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables which are more than sixty (60) and less than ninety-one (91) days past invoice as of the last day of such Accrual Period plus all Charged-Off Receivables written off during such Accrual Period divided by (ii) the aggregate Original Balance of all Receivables originated during the Accrual Period which ended two Accrual Periods prior to such Accrual Period.

"Defaulted Receivable" means a Billed Receivable as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for sixty-one (61) days or more from the original invoice date for such payment.

"Delinquent Receivable" means a Billed Receivable as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for thirty-one (31) days or more from the original invoice date for such payment.

"Delinquency Ratio" means, at any time, the three Accrual Period rolling average of the ratio (expressed as a percentage) equal to, for each such Accrual Period, (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables which are more than thirty (30) and less than sixty-one (61) days past invoice as of the last day of such Accrual Period divided by (ii) the aggregate Original Balance of all Receivables originated during the Accrual Period which ended one Accrual Period prior to such Accrual Period.

7

"Dilution Horizon Factor" means, for each Accrual Period, a percentage equal to (i) the aggregate Original Balance of all Receivables originated during such Accrual Period divided by (ii) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the last day of such Accrual Period.

"Dilution Ratio" means, for each Accrual Period, a percentage equal to (i) the aggregate amount of Dilutions which occurred during such Accrual Period divided by (ii) the aggregate Original Balance of all Receivables generated by the Originator during the immediately preceding Accrual Period.

"Dilution Reserve" means, at any time, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Net Receivable Pool Balance as of the close of business on such date, times (b) the Dilution Reserve Percentage.

"Dilution Reserve Percentage" means as of any date of determination the greater of (i) 5.0% or (ii) a percentage calculated in accordance with the following formula:

DRP = [(ASF x ED) + [(DS - ED) x (DS/ED)]] x DHF

where:

DRP      =      the Dilution Reserve Percentage;
ED       =      the rolling average of the Dilution Ratios occurring
                during the 12 most recent Accrual Periods;
ASF      =      Applicable Stress Factor;
DS       =      the highest Dilution Ratio occurring during the 12
                most recent Accrual Periods; and
DHF      =      the Dilution Horizon Factor at such time.

"Dilutions" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of reductions or cancellations described in clause (i) of the definition of "Deemed Collections".

"Downgrade Event" means the Originator's corporate or counterparty rating shall be less than BBB- by S&P, Baa3 by Moody's or, if rated by Fitch, BBB- by Fitch.

"Dynamic Loss Reserve Percentage" means at any time a percentage calculated in accordance with the following formula:

         DLP = ASF x LHF x LR

where:

ASF      =        Applicable Stress Factor;
DLP      =        the Dynamic Loss Reserve Percentage;
LHF      =        the Loss Horizon Factor; and
LR       =        the Loss Ratio.

"EagleFunding" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

8

"Eligible Receivable" means, at any time, a Receivable:

(i) the Obligor of which is not the Obligor of Defaulted Receivables and Charged-Off Receivables the aggregate Outstanding Balance of which is equal to or greater than 20% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all of such Obligor's Receivables,

(ii) which is not a Charged-Off Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable,

(iii) which by its terms is due and payable within 45 days of the original billing date therefor and has not had its payment terms extended,

(iv) which is an "account" or a "general intangible" within the meaning of
Section 9-102 of the UCC of all applicable jurisdictions,

(v) which is denominated and payable only in United States dollars in the United States,

(vi) the Obligor of which, if a natural person, maintains a service address in the United States, or if a corporation or other business organization, maintains a place of business in the United States,

(vii) the Obligor of which is not an Affiliate of any party hereto,

(viii) which arises under a Contract which, together with such Receivable, is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms subject to no offset, rescission, counterclaim or other defense, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws,

(ix) which arises under a Contract which (A) does not require the Obligor under such Contract to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the rights to payment of the Originator or any of its assignees under such Contract and (B) does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of any Investor to exercise its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to review the Contract,

(x) which arises under a Contract that contains an obligation to pay a specified sum of money, contingent only upon the sale of goods, gas or electricity, the transportation of gas or the provision of services by the Originator,

(xi) which, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable thereto (including, without limitation, any law, rule and regulation relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy, but excluding the Federal Assignment of Claims Act) and with respect to which no part of the Contract related thereto is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation,

9

(xii) which satisfies in all material respects all applicable requirements of the applicable Credit and Collection Policy,

(xiii) which was originated in the ordinary course of the Originator's business,

(xiv) which arises solely from the sale of goods, gas or electricity, the transportation of gas or the provision of services to the related Obligor by the Originator, and not by any other Person (in whole or in part),

(xv) which is not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim, any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the applicable Obligor against the Originator (it being understood that only a portion of a Receivable equal to the amount of such partial rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, if the amount of such partial rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense can be quantified, shall be deemed not to be an Eligible Receivable) or any other Adverse Claim, and the Obligor thereon holds no right as against the Originator,

(xvi) as to which the Originator has satisfied and fully performed all obligations on its part with respect to such Receivable required to be fulfilled by it, and no further action is required to be performed by any Person with respect thereto other than payment thereon by the applicable Obligor,

(xvii) all right, title and interest to and in which has been validly transferred by the Originator directly to Seller under and in accordance with the Receivables Sale Agreement, and Seller has good and marketable title thereto free and clear of any Adverse Claim,

(xviii) which does not arise under a Contract created pursuant to a public assistance program, nor require payments based on a percentage of Obligor's income,

(xix) which, if an Unbilled Receivable, has been included on a Monthly Report as an Eligible Receivable during not more than one calendar month,

(xx) which is not a Receivable which has ever been a Charged-Off Receivable,

(xxi) which is not a Receivable arising under an Obligor's account which, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be deemed inactive, and

(xxii) as to which the Deal Agent has not notified Seller that the Deal Agent has determined that such Receivable or class of Receivables is not acceptable as an Eligible Receivable, including, without limitation, because such Receivable arises under a Contract that is not acceptable to the Deal Agent.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

10

"Excess Government Authority Receivables Amount" means at any time, an amount equal to the positive difference, if any, between (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables consisting of Government Authority Receivables at such time and (ii) the product of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables at such time multiplied by
(b) the Government Authority Receivables Concentration Percentage at such time.

"Excess Unbilled Receivables Amount" means at any time, an amount equal to the positive difference, if any, between (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables consisting of Unbilled Receivables at such time and (ii) the product of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables at such time multiplied by (b) the Unbilled Receivables Concentration Percentage at such time.

"Federal Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy," as amended and any successor statute thereto.

"Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum for each day during such period equal to (a) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the Composite Closing Quotations for U.S. Government Securities; or (b) if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:30 a.m. (New York time) for such day on such transactions received by the Reference Bank from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Fee Letter" means each letter agreement among Seller, any Managing Agent and the related Conduit Investor, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time.

"Finance Charges" means, with respect to a Contract, any finance, interest, late payment charges or similar charges owing by an Obligor pursuant to such Contract.

"FSI" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"Funding Agreement" means (i) this Agreement and (ii) any agreement or instrument executed by any Funding Source with or for the benefit of a Conduit Investor, including any Liquidity Agreement.

"Funding Source" means (i) any Investor or (ii) any insurance company, bank or other funding entity providing liquidity, credit enhancement or back-up purchase support or facilities to a Conduit Investor.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

"Government Authority" means any foreign or domestic federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental or regulatory authority, agency, board, body, commission, instrumentality, court or any political subdivision thereof.

11

"Government Authority Receivable" means a Receivable the Obligor of which is a Government Authority.

"Government Authority Receivables Concentration Percentage" means 10.0%.

"Group Purchase Limit" means, for each Purchaser Group, the sum of the Commitments of the Alternate Investors in such Purchaser Group, adjusted as necessary to give effect to the termination of the Commitment of any Terminating Alternate Investor in such Purchaser Group pursuant to Article XIII.

"Incremental Purchase" means a purchase of one or more Investor Interests which increases the total outstanding Aggregate Capital hereunder.

"Indebtedness" of a Person means such Person's (i) obligations for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person's business), (iii) obligations of another Person of the types described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, and (iv) capitalized lease obligations.

"Independent Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of Seller who satisfies the requirements for an "Independent Director" as set forth in the Seller's articles of incorporation and by-laws.

"Investor" means any Conduit Investor or Alternate Investor, as applicable.

"Investor Interest" means, at any time, an undivided percentage ownership interest (computed as set forth below based on the amount of Capital allocated thereto pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof and expressed as a percentage) in (i) each Receivable arising prior to the time of the most recent computation or recomputation of such undivided interest, (ii) all Related Security with respect to each such Receivable, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, each such Receivable. Each such undivided percentage interest shall equal:

C / NRPB - AR

where:

C        =        the Capital of such Investor Interest.

AR       =        the Aggregate Reserves.

NRPB     =        the Net Receivable Pool Balance.

Such undivided percentage ownership interest shall be initially computed on its date of purchase. Thereafter, until the Amortization Date, each Investor Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each

12

day prior to the Amortization Date. The variable percentage represented by any Investor Interest as computed (or deemed recomputed) as of the close of the Business Day immediately preceding the Amortization Date shall remain constant at all times thereafter.

"Joinder Agreement" means a joinder agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit X hereto pursuant to which the members of a new Purchaser Group become parties to this Agreement.

"LIBO Rate" means, with respect to each Settlement Period, the sum of (i) LIBOR and (ii) the Applicable Margin.

"LIBOR" means the rate per annum as determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in U.S. dollars, for a period of time comparable to the applicable Settlement Period, which appears on the Telerate page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Settlement Period; provided, however, if the rate described above does not appear on the Telerate System on any applicable determination date, "LIBOR" shall be the rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point), determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of time comparable to such Settlement Period which are offered by four major banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, on the day that is two
(2) Business Days preceding the first day of such Settlement Period as selected by the applicable Managing Agent. The principal London office of each of the four major London banks will be requested to provide a quotation of its U.S. dollar deposit offered rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that date will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that date will be determined on the basis of the rates quoted for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a period of time comparable to such Settlement Period offered by major banks in New York City at approximately 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Settlement Period. In the event that the applicable Managing Agent is unable to obtain any such quotation as provided above, it will be deemed that LIBOR cannot be determined. In the event that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall impose a Reserve Percentage with respect to such deposits, then for any period during which such Reserve Percentage shall apply, "LIBOR" shall be equal to the amount determined above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.

"Liquidity Agreement" means an agreement entered into by a Conduit Investor with its Alternate Investors in connection herewith for the purpose of providing liquidity with respect to the Capital funded by such Conduit Investor under this Agreement.

"Liquidity Termination Date" means April 6, 2004, unless such date is extended with the consent of the parties hereto.

"Lock-Box" means each postal box listed on Exhibit III over which the Deal Agent has been granted control pursuant to a P.O. Box Transfer Agreement.

13

"Loss Horizon Factor" means, for any Accrual Period, a fraction, the numerator of which equals the aggregate Original Balance of all Receivables originated during the three immediately preceding Accrual Periods, and the denominator of which equals the Net Receivable Pool Balance as of the last day of such Accrual Period.

"Loss Ratio" means, at any time, the highest three Accrual Period rolling average of the Default Ratios occurring during the twelve most recent Accrual Periods.

"Loss Reserve" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Dynamic Loss Reserve Percentage and (ii) the Minimum Loss Reserve Percentage multiplied by the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the close of business of the Servicer on such date.

"Managing Agent" means, as to any Conduit Investor, the financial institution responsible for the administration of such Conduit Investor's Commercial Paper program and related activities. As of the date hereof, FSI is the Managing Agent for EagleFunding and its Alternate Investors.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
(i) the ability of any Seller Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (ii) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) any Investor's interest in the Receivables generally or in any significant portion of the Receivables, the Related Security or the Collections with respect thereto, or (iv) the collectibility of the Receivables generally or of any material portion of the Receivables.

"Maximum Investor Interest" means 100%.

"Minimum Loss Reserve Percentage" means 10.0%.

"Monthly Report" means a report, in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII hereto (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Managing Agents pursuant to Section 9.5.

"Monthly Reporting Period" means any period during which the Originator's corporate or counterparty rating shall be BBB- or higher by S&P, Baa3 or higher by Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, BBB- or higher by Fitch.

"Net Receivable Pool Balance" means, at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables at such time, minus the sum of (i) the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables of each Obligor and its Affiliates exceeds the Concentration Limit for such Obligor, (ii) the Excess Unbilled Receivables Amount at such time, (iii) the Excess Government Authority Receivables Amount at such time and (iv) the credit balance portion of all BPP Receivables at such time.

"Non-Renewing Alternate Investor" has the meaning set forth in
Section 13.4.

"Obligations" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

14

"Obligor" means a Person obligated to make payments pursuant to a Contract.

"Original Balance" means, with respect to any Receivable, the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable on the date it was originated.

"Originator" means PSCNM, in its capacity as seller under the Receivables Sale Agreement.

"Outstanding Balance" of any Receivable at any time means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

"Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.

"Periodic Reports" means, at any time, the reports required to be delivered by the Servicer under Section 9.5.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

"PNM Entity" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(i).

"P.O. Box Transfer Agreement" means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit XI, or such other agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Deal Agent.

"Pooled Commercial Paper" means Commercial Paper notes of a Conduit Investor subject to any particular pooling arrangement by such Conduit Investor, but excluding Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit Investor for a tenor and in an amount specifically requested by any Person in connection with any agreement effected by such Conduit Investor.

"Potential Amortization Event" means an event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Amortization Event.

"Prime Rate" means a variable per annum rate equal to the higher of (i) the "prime rate" so designated by the Reference Bank from time to time, changing when and as such rate changes or (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus .50%.

"Proposed Reduction Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

"Pro Rata Share" means, (a) for each Alternate Investor, the Commitment of such Alternate Investor, divided by the Program Limit, adjusted as necessary to give effect to any assignments or any Joinder Agreement pursuant to Article XIII and (b) for each Conduit Investor, its Conduit Investor Percentage.

"Program Limit" means $90,000,000, as such amount may be increased or decreased in accordance with Section 2.3 or Article XIII.

15

"PSCNM" means Public Service Company of New Mexico, a New Mexico corporation.

"Purchaser Group" means any Conduit Investor, the related Alternate Investors and their related Managing Agent.

"Purchase Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

"Purchase Price" means, with respect to any Incremental Purchase of an Investor Interest, the amount paid to Seller for such Investor Interest which shall not exceed the least of the amount requested by Seller in the applicable Purchase Notice, the unused portion of the Program Limit on the applicable purchase date and the excess, if any, of the Net Receivable Pool Balance (less the Aggregate Reserves) on the applicable purchase date over the amount of Aggregate Capital.

"Purchasing Alternate Investor" has the meaning set forth in
Section 13.1(b).

"Receivable" means all indebtedness and other obligations owed to Seller or the Originator (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under the Receivables Sale Agreement or hereunder) or in which Seller or the Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods, gas or electricity, the transportation of gas or the rendering of services by the Originator, including without limitation, the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto, provided, however, that the term "Receivable" shall not include any Wholesale Receivables. Indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, indebtedness and other rights and obligations represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any other transaction; provided, that any indebtedness, rights or obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be a Receivable regardless of whether the account debtor or Seller treats such indebtedness, rights or obligations as a separate payment obligation.

"Receivables Sale Agreement" means that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Originator and Seller, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Records" means, with respect to any Receivable, all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) relating to such Receivable, any Related Security therefor and the related Obligor.

"Reduction Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

"Reference Bank" means Fleet National Bank or such other bank as the Deal Agent shall designate.

16

"Regulatory Change" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

"Reinvestment" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).

"Related Security" means, with respect to any Receivable:

(i) all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements and security agreements describing any collateral securing such Receivable,

(ii) all guaranties, letters of credit, insurance and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise,

(iii) all service contracts and other contracts and agreements associated with such Receivable,

(iv) all Records related to such Receivable,

(v) all of Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under any contracts or agreements providing for the servicing of such Receivable,

(vi) all of Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables Sale Agreement in respect of such Receivable, and

(vii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

"Required Alternate Investors" means, at any time, Alternate Investors whose Pro Rata Shares are equal to or greater than 66 2/3%, provided, that at any time all of the Investors hereunder are members of only two Purchaser Groups, "Required Alternate Investors" means all of the Alternate Investors.

"Required Notice Period" means three Business Days.

"Required Ratings" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(b).

"Reserve Percentage" means the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves) which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against "Euro-currency Liabilities" as defined in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System .

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any Person, its chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the senior vice president-finance, the treasurer, or corporate controller, or any other officer of whose primary duties are similar to the duties of any of the previously listed officers.

17

"Restricted Junior Payment" means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of capital stock of Seller now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock or in any junior class of stock of Seller, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of capital stock of Seller now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, fees or other charges on or with respect to, and any redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment and any claim for rescission with respect to the Subordinated Loans (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement), (iv) any payment made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of capital stock of Seller now or hereafter outstanding, and (v) any payment of management fees by Seller (except for reasonable management fees to the Originator or their Affiliates in reimbursement of actual management services performed).

"Seller" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"Seller Parties" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

"Servicer" means at any time the Person (which may be the Deal Agent) then authorized pursuant to Article IX to service, administer and collect Receivables.

"Servicing Fee" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.

"Settlement Date" means (A) if during a Monthly Reporting Period, the 17th of each calendar month, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, (B) if during a Weekly Reporting Period, the date which is one (1) Business Day after a Weekly Report is due, or (C) if during a Daily Reporting Period, the date which is one (1) Business Day after a Daily Report is due.

"Settlement Period" means (A) in respect of each Investor Interest of a Conduit Investor, (i) in the case of the first Settlement Period, the date from and including the date of the initial Incremental Purchase to, but excluding the next Settlement Date and (ii) thereafter, the date from and including each Settlement Date to, but excluding the next Settlement Date, and (B) in respect of each Investor Interest of the Alternate Investors, the entire Tranche Period of such Investor Interest.

"Subsidiary" means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, by such Person.

"Supplemental Report" means a Weekly Report or a Daily Report, as applicable.

"Terminating Alternate Investor" has the meaning set forth in
Section 13.5(a)(i).

18

"Terminating Tranche" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b).

"Termination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

"Termination Percentage" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

"Tranche Period" means, with respect to any Investor Interest held by an Alternate Investor, including any Investor Interest or undivided interest in an Investor Interest assigned or pledged to an Alternate Investor pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement:

(a) if Yield for such Investor Interest is calculated on the basis of the LIBO Rate, a period of one, two, three or six months, or such other period as may be mutually agreeable to the applicable Managing Agent and Seller, commencing on a Business Day selected by Seller or such Managing Agent pursuant to this Agreement. Such Tranche Period shall end on the day in the applicable succeeding calendar month which corresponds numerically to the beginning day of such Tranche Period, provided, however, that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such succeeding month, such Tranche Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding month; or

(b) if Yield for such Investor Interest is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, a period commencing on a Business Day selected by Seller and agreed to by the applicable Managing Agent.

If any Tranche Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Tranche Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that in the case of Tranche Periods corresponding to the LIBO Rate, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in a new month, such Tranche Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any Tranche Period for any Investor Interest which commences before the Amortization Date and would otherwise end on a date occurring after the Amortization Date, such Tranche Period shall end on the Amortization Date. The duration of each Tranche Period which commences after the Amortization Date shall be of such duration as selected by the applicable Managing Agent.

"Transaction Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, each Purchase Notice, the Receivables Sale Agreement, each Blocked Account Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Subordinated Note (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement), the P.O. Box Transfer Agreement and all other instruments, documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.

"Turnover Rate" means, as of the last day of any Accrual Period, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables as of the last day of the immediately preceding Accrual Period divided by (ii) the aggregate Collections for the current Accrual Period.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the specified jurisdiction.

19

"Unbilled Receivables" means Receivables in respect of which an invoice addressed to the Obligor thereof has not been sent.

"Unbilled Receivables Concentration Percentage" means 50.0%.

"Weekly Report" means a report in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit IX hereto (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Managing Agents pursuant to Section 9.5.

"Weekly Reporting Period" means any period which is not a Daily Reporting Period during which the Originator's corporate or counterparty rating shall be BB+ or lower by S&P, Ba1 or lower by Moody's or, if rated by Fitch, BB+ or lower by Fitch.

"Wholesale Receivables" means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to Seller or the Originator (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under the Receivables Sale Agreement or hereunder) or in which Seller or the Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods, gas or electricity, the transportation of gas or the rendering of services by the Originator to a customer who is not either (i) a "residential customer" in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy or (ii) a "commercial customer." A "commercial customer" shall include any business to whom goods, gas or power is provided on a metered or measured basis for on-site commercial or industrial uses.

"Yield" means (a) for each respective Settlement Period relating to Investor Interests of the Alternate Investors, including any Investor Interests or undivided interest in an Investor Interest assigned to an Alternate Investor pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement, an amount equal to the product of the applicable Bank Rate for each Investor Interest multiplied by the Capital of such Investor Interest for each day elapsed during such Settlement Period, annualized on a 360 day basis (or a 365 or 366 day basis, as applicable, in the case of the Prime Rate), and (b) for each respective Settlement Period relating to Investor Interests of the Conduit Investors, other than an Investor Interest which, or an undivided interest in which, has been assigned by a Conduit Investor to an Alternate Investor pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement, an amount equal to the product of the applicable CP Rate multiplied by the Capital of such Investor Interest for each day elapsed during such Settlement Period, annualized on a 360 day basis.

"Yield Reserve" means, on any date, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Yield Reserve Percentage multiplied by (ii) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the close of business of the Servicer on such date.

"Yield Reserve Percentage" means, at any time, an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula:

YRP = [(ER + SF) x TR x ASF]

12

20

where:

ASF      =        Applicable Stress Factor;
ER       =        the LIBO Rate;
SF       =        Servicing Fee;
TR       =        Turnover Rate; and
YRP      =        the Yield Reserve Percentage.

All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New Mexico, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

ARTICLE II.
PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS

Section 2.1 Purchase Facility.

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, Seller hereby sells and assigns Investor Interests to the Deal Agent, for the benefit of the Investors. In accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Conduit Investor may, at its option, instruct the related Managing Agent to purchase on its behalf through the Deal Agent, or if such Conduit Investors shall decline to purchase, the Managing Agents shall purchase, on behalf of the applicable Alternate Investors through the Deal Agent, Investor Interests from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Program Limit, and for each Purchaser Group in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Group Purchase Limit for such Purchaser Group during the period from the date hereof to but not including the Amortization Date.

(b) Seller may, upon at least 10 Business Days' notice to each Managing Agent and the Deal Agent, terminate in whole or reduce in part, ratably among the Alternate Investors, the unused portion of the Program Limit and the Group Purchase Limits; provided that each partial reduction of the Program Limit shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

Section 2.2 Increases. The Seller or the Servicer, at the Seller's direction, shall provide each Managing Agent with at least two Business Days' prior notice in the form set forth as Exhibit I hereto of each Incremental Purchase (collectively, a "Purchase Notice"). Each Purchase Notice shall be subject to Section 7.2 hereof and, except as set forth below, shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested Purchase Price (which shall not be less than $1,000,000 for each Purchaser Group), date of purchase and, in the case of an Incremental Purchase to be funded by the Alternate Investors, the requested Bank Rate and Tranche Period. Following receipt of a Purchase Notice, each Managing Agent will determine whether the Conduit Investor in its Purchaser Group agrees to make the purchase. If any Conduit Investor declines to make a proposed purchase, its Managing Agent shall promptly notify the Deal Agent and the Servicer and the Servicer may cancel the Purchase Notice in its entirety or, in the absence of such a cancellation, the Incremental Purchase of the Investor Interest will be made by the Alternate Investors in such Conduit Investor's Purchaser Group. Each Incremental Purchase to be made hereunder shall be made

21

ratably among the Purchaser Groups in accordance with their Group Purchase Limits. On the date of each Incremental Purchase, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article VII, each Conduit Investor or the applicable Alternate Investors, as applicable, shall make available to the related Managing Agent at its address listed beneath its signature on its signature page to this Agreement (or on the signature page to the Joinder Agreement pursuant to which it became a party hereto), for deposit to such account of the Seller designated in the Purchase Notice, in immediately available funds, no later than 12:00 noon (New York time), an amount equal to
(i) in the case of a Conduit Investor, its Conduit Investor Percentage of the aggregate Purchase Price of the Investor Interests then being purchased or (ii) in the case of an Alternate Investor, such Alternate Investor's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Purchase Price of the Investor Interests then being purchased.

Section 2.3 Decreases. The Seller or the Servicer, at the Seller's direction, shall provide each Managing Agent with prior written notice in conformity with the Required Notice Period (a "Reduction Notice") of any proposed reduction of Aggregate Capital from Collections. Such Reduction Notice shall designate (i) the date (the "Proposed Reduction Date") upon which any such reduction of Aggregate Capital shall occur (which date shall give effect to the applicable Required Notice Period), and (ii) the amount of Aggregate Capital to be reduced which shall be applied to the Investor Interests of the Investors in accordance with their respective Capital Pro Rata Shares. Only one (1) Reduction Notice shall be outstanding at any time.

Section 2.4 Payment Requirements. All amounts to be paid or deposited by any Seller Party pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof no later than noon (New York time) on the day when due in immediately available funds, and if not received before noon (New York time) shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding Business Day. If such amounts are payable to an Investor they shall be paid to the related Managing Agent, for the account of such Investor, at its address listed beneath its signature page to this Agreement (or on the signature page to the Joinder Agreement pursuant to which it became a party hereto) until otherwise notified by such Managing Agent. All computations of Yield (other than Yield calculated using the Prime Rate), per annum fees hereunder and per annum fees under the Fee Letter shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 for the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of Yield calculated using the Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, for the actual number of days elapsed. If any amount hereunder shall be payable on a day which is not a Business Day, such amount shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE III.
PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS

Section 3.1 Payments. Notwithstanding any limitation on recourse contained in this Agreement, Seller shall promptly pay to each Managing Agent when due, for the account of the related Investor or Investors on a full recourse basis, (i) such fees as set forth in the Fee Letter (which fees shall be sufficient to pay all fees owing to the Alternate Investors), (ii) all amounts payable as Yield, (iii) all amounts payable as Deemed Collections in

22

accordance with Sections 3.2 and 3.4 hereof), (iv) all amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.7, (v) all amounts payable pursuant to Article XI, if any, (vi) all Servicer costs and expenses, including the Servicing Fee, in connection with servicing, administering and collecting the Receivables, (vii) all Broken Funding Costs and (viii) all Default Fees (collectively, the "Obligations"). If Seller fails to pay any of the Obligations when due, or if Servicer fails to make any deposit required to be made by it under this Agreement when due, such Person agrees to pay, on demand, the Default Fee in respect thereof until paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Agreement or the Fee Letter shall require the payment or permit the collection of any amounts hereunder in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law. If at any time Seller receives any Collections, Seller shall immediately pay such Collections to the Servicer for application in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and, at all times prior to such payment, such Collections shall be held in trust by Seller for the exclusive benefit of the Investors, each Managing Agent and the Deal Agent.

Section 3.2 Collections Prior to Amortization.

(a) Subject to the following paragraph (b), prior to the Amortization Date, any Collections and/or Deemed Collections received by the Servicer shall be set aside and held in trust by the Servicer for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Aggregate Unpaids or for a Reinvestment as provided in this Section 3.2.

(b) At any time any Collections or Deemed Collections are received by the Servicer prior to the Amortization Date:

(i) the Servicer shall set aside the Termination Percentage of Collections and Deemed Collections evidenced by the Investor Interests of each Terminating Alternate Investor, and

(ii) Seller hereby requests and the Investors (other than any Terminating Alternate Investors) hereby agree to make (subject to the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7.2 and the requirements of
Section 3.7), simultaneously with such receipt, a reinvestment (each a "Reinvestment") with that portion of the balance of each and every Collection received or Deemed Collected deemed received by the Servicer that is part of any Investor Interest, such that after giving effect to such Reinvestment, the amount of Aggregate Capital immediately after such receipt and corresponding Reinvestment shall be equal to the amount of Aggregate Capital immediately prior to such receipt.

(c) On each Settlement Date prior to the occurrence of the Amortization Date, the Servicer shall remit to the Managing Agents' respective accounts the amounts set aside during the preceding Settlement Period that have not been subject to a Reinvestment and apply such amounts (if not previously paid in accordance with Section 3.1):

first, to the payment of the Servicer's reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with servicing, administering and collecting the Receivables, including the Servicing Fee, if an Affiliate of the Seller is not then acting as the Servicer,

second, ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid Yield,

23

third, ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid fees under the Fee Letter,

fourth, to reduce the Capital of all Investor Interests of Terminating Alternate Investors to zero, applied ratably to each Terminating Alternate Investor according to its respective Termination Percentage,

fifth, to reduce Capital of outstanding Investor Interests in an amount, if any, necessary so that the aggregate of the Investor Interests does not exceed the Maximum Investor Interest applied ratably in accordance with the Capital Pro Rata Share of the Investors of each such Managing Agent's Purchaser Group,

sixth, for the ratable payment of all other unpaid Obligations,

seventh, to fund any Aggregate Reduction on such Settlement Date applied ratably in accordance with the Capital Pro Rata Share of the Investors of each such Managing Agent's Purchaser Group, and

eighth, any balance remaining thereafter shall be remitted from the Servicer to Seller on such Settlement Date.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 2.3, an Aggregate Reduction is to take place on a date other than a Settlement Date, on the date of such Aggregate Reduction, the Servicer shall remit to the Managing Agents' respective accounts ratably in accordance with the Capital Pro Rata Shares of the Investors in each such Managing Agent's Purchaser Group, out of the amounts set aside pursuant to this Section 3.2, an amount equal to such Aggregate Reduction to be applied in accordance with Section 2.3.

Section 3.3 Terminating Alternate Investors. Each Terminating Alternate Investor shall be allocated a ratable portion of Collections and Deemed Collections from the date of its becoming a Terminating Alternate Investor (the "Termination Date") until such Terminating Alternate Investor's Capital shall be paid in full. This ratable portion shall be calculated on the Termination Date of each Terminating Alternate Investor as a percentage equal to
(i) Capital of such Terminating Alternate Investor outstanding on its Termination Date, divided by (ii) the Aggregate Capital outstanding on such Termination Date (the "Termination Percentage"). Each Terminating Alternate Investor's Termination Percentage shall remain constant prior to the Amortization Date. On and after the Amortization Date, each Termination Percentage shall be disregarded, and each Terminating Alternate Investor's Capital shall be reduced ratably with all Investors in accordance with Section 3.4.

Section 3.4 Collections Following Amortization. On the Amortization Date and on each day thereafter, the Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust, for the holder of each Investor Interest, all Collections and Deemed Collections received on such day and an additional amount of funds of the Seller for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Obligations owed by Seller and not previously paid by Seller in accordance with Section 3.1. On and after the Amortization Date, the Servicer shall (i) remit to the Managing Agents' respective accounts established for the benefit of the related Investors, in

24

accordance with the applicable Capital Pro Rata Shares, the amounts set aside pursuant to the preceding sentence, and (ii) apply such amounts to reduce the Aggregate Capital and any other Aggregate Unpaids.

Section 3.5 Application of Collections. If there shall be insufficient funds on deposit for the Servicer to distribute funds in payment in full of the aforementioned amounts pursuant to Section 3.4, the Servicer shall distribute funds:

first, to the payment of the Servicer's reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with servicing, administering and collecting the Receivables, including the Servicing Fee, if an Affiliate of the Seller is not then acting as the Servicer,

second, to the reimbursement of the Deal Agent's and each Managing Agent's costs of collection and enforcement of this Agreement,

third, ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid Yield,

fourth, ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid fees under the Fee Letter,

fifth, (to the extent applicable) to the ratable reduction of the Aggregate Capital (without regard to any Termination Percentage),

sixth, for the ratable payment of all other unpaid Obligations, provided that to the extent such Obligations relate to the payment of Servicer costs and expenses, including the Servicing Fee, when Seller or one of its Affiliates is acting as the Servicer, such costs and expenses will not be paid until after the payment in full of all other Obligations, and

seventh, after the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly reduced to zero, to Seller.

Collections applied to the payment of Aggregate Unpaids shall be distributed in accordance with the aforementioned provisions, and, giving effect to each of the priorities set forth above in this Section 3.5, shall be shared ratably (within each priority) among the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents and the Investors in accordance with the amount of such Aggregate Unpaids owing to each of them in respect of each such priority.

Section 3.6 Payment Rescission. No payment of any of the Aggregate Unpaids shall be considered paid or applied hereunder to the extent that, at any time, all or any portion of such payment or application is rescinded by application of law or judicial authority, or must otherwise be returned or refunded for any reason. Seller shall remain obligated for the amount of any payment or application so rescinded, returned or refunded, and shall promptly pay to the Deal Agent (for application to the Person or Persons who suffered such rescission, return or refund) the full amount thereof, plus the Default Fee from the date of any such rescission, return or refunding.

Section 3.7 Maximum Investor Interests. Seller shall ensure that the Investor Interests of the Investors shall at no time exceed in the aggregate the Maximum Investor Interest. If the aggregate of the Investor

25

Interests of the Investors exceeds the Maximum Investor Interest, Seller shall pay to each Managing Agent, within (i) at any time a Monthly Reporting Period is in effect, two (2) Business Days, and (ii) at any time a Daily or Weekly Reporting Period is in effect, one (1) Business Day, an amount such that, after giving effect to such payment, the aggregate of the Investor Interests equals or is less than the Maximum Investor Interest. Amounts paid by the Seller under this Section 3.7 shall be applied to the outstanding Capital of the Investors ratably in accordance with such Investors' respective Capital Pro Rata Shares.

Section 3.8 Clean Up Call. In addition to the Servicer's rights pursuant to Section 2.3, Servicer shall have the right (after providing written notice to each Managing Agent in accordance with the Required Notice Period), at any time following the reduction of the Capital to a level that is less than 10.0% of the original Program Limit, to repurchase from the Investors all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding Investor Interests. The purchase price in respect thereof shall be an amount equal to the Aggregate Unpaids through the date of such repurchase, payable in immediately available funds. Such repurchase shall be without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by, on the part of, or against any Investor, any Managing Agent or the Deal Agent.

ARTICLE IV.
CONDUIT FUNDING

Section 4.1 Yield. Seller shall pay Yield with respect to the Capital associated with each Investor Interest of each Conduit Investor for each day that any Capital in respect of such Investor Interest is outstanding; provided, that any Investor Interest, or portion thereof, which, or an undivided interest in which, is being funded by the Alternate Investors of such Conduit Investor's Purchaser Group pursuant to such Conduit Investor's Liquidity Agreement shall accrue Yield pursuant to Article V. Each Investor Interest funded substantially with Pooled Commercial Paper of a Conduit Investor, if any, will accrue Yield at the applicable CP Rate each day on a pro rata basis, based upon the percentage share the Capital in respect of such Investor Interest represents in relation to all assets held by such Conduit Investor and funded substantially with Pooled Commercial Paper.

Section 4.2 Payments. On each Settlement Date, Seller shall pay to each Managing Agent (for the benefit of each Conduit Investor in its Purchaser Group) an aggregate amount equal to all accrued and unpaid Yield in respect of the Capital associated with all Investor Interests of such Conduit Investor for the immediately preceding Settlement Period in accordance with Article III.

Section 4.3 Calculation of Yield. On the third (3rd) Business Day immediately preceding each Settlement Date, each Conduit Investor or the related Managing Agent shall calculate the aggregate amount of Yield in respect of the Capital associated with all Investor Interests of such Conduit Investor for the immediately preceding Settlement Period and shall notify Seller of such aggregate amount.

26

ARTICLE V.
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION FUNDING

Section 5.1 Alternate Investor Funding Provisions. Each Investor Interest of the Alternate Investors shall accrue Yield for each day during its Tranche Period at either the LIBO Rate or the Prime Rate in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The initial Bank Rate for any Investor Interest transferred to the Alternate Investors pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof shall be the LIBO Rate, unless the availability of the LIBO Rate has been suspended pursuant to Section 5.5 below. If any Alternate Investor acquires by assignment from the Conduit Investor in its Purchaser Group all or any portion of an Investor Interest (or an undivided interest therein) pursuant to such Conduit Investor's Liquidity Agreement, each Investor Interest so assigned shall each be deemed to have a new Tranche Period commencing on the date of any such assignment.

Section 5.2 Yield Payments. On each Settlement Date for each Investor Interest of the Alternate Investors, Seller shall pay to each Managing Agent (for the benefit of the Alternate Investors in its Purchaser Group) an aggregate amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Yield in respect of the Capital associated with the Investor Interests of the applicable Alternate Investors for the immediately preceding Settlement Period in accordance with Article III.

Section 5.3 Calculation of Yield. On the third (3rd) Business Day immediately preceding each Settlement Date, each Alternate Investor or the related Managing Agent shall calculate the aggregate amount of Yield in respect of the Capital associated with all Investor Interests of such Alternate Investor for the immediately preceding Settlement Period and shall notify Seller of such aggregate amount.

Section 5.4 Selection and Continuation of Tranche Periods.

(a) With consultation from (and approval by) each related Managing Agent, the Servicer shall from time to time request Tranche Periods for the Investor Interests of the Alternate Investors, provided that, (i) if at any time the Alternate Investors shall have an Investor Interest, the Servicer shall always request Tranche Periods such that at least one Tranche Period shall end on the next Settlement Date and (ii) no more than three (3) Tranche Periods for each Purchaser Group shall be outstanding at any time.

(b) The Servicer or the Deal Agent, with the consent or at the direction of the Managing Agent for the Investors holding such Investor Interest, may, upon notice to and consent by the other received at least three
(3) Business Days prior to the last day of a Tranche Period (the "Terminating Tranche") for any Investor Interest, effective on such last day, (i) divide any such Investor Interest into multiple Investor Interests, or (ii) combine any such Investor Interest with one or more other Investor Interests which either have a Terminating Tranche ending on such day or are newly created on such day (subject to the Conduit Investors' ability to accommodate such division or combination), provided, in no event may an Investor Interest of a Conduit Investor be combined with an Investor Interest of the Alternate Investors.

27

Section 5.5 Suspension of the LIBO Rate. (a) If any Alternate Investor notifies its related Managing Agent that it has determined in good faith that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation or application of any law or regulation by any Government Authority (in each case after the date of this Agreement) makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other Government Authority asserts after the date of this Agreement that it is unlawful, for any Alternate Investor to maintain Investor Interests at the LIBO Rate, then such Managing Agent shall notify the Deal Agent and shall suspend the availability of such LIBO Rate and select the Prime Rate for any Investor Interest accruing Yield at such LIBO Rate, and the then current Tranche Period for such Investor Interest shall thereupon be terminated and a new Tranche Period based upon the Prime Rate shall commence.

(b) If less than all of the Alternate Investors give a notice to the Managing Agents pursuant to Section 5.5(a), each Alternate Investor which gave such a notice shall be obligated, at the request of Seller or such Alternate Investor's Managing Agent (on behalf of the related Conduit Investor or Conduit Investors), to assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to
(i) another Alternate Investor or (ii) another funding entity nominated by Seller that is acceptable to the related Conduit Investor or Conduit Investors and willing to participate in this Agreement and the related Liquidity Agreement through the Liquidity Termination Date in the place of such notifying Alternate Investor; provided that (i) the notifying Alternate Investor receives payment in full, pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, of an amount equal to such notifying Alternate Investor's Capital Pro Rata Share of the Capital and Yield owing to all of the Alternate Investors and all accrued but unpaid fees and other costs and expenses payable in respect of its Capital Pro Rata Share of the Investor Interests of the Alternate Investors, and (ii) the replacement Alternate Investor otherwise satisfies the requirements of Section 13.1(b).

ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 6.1 Representations and Warranties of The Seller Parties. Each Seller Party hereby represents and warrants to the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents and the Investors, as to itself, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each Incremental Purchase and the date of each Reinvestment that:

(a) Corporate Existence and Power. Such Seller Party is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation. Such Seller Party is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, and has and holds all power and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Power and Authority; Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery. The execution and delivery by such Seller Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, in the case of Seller, Seller's use of the proceeds of purchases made hereunder, are within its powers and

28

authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Seller Party is a party has been duly executed and delivered by such Seller Party.

(c) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by such Seller Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not contravene or violate (i) its articles of incorporation or by-laws, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, including without limitation, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of such Seller Party or its Subsidiaries (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

(d) Governmental Authorization. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by such Seller Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, except for (i) the filing of the financing statements required hereunder and (ii) the approval of the New Mexico Public Regulation Commission, each of which shall have been duly made or obtained.

(e) Actions, Suits. There is no litigation, action, suit or other legal or governmental proceeding pending or, to the best knowledge of either Seller Party, threatened, at law or in equity, or before or by any arbitrator or Government Authority relating to the transactions under this Agreement.

(f) Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Seller Party is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller Party enforceable against such Seller Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(g) Accuracy of Information. All written information heretofore furnished by such Seller Party or any of its Affiliates to the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents or the Investors for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any Monthly Report, any Supplemental Report, any of the other Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by such Seller Party or any of its Affiliates to the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents or the Investors will be, when taken as a whole, true and accurate in all material respects on the date such information is stated or certified and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, when taken as a whole, not misleading.

29

(h) Use of Proceeds. No proceeds of any purchase hereunder will be used (i) for a purpose that violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from time to time or (ii) to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(i) Good Title. Immediately prior to each purchase hereunder, Seller shall be the legal and beneficial owner of the Receivables and Related Security with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transaction Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect Seller's ownership interest in each Receivable, its Collections and the Related Security.

(j) Perfection. This Agreement, together with the filing of the financing statements contemplated hereby, is effective to, and shall, upon each purchase hereunder, transfer to the Deal Agent for the benefit of the relevant Investor or Investors (and the Deal Agent for the benefit of such Investor or Investors shall acquire from Seller) a valid and perfected first priority undivided percentage ownership or security interest in each Receivable existing or hereafter arising and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transactions Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the ownership interest of the Deal Agent, for the benefit of the Investors, in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections.

(k) Places of Business and Locations of Records. The principal places of business, chief executive office and jurisdiction of incorporation of such Seller Party and the offices where it keeps all of its Records are located at the address(es) and in the jurisdiction listed on Exhibit II or such other locations of which the Deal Agent and the Managing Agents have been notified in accordance with Section 8.2(a) in jurisdictions where all action required by
Section 14.4(a) has been taken and completed. Seller is organized as a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware. Seller's Delaware organizational identification number and Federal Employer Identification Number are correctly set forth on Exhibit II.

(l) Collections. The names and addresses of all Collection Banks in existence on the Closing Date, together with the account numbers of the Blocked Accounts of Seller at each Collection Bank and the post office box number of each Lock-Box, are listed on Exhibit III. Seller has not granted any Person, other than the Deal Agent as contemplated by this Agreement, dominion and control of any Lock-Box or Blocked Account, or the right to take dominion and control of any such Lock-Box or Blocked Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event.

30

(m) Material Adverse Effect. Seller represents and warrants that since the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred that would have a material adverse effect on (A) the financial condition or operations of Seller, (B) the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents, or (C) the collectibility of the Receivables generally or any material portion of the Receivables.

(n) Names. Seller has not used any names, trade names or assumed names other than the name in which it has executed this Agreement.

(o) Ownership of Seller. PSCNM owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Seller, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. There are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to acquire securities of Seller.

(p) Not a Holding Company or an Investment Company. Such Seller Party is not a "holding company" or a "subsidiary holding company" of a "holding company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or any successor statute or, if so, is in compliance with the requirements thereof or not subject to such requirements. Such Seller Party is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.

(q) Compliance with Law. Such Seller Party has complied in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Receivable, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any material laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy), and no part of such Contract is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation.

(r) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. Such Seller Party has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and the related Contract, and has not made any change to such Credit and Collection Policy, other than as permitted under
Section 8.2(c) and in compliance with the notification requirements in Section 8.1(a)(v).

(s) Payments to Originator. With respect to each Receivable transferred to Seller under the Receivables Sale Agreement, Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to the Originator in consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by the Originator of any Receivable under the Receivables Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. ss.ss. 101 et seq.), as amended.

(t) Enforceability of Contracts. To the Seller's knowledge, each Contract with respect to each Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms,

31

except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(u) Eligible Receivables. To the Seller's knowledge, each Receivable included in the Net Receivable Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable on the date of its purchase under the Receivables Sale Agreement was an Eligible Receivable on such purchase date.

(v) Net Receivable Pool Balance. Each Seller Party has determined that, immediately after giving effect to each purchase hereunder, the Net Receivable Pool Balance is at least equal to the sum of (i) the Aggregate Capital, plus (ii) the Aggregate Reserves.

(w) Purpose. Seller has determined that, from a business viewpoint, the purchases of the Receivables and related interests thereto from the Originator under the Receivables Sale Agreement, and the sales of Receivable Interests to the Investors and the other transactions contemplated herein, are in the best interests of Seller.

ARTICLE VII.
CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES

Section 7.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Incremental Purchase. The initial Incremental Purchase of an Investor Interest under this Agreement is subject to the conditions precedent that the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent shall have received on or before the date of such purchase those documents listed on Schedule B and all fees and expenses required to be paid on such date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Fee Letter.

Section 7.2 Conditions Precedent to All Purchases. Each Incremental Purchase of an Investor Interest (other than pursuant to Section 13.1) shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that in the case of each such purchase: (a) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Managing Agents on or prior to the date of such purchase, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents, all Periodic Reports as and when due under Section 9.5 and upon the Deal Agent's or any Managing Agent's request, the Servicer shall have delivered to the Managing Agents at least three (3) days prior to such purchase an interim Monthly Report showing the amount of Eligible Receivables; (b) the Amortization Date shall not have occurred; and (c) on the date of each such Incremental Purchase, the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of such Incremental Purchase shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Seller that such statements are then true):

(i) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.1 are (A) with respect to any representations and warranties which contain a materiality qualifier, true and correct on and as of the date of such Incremental Purchase as though made on and as of such date and (B) with respect to any representations and warranties which do not contain a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Incremental Purchase as though made on and as of such date;

32

(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Incremental Purchase, that will constitute an Amortization Event, and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Incremental Purchase, that would constitute a Potential Amortization Event; and

(iii) the Aggregate Capital does not exceed the Program Limit and the aggregate Investor Interests do not exceed the Maximum Investor Interest.

It is expressly understood that each Reinvestment shall, unless otherwise directed by any Managing Agent or any Investor, occur automatically on each day that the Servicer shall receive any Collections without the requirement that any further action be taken on the part of any Person and notwithstanding the failure of Seller to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions precedent.

ARTICLE VIII.
COVENANTS

Section 8.1 Affirmative Covenants of the Seller Parties. Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly paid in full and this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, each Seller Party hereby covenants, as to itself, as set forth below:

(a) Financial Reporting. Such Seller Party will maintain, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish or cause to be furnished to the Deal Agent and the Managing Agents:

(i) Annual Reporting. Within 120 days after the close of each of the Seller's fiscal years, unaudited financial statements (which shall include balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows) for such fiscal year, all certified by a Responsible Officer of the Seller as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Seller in accordance with GAAP.

(ii) Quarterly Reporting. Within 60 days after the close of the first three (3) quarterly periods of each of the Seller's fiscal years, balance sheets of the Seller as at the close of each such period and statements of income and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows for the Seller for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by a Responsible Officer of the Seller as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Seller in accordance with GAAP.

(iii) Compliance Certificate. Together with the financial statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit IV signed by the Seller's Responsible Officer and dated the date of such annual financial statement or such quarterly financial statement, as the case may be.

33

(iv) Copies of Notices. Promptly upon its receipt of any notice, request for consent, financial statements, certification, report or other communication under or in connection with any Transaction Document from any Person other than the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Investor, copies of the same.

(v) Change in Credit and Collection Policy. At least thirty
(30) days prior to the effectiveness of any material change in or material amendment to the Credit and Collection Policy, a copy of the Credit and Collection Policy then in effect and a notice (A) indicating such change or amendment, and (B) if such proposed change or amendment would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables, requesting each Managing Agent's consent thereto.

(vi) Other Information. Promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports relating to the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of such Seller Party as the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents, and the Investors under or as contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Notices. Such Seller Party will notify the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent in writing of any of the following promptly (and in any case within two (2) Business Days) upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps being taken with respect thereto:

(i) Amortization Events or Potential Amortization Events. The occurrence of each Amortization Event and each Potential Amortization Event, by a statement of a Responsible Officer of such Seller Party.

(ii) Judgment and Proceedings. (A)(1) The entry of any judgment or decree against the Servicer or any of its respective Subsidiaries if the aggregate amount of all judgments and decrees then outstanding against the Servicer and its Subsidiaries exceeds $5,000,000, or (2) the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against the Servicer which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (B) the entry of any judgment or decree or the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against Seller.

(iii) Material Adverse Effect. The occurrence of any event or condition that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

(iv) Termination Date. The occurrence of the "Termination Date" under and as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement.

(c) Compliance with Laws and Preservation of Corporate Existence. Such Seller Party will (a) comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject and (b) will preserve and maintain its

34

corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where its business is conducted, in the case of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) except where the failure to do so could not be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Audits. Such Seller Party will furnish to the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent and their respective representatives at all times, upon reasonable prior notice, full and reasonable access during regular business hours to all offices and Records of such Seller Party (wheresoever located, including, without limitation, any repository used by the Servicer on the Seller's behalf, to store any such Records), as appropriate to verify such Seller Party's compliance with this Agreement, and permit each of the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent and their representatives to examine and audit the same, and make photocopies and/or computer tape or other digital media replicas thereof, and each Seller Party agrees to render to the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent and their representatives, at such Seller Party's sole cost and expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto. The Deal Agent and each Managing Agent and their respective representatives shall also have the right to discuss each Seller Party's affairs with such Seller Party's officers and independent accountants and to verify under appropriate procedures the validity, amount, quality, quantity, value and condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Receivables and the Related Security. The number and frequency of any such audits shall be limited to such number and frequency as shall be reasonable in the exercise of the Deal Agent's or Managing Agent's, as applicable, reasonable commercial judgment, but shall in no event be limited to fewer than two such audits per year. Each such audit shall be at the sole expense of the Seller.

(e) Keeping and Marking of Records and Books.

(i) The Servicer will (and will cause the Originator to) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Servicer will (and will cause the Originator to) give the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence.

(ii) Such Seller Party will (and will cause the Originator to) (A) on or prior to the date hereof, mark its master data processing records relating to the Investor Interests with the following legend:

These Receivables have been sold by Public Service Company of New Mexico to PNM Receivables Corp. pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003. PNM Receivables Corp. has granted an undivided percentage

35

ownership interest and/or a security interest in this Receivable to Fleet Securities, Inc., as Deal Agent for the Investors from time to time party to that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of April 8, 2003.

and (B) following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, upon the request of the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent, mark each Contract with a legend describing the Investor Interests.

(f) Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy. Such Seller Party will (and will cause the Originator to) timely and fully (i) perform and comply with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables to the extent a failure to comply would adversely affect the collectibility of such Receivables, provided that such Seller Party shall not be required to comply (or cause the Originator to comply) with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act, and
(ii) comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract.

(g) Performance and Enforcement of Receivables Sale Agreement. Seller will perform its obligations and undertakings under and pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement, will purchase Receivables thereunder in compliance with the terms thereof and will, to the extent necessary in its reasonable business judgment, enforce the rights and remedies accorded to Seller under the Receivables Sale Agreement, provided, that after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, the Seller shall enforce its rights and remedies under the Receivables Sale Agreement at the direction of the Deal Agent. Seller will take all actions to perfect and enforce its rights and interests (and the rights and interests of the Deal Agent and the Investors as assignees of Seller) under the Receivables Sale Agreement as the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, without limitation, making claims to which it may be entitled under any indemnity, reimbursement or similar provision contained in the Receivables Sale Agreement.

(h) Ownership. Seller will (or will cause the Originator to) take all necessary action to (i) vest legal and equitable title to the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections purchased under the Receivables Sale Agreement irrevocably in Seller, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Deal Agent and the Investors (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect Seller's interest in such Receivables, Related Security and Collections and such other action to perfect the interest of Seller therein as the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may reasonably request), and (ii) establish and maintain, in favor of the Deal Agent, for the benefit of the Investors, a valid and perfected first priority undivided percentage ownership interest (and/or a valid and perfected first priority security interest) in all Receivables, Related Security and Collections to the full extent contemplated herein, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any

36

comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Deal Agent's (for the benefit of the Investors) interest in such Receivables, Related Security and Collections and such other action to perfect the interest of the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors as the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may reasonably request).

(i) Investors' Reliance. Seller acknowledges that the Investors are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in reliance upon Seller's identity as a legal entity that is separate from the Originator or any Affiliate or Subsidiary (other than Seller) thereof (each, a "PNM Entity"). Therefore, from and after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement, Seller shall take all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, all steps that the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Investor may from time to time reasonably request, to maintain Seller's identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of any PNM Entity thereof and not just a division of a PNM Entity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set forth herein, Seller will:

(i) conduct its own business in its own name and require that all full-time employees of Seller, if any, identify themselves as such and not as employees of any PNM Entity (including, without limitation, by means of providing appropriate employees with business or identification cards identifying such employees as Seller's employees);

(ii) compensate all consultants and agents directly, from Seller's own funds, for services provided to Seller by such consultants and agents and, to the extent any consultant or agent of Seller is also a consultant or agent of any PNM Entity, allocate the compensation of such consultant or agent between Seller and such PNM Entity, as applicable, on a basis that reflects the services rendered to Seller and such PNM Entity, as applicable;

(iii) clearly identify its offices (by signage or otherwise) as its offices and, if such office is located in the offices of any PNM Entity, Seller shall lease such office at a fair market rent;

(iv) have a separate telephone number, which will be answered only in its name and separate stationery, invoices and checks in its own name;

(v) conduct all transactions with each PNM Entity and the Servicer (including, without limitation, any delegation of its obligations hereunder as Servicer) strictly on an arm's-length basis, allocate all overhead expenses (including, without limitation, telephone and other utility charges) for items shared between Seller and any PNM Entity on the basis of actual use to the extent practicable and, to the extent such allocation is not practicable, on a basis reasonably related to actual use;

(vi) at all times have a Board of Directors consisting of at least three members, at least one member of which is an Independent Director;

37

(vii) observe all corporate formalities as a distinct entity, and ensure that all corporate actions relating to (A) the selection, maintenance or replacement of the Independent Director, (B) the dissolution or liquidation of Seller or (C) the initiation of, participation in, acquiescence in or consent to any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding involving Seller, are duly authorized by unanimous vote of its Board of Directors, including the Independent Director;

(viii) maintain Seller's books and records separate from those of any PNM Entity and otherwise readily identifiable as its own assets rather than assets of a PNM Entity;

(ix) prepare separate financial statements from those of any PNM Entity and insure that any consolidated financial statements of any PNM Entity that include it and that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental agency have notes clearly stating that it is a separate entity and that its assets will be available first and foremost to satisfy the claims of its creditors;

(x) except as herein specifically otherwise provided, maintain the funds or other assets of Seller separate from, and not commingled with, those of any PNM Entity and only maintain bank accounts or other depository accounts to which Seller alone is the account party, into which only Seller or Servicer makes deposits and from which only Seller or Servicer (or the Deal Agent or Managing Agents hereunder) has the power to make withdrawals;

(xi) pay all of Seller's operating expenses from Seller's own assets (except for certain payments by a PNM Entity or other Persons pursuant to allocation arrangements that comply with the requirements of this Section 8.1(i));

(xii) operate its business and activities such that it does not engage in any business or activity of any kind, or enter into any transaction or indenture, mortgage, instrument, agreement, contract, lease or other undertaking, other than the transactions contemplated and authorized by this Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement; and does not create, incur, guarantee, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or other liabilities, whether direct or contingent, other than (1) as a result of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business, (2) the incurrence of obligations under this Agreement, (3) the incurrence of obligations, as expressly contemplated in the Receivables Sale Agreement, to make payment to the Originator thereunder for the purchase of Receivables from the Originator under the Receivables Sale Agreement, and (4) the incurrence of operating expenses in the ordinary course of business of the type otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

38

(xiii) maintain its articles of incorporation and by-laws in conformity with this Agreement, such that it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify its articles of incorporation and by-laws in any respect that would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, this Section 8.1(i) of this Agreement;

(xiv) maintain its separateness such that it does not merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, and except as otherwise contemplated herein) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person, nor at any time create, have, acquire, maintain or hold any interest in any Subsidiary; and

(xv) take such other actions as are reasonably necessary on its part to ensure that the facts and assumptions set forth in the opinion issued by Keleher & McLeod, as counsel for Seller, in connection with the closing or initial Incremental Purchase under this Agreement and relating to substantive consolidation issues, and in the certificates accompanying such opinion, remain true and correct in all material respects at all times.

(j) Collections. Such Seller Party will:

(i) Prior to June 9, 2003, (A) at any time neither an Amortization Event nor a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted to a Blocked Account within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof by such Seller Party and (B) at any time either an Amortization Event or a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted directly by the applicable Obligor to either a Lock-Box or a Blocked Account, and, at the Deal Agent's request, transfer the Collections processing function to a third-party Collections processing company pursuant to Section 9.3(b),

(ii) From and after June 9, 2003, (A) at any time neither an Amortization Event nor a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted directly by the applicable Obligor to either a Lock-Box or Blocked Account and (B) at any time either an Amortization Event or a Downgrade Event exists, cause all Collections to be remitted directly by the applicable Obligor to either a Lock-Box or a Blocked Account, and, at the Deal Agent's request, transfer the Collections processing function to a third-party Collections processing company pursuant to
Section 9.3(b),

(iii) cause all proceeds from all Lock-Boxes to be deposited by the Servicer into a Blocked Account, and

(iv) cause each Blocked Account to be subject at all times to a Blocked Account Agreement that is in full force and effect.

39

In the event any payments relating to Receivables are remitted directly to Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, Seller will remit such payments (or will cause all such payments to be remitted) directly to a Collection Bank and deposited into a Blocked Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof, and, at all times prior to such remittance, Seller will itself hold or, if applicable, will cause such payments to be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents and the Investors. Seller will maintain exclusive ownership, dominion and control (subject to the terms of this Agreement) of each Blocked Account and shall not grant the right to take dominion and control of any Lock-Box or Blocked Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event to any Person, except to the Deal Agent as contemplated by this Agreement.

(k) Taxes. Such Seller Party will file all tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and will promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except any such taxes which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books or where the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Seller will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Receivables, exclusive of taxes on or measured by income or gross receipts of any Conduit Investor, the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Alternate Investor.

(l) Insurance. Seller will maintain in effect, or cause to be maintained in effect, at Seller's own expense, such casualty and liability insurance as Seller shall deem appropriate in its good faith business judgment. Seller will pay, or cause to be paid, the premiums therefor. Copies of each policy shall be furnished to the Deal Agent and any Managing Agent in certificated form upon the Deal Agent's or such Managing Agent's request. The foregoing requirements shall not be construed to negate, reduce or modify, and are in addition to, Seller's obligations hereunder.

(m) Payment to Originator. With respect to any Receivable purchased by Seller from the Originator, such sale shall be effected under, and in strict compliance with the terms of, the Receivables Sale Agreement, including, without limitation, the terms relating to the method of payment and amount and timing of payments to be made to the Originator in respect of the purchase price for such Receivable.

Section 8.2 Negative Covenants of the Seller Parties. Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly paid in full and this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, each Seller Party hereby covenants, as to itself, that:

(a) Name Change, Offices and Records. Seller will not (and will not permit the Originator to) (i) make any change to its name (within the meaning of Section 9-507(c) of any applicable enactment of the UCC), identity, corporate structure or location of books and records unless, at least thirty
(30) days prior to the effective date of any such name change, change in corporate structure, or change in location of its books and records Seller notifies the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent thereof and delivers to the Deal Agent such financing statements (Forms UCC-1 and UCC-3) executed by Seller (if required under applicable law) which the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may

40

reasonably request to reflect such name change, location change, or change in corporate structure, together with such other documents and instruments that the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith and has taken all other steps to ensure that the Deal Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Investors, continues to have a first priority, perfected ownership or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security related thereto and any Collections thereon, or (ii) change its jurisdiction of organization unless the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent shall have received from the Seller, prior to such change, (A) those items described in clause (i) hereof, and (B) if the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Investor shall so request, an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Person, as to such organization and the Seller's or Originator's, as applicable, valid existence and good standing and the perfection and priority of the Deal Agent's ownership or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and Collections.

(b) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. Such Seller Party will not add or terminate any bank as a Collection Bank, or make any change in the instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to any Lock-Box or Blocked Account, unless the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent shall have received, at least ten (10) days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i) written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) with respect to the addition of a Collection Bank or a Blocked Account, an executed Blocked Account Agreement with respect to the new Blocked Account; provided, however, that the Servicer may make changes in instructions to Obligors regarding payments if such new instructions require such Obligor to make payments to another existing Blocked Account.

(c) Modifications to Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy. Such Seller Party will not, and will not permit the Originator to, make any change to the Credit and Collection Policy that could adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables. Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 9.2(d), the Servicer will not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable or any Contract related thereto other than in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.

(d) Sales, Liens. Seller will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any Contract under which any Receivable arises, or any Lock-Box or Blocked Account, or assign any right to receive income with respect thereto (other than, in each case, the creation of the interests therein in favor of the Deal Agent and the Investors provided for herein), and Seller will defend the right, title and interest of the Deal Agent and the Investors in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under Seller or the Originator.

(e) Net Receivable Pool Balance. At no time prior to the Amortization Date shall Seller permit the Net Receivable Pool Balance to be less than an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Aggregate Capital plus (ii) the Aggregate Reserves.

41

(f) Termination Date Determination. Seller will not designate the Termination Date (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement), or send any written notice to the Originator in respect thereof, without the prior written consent of the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent, except with respect to the occurrence of such Termination Date arising pursuant to Section 6.1(d) of the Receivables Sale Agreement.

(g) Restricted Junior Payments. From and after the occurrence of any Amortization Event, Seller will not make any Restricted Junior Payment if, after giving effect thereto, Seller would fail to meet its obligations set forth in Section 8.2(e).

(h) Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Neither Seller nor Servicer will, except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.2(d), extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable, nor amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract.

(i) Mergers, Acquisitions, etc. Seller will not merge or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge or consolidate with it, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person (whether directly or by purchase, lease or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or indirectly by purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock of such other Person).

ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION

Section 9.1 Designation of Servicer.

(a) The servicing, administration and collection of the Receivables shall be conducted by such Person (the "Servicer") so designated from time to time in accordance with this Section 9.1. PSCNM is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Deal Agent (with the consent or direction of the Required Alternate Investors) may at any time designate as Servicer any Person to succeed PSCNM or any successor Servicer after the occurrence of an Amortization Event.

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Deal Agent and the Required Alternate Investors, PSCNM shall not be permitted to delegate any of its duties or responsibilities as Servicer to any Person other than (i) Seller and (ii) with respect to certain Defaulted Receivables and/or Charged-Off Receivables, outside collection agencies in accordance with its customary practices. If at any time the Deal Agent shall designate as Servicer any Person other than the initial Servicer, all duties and responsibilities theretofore delegated by PSCNM to any sub-servicer may, at the discretion of the Deal Agent, be terminated forthwith on notice given by the Deal Agent to PSCNM and such sub-servicer.

(c) Notwithstanding any delegation by PSCNM pursuant to the foregoing subsection (b), (i) PSCNM shall be and remain primarily liable to the Deal Agent and the Investors for the full and prompt performance of all duties and responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder and (ii) the Deal Agent and the

42

Investors shall be entitled to deal exclusively with PSCNM in matters relating to the discharge by the Servicer of its duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Deal Agent and the Investors shall not be required to give notice, demand or other communication to any Person other than PSCNM in order for communication to the Servicer and its sub-servicer or other delegate with respect thereto to be accomplished. PSCNM, at all times that it is the Servicer, shall be responsible for providing any sub-servicer or other delegate of the Servicer with any notice given to the Servicer under this Agreement.

Section 9.2 Duties of Servicer.

(a) The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or advisable to collect each Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.

(b) The Servicer will instruct all Obligors to pay all Collections directly to the Lock-Box. The Servicer shall effect a Blocked Account Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit V with each bank party to a Blocked Account at any time. In the case of any remittances received in any Lock-Box or Blocked Account that shall have been identified, to the satisfaction of the Servicer, to not constitute Collections or other proceeds of the Receivables or the Related Security, the Servicer shall promptly remit such items to the Person identified to it as being the owner of such remittances. From and after the date the Deal Agent delivers to any Collection Bank a Collection Notice pursuant to Section 9.3, the Deal Agent may request that the Servicer, and the Servicer thereupon promptly shall instruct all Obligors with respect to the Receivables, to remit all payments thereon to a depositary account specified by the Deal Agent and, at all times thereafter, Seller and the Servicer shall not deposit or otherwise credit, and shall not permit any other Person to deposit or otherwise credit to such new depositary account any cash or payment item other than Collections.

(c) The Servicer shall administer the Collections in accordance with the procedures described herein and in Article III. The Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for the account of Seller and the Investors their respective shares of the Collections in accordance with Article III. The Servicer shall, upon the request of the Deal Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Required Alternate Investors), segregate, in a manner acceptable to the Deal Agent and the Required Alternate Investors, all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections from the general funds of the Servicer or Seller prior to the remittance thereof in accordance with Article III.

(d) The Servicer may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Receivable or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable as the Servicer determines to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided, however, that such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable, Defaulted Receivable or Charged-Off Receivable or limit the rights of the Deal Agent or the Investors under this Agreement.

43

(e) The Servicer shall hold in trust for Seller and the Investors all Records that (i) evidence or relate to the Receivables, the related Contracts and Related Security or (ii) are otherwise necessary or desirable to collect the Receivables and shall, if an Amortization Event exists, as soon as reasonably practicable upon demand of the Deal Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Required Alternate Investors), deliver or make available to the Deal Agent all such Records, at a place selected by the Deal Agent. The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following receipt thereof turn over to Seller any cash collections or other cash proceeds received with respect to Indebtedness not constituting Receivables.

(f) Any payment by an Obligor in respect of any indebtedness owed by it to the Originator or Seller shall, except as otherwise specified by such Obligor or otherwise required by contract or law and unless otherwise instructed by the Deal Agent, be applied as a Collection of any Receivable of such Obligor (starting with the oldest such Receivable) to the extent of any amounts then due and payable thereunder before being applied to any other receivable or other obligation of such Obligor.

Section 9.3 Collection Notices; Transfer of Collections Processing. (a) The Deal Agent is authorized at any time (i) when an Amortization Event exists or (ii) during a Weekly Reporting Period, to deliver to the Collection Banks the Collection Notices. Seller hereby transfers to the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors, effective when the Deal Agent delivers such notice, the exclusive ownership and control of each Blocked Account and control of each Lock-Box. In case any authorized signatory of Seller whose signature appears on a Blocked Account Agreement shall cease to have such authority before the delivery of such notice, such Collection Notice shall nevertheless be valid as if such authority had remained in force. Seller hereby authorizes the Deal Agent, and agrees that the Deal Agent shall be entitled to
(i) when an Amortization Event exists or (ii) during a Weekly Reporting Period (A) endorse Seller's name on checks and other instruments representing Collections, (B) enforce the Receivables, the related Contracts and the Related Security and (C) take such action as shall be necessary or desirable to cause all cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of Receivables to come into the possession of the Deal Agent rather than Seller.

(b) Upon the Deal Agent's request at any time when (i) an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing or (ii) a Downgrade Event exists, the Seller and the Servicer shall enter into such agreements, reasonably acceptable to the Deal Agent, as shall be necessary or desirable, in the Deal Agent's sole discretion, to effect a transfer of the Collections processing functions from the Servicer to a third-party Collections processing company reasonably acceptable to the Deal Agent.

Section 9.4 Responsibilities of Seller. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise by the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents and the Investors of their rights hereunder shall not release the Servicer, the Originator or Seller from any of their duties or obligations with respect to any Receivables or under the related Contracts. None of the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents or the Investors shall have any obligation or liability with respect to any Receivables or related Contracts, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform the obligations of Seller.

44

Section 9.5 Reports. The Servicer shall prepare and forward to each Managing Agent (i) (A) during a Monthly Reporting Period, on the 12th day of each month (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), a Monthly Report, (B) during a Weekly Reporting Period, on the 12th day of each month (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), a Monthly Report and on Friday of each calendar week (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), a Weekly Report covering the period from and including Monday of the preceding week to but excluding Monday of such week and (C) during a Daily Reporting Period, on the 12th day of each month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), a Monthly Report and on each Business Day (or such other schedule as may be consented to by the Deal Agent), a Daily Report and (ii) at such times as any Managing Agent shall reasonably request, an aging of Receivables.

Section 9.6 Servicing Report of Independent Public Accountants. On an annual basis, unless otherwise agreed by the Managing Agents, on or before April 1st of each such year, the Servicer shall cause nationally recognized independent public accountants acceptable to the Managing Agents (the Managing Agents acknowledge that in each case any of the "Big 4" accounting firms will be acceptable to the Managing Agents) to provide to each of the Servicer, the Seller and the Managing Agents with a certified report setting forth the results of such auditing firm's audit of the Seller's performance under the Facility Documents as determined pursuant to a scope of audit and procedures, substantially similar to those set forth on Schedule C hereto, with such amendments and modifications to such scope and procedures as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Managing Agents and such accounting firm; and the Seller hereby authorizes such accounting firm to discuss such affairs, finances and performance with representatives of the Managing Agent and its designees.

Section 9.7 Servicing Fees. In consideration of PSCNM's agreement to act as Servicer hereunder, the Investors hereby agree that, so long as PSCNM shall continue to perform as Servicer hereunder, Seller shall pay over to PSCNM a fee (the "Servicing Fee") on the first calendar day of each month, in arrears for the immediately preceding month, equal to 1.0% per annum of the average aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables during such period, as compensation for its servicing activities. Upon the appointment of a successor servicer hereunder, the Servicing Fee shall be such amount as the Managing Agents shall determine.

ARTICLE X.
AMORTIZATION EVENTS

Section 10.1 Amortization Events. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Amortization Event:

(a) Any Seller Party shall fail (i) to make any payment or deposit required hereunder when due and such failure continues for one (1) Business Day, (ii) to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.1(a)-(b) and (g)-(j), Section 8.2, Section 10.1 (other than as referred to in clause (i) of this paragraph (a) and Section 10.1(d)) and with respect to the Servicer only, Section 9.2(b) and Section 9.5, and such failure shall continue for three (3) consecutive Business Days after the earlier

45

of receipt of written notice thereof from the Deal Agent or a Seller Party's Responsible Officer's or other corporate officer's actual knowledge thereof or
(iii) to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement hereunder (other than as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph (a) and Section 10.1(d)) and such failure shall continue for twenty (20) consecutive days after the earlier of receipt of written notice thereof from the Deal Agent or a Seller Party's Responsible Officer's or other corporate officer's actual knowledge thereof.

(b) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by any Seller Party in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been
(i) with respect to any representations, warranties, certifications or statements which contain a materiality qualifier, incorrect in any respect when made or deemed made and (ii) with respect to any representations, warranties, certifications or statements which do not contain a materiality qualifier, incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made.

(c) A Change of Control shall occur.

(d) Any Seller Party or Originator shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any such Person seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property or (iii) any such Person shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in clauses (i) or
(ii) above in this subsection (d).

(e) Seller shall fail to comply with the terms of Section 3.7 hereof.

(f) As at the end of any Accrual Period, (i) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 11.50%, (ii) the Default Ratio shall exceed 3.00%, (iii) the three Accrual Period rolling average of the Dilution Ratio shall exceed 4.50%, or (iv) the two Accrual Period rolling average of the Collection Ratio shall be less than 85.00%.

(g) Failure of Seller to pay any Indebtedness when due.

(h) Failure of any PNM Entity to pay any Indebtedness when due (after giving effect to any grace period applicable thereto) in excess of $20,000,000; or the default by any PNM Entity in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any such Indebtedness was created or is governed, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any such Indebtedness of any PNM Entity shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity thereof.

46

(i) One or more final judgments for the payment of money in excess of $100,000 shall be entered against Seller on claims not covered by insurance or as to which the insurance carrier has denied its responsibility, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for ninety (90) consecutive days without a stay of execution.

(j) (i) The "Termination Date" under and as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement shall occur under the Receivables Sale Agreement, or
(ii) the Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to Seller under the Receivables Sale Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall terminate in whole or in part (except in accordance with its terms), or shall cease to be effective or to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Seller, or the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors shall cease to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections with respect thereto and the Blocked Accounts.

(l) Either (i) the ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated Capitalization shall be greater than .65 to 1.0 or (ii) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of PSCNM, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense for the twelve month period ending on such date shall be less than 3.0 to 1.0. Defined terms used in this Section 10.1(l) shall have the meanings given to such terms in Schedule D.

Section 10.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, the Deal Agent may, or upon the direction of the Required Alternate Investors shall, with written notice to the Seller and the Servicer, take any of the following actions: (i) replace the Person then acting as Servicer, (ii) declare the Amortization Date to have occurred, whereupon the Amortization Date shall forthwith occur, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Seller Party; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event described in Section 10.1(d), or of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Originator or any Seller Party under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Amortization Date shall automatically occur, without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Seller Party, (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, declare that the Default Fee shall accrue with respect to any of the Aggregate Unpaids outstanding at such time, (iv) deliver the Collection Notices to the Collection Banks, and (v) notify Obligors of the Investors' interest in the Receivables. The aforementioned rights and remedies shall be without limitation, and shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies of the Deal Agent and the Investors otherwise available under any other provision of this Agreement, by operation of law, at equity or otherwise, all of which are hereby expressly preserved, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies provided under the UCC, all of which rights shall be cumulative.

47

ARTICLE XI.
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.1 Indemnities by The Seller Parties. Without limiting any other rights that the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Investor may have hereunder or under applicable law, (A) Seller hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) the Deal Agent, each Managing Agent and each Investor and their respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each an "Indemnified Party") from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, taxes, liabilities, costs, expenses and for all other amounts payable, including reasonable attorneys' fees (which attorneys may be employees of the Deal Agent, such Managing Agent or such Investor) and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as "Indemnified Amounts") awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by an Investor of an interest in the Receivables, and (B) the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of the Servicer's activities as Servicer hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents excluding, however, in all of the foregoing instances under the preceding clauses (A) and (B):

(i) Indemnified Amounts to the extent that such Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification;

(ii) Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor; or

(iii) taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Indemnified Party's principal executive office is located, on or measured by the overall net income of such Indemnified Party to the extent that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the characterization for income tax purposes of the acquisition by the Investors of Investor Interests as a loan or loans by the Investors to Seller secured by the Receivables, the Related Security, the Blocked Accounts and the Collections;

provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the liability of any Seller Party or limit the recourse of the Investors to any Seller Party for amounts otherwise specifically provided to be paid by such Seller Party under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnification, Seller shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for Indemnified Amounts (including, without limitation, losses in respect of uncollectible receivables, regardless of whether reimbursement therefor would constitute recourse to Seller or the Servicer) resulting from:

(i) any representation or warranty made by any Seller Party or the Originator (or any officers of any such Person) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered by any such Person pursuant hereto or thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect when made or deemed made, provided that for the purposes of this paragraph (i), the representations and warranties made in Section 6.1(t) and (u) shall be evaluated without giving effect to any knowledge qualifiers contained therein;

48

(ii) the failure by Seller, the Servicer or the Originator to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or Contract related thereto, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or Contract included therein with any such applicable law, rule or regulation or any failure of the Originator to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract;

(iii) any failure of Seller, the Servicer or the Originator to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iv) any products liability, personal injury or damage suit, or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract or any Receivable;

(v) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or service related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services;

(vi) the commingling of Collections of Receivables at any time with other funds;

(vii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to or arising from this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of the proceeds of an Incremental Purchase or a Reinvestment, the ownership of the Investor Interests or any other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to Seller, the Servicer or the Originator in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(viii) any failure of Seller to acquire and maintain legal and equitable title to, and ownership of any Receivable and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto from the Originator, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than as created hereunder); or any failure of Seller to give reasonably equivalent value to the Originator under the Receivables Sale Agreement in consideration of the transfer by the Originator of any Receivable, or any attempt by any Person to void such transfer under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action;

(ix) any failure to vest and maintain vested in the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors, or to transfer to the Deal Agent for the benefit of the Investors, legal and equitable title to, and ownership of, a first priority perfected undivided percentage ownership interest (to the extent of the Investor Interests contemplated hereunder) or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (except as created by the Transaction Documents);

49

(x) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivable, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and the proceeds of any thereof, whether at the time of any Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment or at any subsequent time;

(xi) any attempt by any Person to void any Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment hereunder under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action; and

(xii) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivable Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable at the time so included.

Section 11.2 Increased Cost and Reduced Return. If after the date hereof, any Funding Source shall be charged any fee, expense or increased cost on account of the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy or accounting standards) or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental or regulatory authority, accounting standards board or authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, accounting board, central bank or comparable agency (a "Regulatory Change"): (i) that subjects any Funding Source to any charge or withholding on or with respect to any Funding Agreement or a Funding Source's obligations under a Funding Agreement, or on or with respect to the Receivables, or changes the basis of taxation of payments to any Funding Source of any amounts payable under any Funding Agreement (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of a Funding Source or taxes excluded by Section 11.1) or (ii) that imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, capital maintenance requirement, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of a Funding Source, or credit extended by a Funding Source pursuant to a Funding Agreement, including, without limitation, any reserve requirement which is imposed in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or (iii) that imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to a Funding Source of performing its obligations under a Funding Agreement, or to reduce the rate of return on a Funding Source's capital as a consequence of its obligations under a Funding Agreement, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by a Funding Source under a Funding Agreement or to require any payment calculated by reference to the amount of interests or loans held or interest received by it, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the actual cost to such Funding Source, of making, continuing or maintaining Investor Interests or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Seller shall promptly pay upon demand by the applicable Managing Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Funding Source, such amounts charged to such Funding Source or such amounts to otherwise compensate such Funding Source

50

for such increased cost or such reduction. For the avoidance of doubt, if the issuance of FASB Interpretation No. 46, or any other change in accounting standards or the issuance of any other pronouncement, release or interpretation, causes or requires the consolidation of all or a portion of the assets and liabilities of the Originator or the Seller with the assets and liabilities of the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent, any Alternate Investor or any other Funding Source, such event shall constitute a Regulatory Change subject to this Section 11.2.

Section 11.3 Mitigation of Costs.

(a) Any Investor claiming reimbursement from the Seller under
Section 11.2 hereof shall use reasonable efforts (including, if requested by the Seller, reasonable efforts to designate a different applicable office of such Investor) to mitigate the amount of such losses, costs, expenses and liabilities, if such efforts can be made and such mitigation can be accomplished without such Investor suffering (i) any economic disadvantage for which such Investor does not receive full indemnity from the Seller under this Agreement or
(ii) any legal or regulatory disadvantage.

(b) The agreements contained in this Section 11.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Aggregate Unpaids; provided, however, that in no event shall the Seller be obligated to reimburse or compensate any Investor for amounts contemplated by this Section 11.3 for any period before the date that is 120 days before the date upon which such Investor requests in writing such reimbursement or compensation from the Seller.

Section 11.4 Other Costs and Expenses. Seller shall pay to the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent five Business days after written demand all costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including without limitation, the costs of auditing the books, records and procedures of Seller, the fees and expenses charged by the rating agencies and the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of legal counsel for the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent as to its respective rights and remedies under this Agreement. Seller shall pay to each Conduit Investor, each Managing Agent and the Deal Agent on demand any and all costs and expenses of such Person, if any, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other documents delivered hereunder and in connection with any restructuring or workout of this Agreement or such documents (including any amendments hereto or thereto), or the administration of this Agreement following an Amortization Event.

ARTICLE XII.
THE AGENTS

Section 12.1 Authorization and Action. Each Investor hereby designates and appoints FSI to act as Deal Agent hereunder and under each other Transaction Document, and authorizes the Deal Agent and such Investor's related Managing Agent to take such actions as Deal Agent or Managing Agent, as the case

51

may be, on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Deal Agent nor any Managing Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein or in any other Transaction Document, or any fiduciary relationship with any Investor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of the Deal Agent or the Managing Agents shall be read into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or otherwise exist for the Deal Agent or the Managing Agents. In performing their respective functions and duties hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, (i) the Deal Agent shall act solely as agent for the Investors, (ii) each Managing Agent shall act solely as agent for the Conduit Investors and Alternate Investors in the related Investor Group and (iii) neither the Deal Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for any Seller Party or any of such Seller Party's successors or assigns. Neither the Deal Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be required to take any action that exposes the Deal Agent or the Managing Agents to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or applicable law. The appointment and authority of the Deal Agent and the Managing Agents hereunder shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of all Aggregate Unpaids. Each Investor hereby authorizes the Deal Agent and the Managing Agent for its Investor Group, as applicable, to execute each of the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, this Agreement and such other Transaction Documents as may require the Deal Agent's or such Managing Agent's signature on behalf of such Investor (the terms of which shall be binding on such Investor).

Section 12.2 Delegation of Duties. The Deal Agent and the Managing Agents may execute any of their respective duties under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Deal Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 12.3 Exculpatory Provisions. None of the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents or any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (except for its, their or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Investors for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Seller Party contained in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document or any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith, or for any failure of any Seller Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VII, or for the perfection, priority, condition, value or sufficiency of any collateral pledged in connection herewith. Neither the Deal Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be under any obligation to any Investor to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or

52

covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller Parties. Neither the Deal Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event unless the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent, as applicable, has received notice from Seller or an Investor. No Managing Agent shall have any responsibility hereunder to any Investor other than the Investors in its Investor Group.

Section 12.4 Reliance by Agents. The Deal Agent and the Managing Agents shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to Seller), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent. The Deal Agent and the Managing Agents shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Conduit Investors or the Required Alternate Investors or all of the Investors, as applicable, as they deem appropriate and they shall first be indemnified to their satisfaction by the Investors, provided that unless and until the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent shall have received such advice, or unless the Required Alternate Investors or each Managing Agent, as applicable, shall have directed the Deal Agent to take or refrain from taking any action, the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent may take or refrain from taking any action, as the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Investors. The Deal Agent and the Managing Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the related Conduit Investors or the Required Alternate Investors or all of the Investors, as applicable, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Investors.

Section 12.5 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Investors. Each Investor expressly acknowledges that none of the Deal Agent, the Managing Agents or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of any Seller Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent. Each Investor represents and warrants to the Deal Agent and the Managing Agents that it has and will, independently and without reliance upon the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any other Investor and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of Seller and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all other documents related hereto or thereto.

Section 12.6 Reimbursement and Indemnification. The Alternate Investors agree to reimburse and indemnify the Deal Agent, and the Alternate Investors in each Investor Group agree to reimburse the Managing Agent for such Investor Group, and their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents ratably according to their Pro Rata Shares or Adjusted Pro Rata Shares, as applicable, to the extent not paid or reimbursed by

53

the Seller Parties (i) for any amounts for which the Deal Agent, acting in its capacity as Deal Agent, or any Managing Agent, acting in its capacity as a Managing Agent, is entitled to reimbursement by the Seller Parties hereunder and
(ii) for any other expenses incurred by the Deal Agent, in its capacity as Deal Agent, or any Managing Agent, acting in its capacity as a Managing Agent, and acting on behalf of the related Investors, in connection with the administration and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. If there is a Terminating Alternate Investor, for purposes of this Section, Capital Pro Rata Share and Adjusted Capital Pro Rata Share shall be calculated based on such Terminating Alternate Investor's Commitment immediately prior to its becoming a Terminating Alternate Investor; provided, however, that no Terminating Alternate Investor shall be required to reimburse or indemnify the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent, or their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents for any amounts referenced in this Section 12.6 resulting from events occurring after such Terminating Alternate Investor's Capital shall have been paid in full.

Section 12.7 Agents in their Individual Capacities. The Deal Agent, each Managing Agent and each of its respective Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Seller Party or any Affiliate of any Seller Party as though it were not the Deal Agent or a Managing Agent hereunder. With respect to the acquisition of Investor Interests pursuant to this Agreement, the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement in its individual capacity as any Investor and may exercise the same as though it were not the Deal Agent or a Managing Agent, and the terms "Alternate Investor," "Investor," "Alternate Investors" and "Investors" shall include the Deal Agent and each Managing Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 12.8 Successor Agent. The Deal Agent may, upon five
(5) days' notice to Seller and the Investors, and the Deal Agent will, upon the direction of all of the Investors (other than such Deal Agent, in its individual capacity) resign as Deal Agent. Each Managing Agent may, upon five (5) days' notice to Seller and the Investors in its Purchaser Group, and a Managing Agent will, upon the direction of all the Investors in its Purchaser Group (other than such Managing Agent in its individual capacity), resign as Managing Agent. If the Deal Agent shall resign, then the Required Alternate Investors during such five-day period shall appoint from among the Investors a successor agent. If a Managing Agent shall resign, then the Investors in the related Purchaser Group shall appoint a successor agent during such five-day period. If for any reason no successor agent is appointed by the Required Alternate Investors or the applicable Purchaser Group, as applicable, during such five-day period, then effective upon the termination of such five-day period, the Investors shall perform all of the duties of the Deal Agent, or the Investors in the related Purchaser Group shall perform all of the duties of the applicable Managing Agent, as applicable, hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents and Seller and the Servicer (as applicable) shall make all payments in respect of the Aggregate Unpaids directly to the applicable Investors and for all purposes shall deal directly with the Investors. After the effectiveness of any retiring Deal Agent's or Managing Agent's resignation hereunder as Deal Agent or Managing Agent, as applicable, the retiring Deal Agent or Managing Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents and the provisions of this Article XII and Article XI shall continue in effect for its benefit with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Deal Agent or Managing Agent under this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents.

54

ARTICLE XIII.
ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS

Section 13.1 Assignments. (a) Seller and each Alternate Investor hereby agree and consent to the complete or partial assignment by each Conduit Investor of all or any portion of its rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under this Agreement to the Alternate Investors pursuant to this Agreement or pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement or to any other Person, and upon such assignment, such Conduit Investor shall be released from its obligations so assigned. Further, Seller and each Alternate Investor hereby agree that any assignee of any Conduit Investor of this Agreement or all or any of the Investor Interests of such Conduit Investor shall have all of the rights and benefits under this Agreement as if the term "Conduit Investor" explicitly referred to such party, and no such assignment shall in any way impair the rights and benefits of such Conduit Investor hereunder. Neither Seller nor the Servicer shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Any Alternate Investor may at any time assign to one or more Persons ("Purchasing Alternate Investors") all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an assignment agreement, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit VI hereto (the "Assignment Agreement") executed by such Purchasing Alternate Investor and such selling Alternate Investor, provided, that an assignment made by an Affected Alternate Investor pursuant to paragraph (c) below may occur at any time. The consent of the Conduit Investor or Conduit Investors in such Alternate Investor's Purchaser Group shall be required prior to the effectiveness of any such assignment. In addition, so long as no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing at such time, the consent of the Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required prior to the effectiveness of any such assignment. Each assignee of an Alternate Investor must have a short-term debt rating from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group and Moody's Investor Service, Inc. equal to or greater than the ratings required in order to maintain the rating of the commercial paper issued by the related Conduit Investor (the "Required Ratings") and must agree to deliver to the Deal Agent, promptly following any request therefor by the Managing Agent for its Purchaser Group or the affected Conduit Investor or Conduit Investors, an enforceability opinion in form and substance satisfactory to such Managing Agent and such Conduit Investor or Conduit Investors. Upon delivery of the executed Assignment Agreement to the Deal Agent, such selling Alternate Investor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment. Thereafter the Purchasing Alternate Investor shall for all purposes be an Alternate Investor party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of an Alternate Investor under this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto and no further consent or action by Seller, the Investors or the Deal Agent shall be required.

(c) Each of the Alternate Investors agrees that in the event that it shall cease to have the Required Ratings (an "Affected Alternate Investor"), such Affected Alternate Investor shall be obliged, at the request of the Conduit Investors in such Alternate Investor's Purchaser Group or the applicable Managing Agent, to assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to (x) another Alternate Investor or (y) another funding entity nominated by such Managing Agent and acceptable to such affected Conduit Investors, and willing to participate in this Agreement through the Liquidity Termination Date in the place of such Affected Alternate Investor; provided that the Affected

55

Alternate Investor receives payment in full, pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, of an amount equal to such Alternate Investor's Pro Rata Share of the Aggregate Capital and Yield owing to the Alternate Investors and all accrued but unpaid fees and other costs and expenses payable in respect of its Pro Rata Share of the Investor Interests of the Alternate Investors. In the event and on the date that an Affected Alternate Investor becomes a Terminating Alternate Investor, the Program Limit shall be reduced by an amount equal to such Affected Alternate Investor's Commitment.

Section 13.2 Participations. Any Alternate Investor may, in the ordinary course of its business at any time sell to one or more Persons (each a "Participant") participating interests in its Pro Rata Share of the Investor Interests of the Alternate Investors or any other interest of such Alternate Investor hereunder. Notwithstanding any such sale by an Alternate Investor of a participating interest to a Participant, such Alternate Investor's rights and obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Alternate Investor shall remain solely responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and Seller, the Conduit Investors, the Managing Agents and the Deal Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Alternate Investor in connection with such Alternate Investor's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Each Alternate Investor agrees that any agreement between such Alternate Investor and any such Participant in respect of such participating interest shall not restrict such Alternate Investor's right to agree to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to this Agreement, except for any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification described in
Section 14.1(b)(i).

Section 13.3 Additional Purchaser Groups. Upon the Seller's request, an additional Purchaser Group may be added to this Agreement at any time by the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement by the members of such proposed additional Purchaser Group, the Seller, the Servicer, the Deal Agent and each of the Managing Agents, which execution and delivery shall not be unreasonably refused by such parties. Upon the effective date of such Joinder Agreement, (i) each Person specified therein as a "New Conduit Investor" shall become a party hereto as a Conduit Investor, entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Conduit Investor hereunder, (ii) each Person specified therein as a "New Alternate Investor" shall become a party hereto as an Alternate Investor, entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of an Alternate Investor hereunder, (iii) each Person specified therein as a "New Managing Agent" shall become a party hereto as a Managing Agent, entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Managing Agent hereunder and (iv) the Program Limit shall be increased by an amount which is equal to (x) the aggregate Commitments of the New Alternate Investors party to such Joinder Agreement divided by (y) 1.02. On or prior to the effective date of such Joinder Agreement, the Seller, the new Conduit Investor and the new Managing Agent shall enter into a fee letter for purposes of setting forth the fees payable to the members of such Purchaser Group in connection with this Agreement, which fee letter shall be considered a "Fee Letter" for all purposes of this Agreement.

Section 13.4 Extension of Liquidity Termination Date. The Seller may advise any Managing Agent in writing of its desire to extend the Liquidity Termination Date for an additional 364 days, provided such request is made not more than 60 days prior to, and not less than 45 days prior to, the then current Liquidity Termination Date. Each Managing Agent so advised by the

56

Seller shall promptly notify each Alternate Investor in its related Purchaser Group of any such request and each such Alternate Investor shall notify its related Managing Agent, the Deal Agent and the Seller of its decision to accept or decline the request for such extension no later than 20 days prior to the then current Liquidity Termination Date (it being understood that each Alternate Investor may accept or decline such request in its sole discretion and on such terms as it may elect, and the failure to so notify its Managing Agent, the Deal Agent and the Seller shall be deemed an election not to extend by such Alternate Investor). In the event that at least one Alternate Investor agrees to extend the Liquidity Termination Date, the Seller Parties, the Deal Agent, the extending Alternate Investors and the applicable Managing Agent or Managing Agents shall enter into such documents as such extending Alternate Investors may deem necessary or appropriate to reflect such extension, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Alternate Investors, the Managing Agents and the Deal Agent (including reasonable attorneys' fees) shall be paid by the Seller. In the event that any Alternate Investor (a) declines the request to extend the Liquidity Termination Date or (b) is in a Purchaser Group with respect to which the Seller did not seek an extension of the Liquidity Termination Date (each such Alternate Investor being referred to herein as a "Non-Renewing Alternate Investor"), and, in the case of a Non-Renewing Alternate Investor described in clause (a), the Commitment of such Non-Renewing Alternate Investor is not assigned to another Person in accordance with the terms of this Article XIII prior to the then current Liquidity Termination Date, the Program Limit shall be reduced by an amount equal to each such Non-Renewing Alternate Investor's Commitment on the then current Liquidity Termination Date.

Section 13.5 Terminating Alternate Investors.

(a) (i) Any Affected Alternate Investor or Non-Renewing Alternate Investor which has not assigned its rights and obligations hereunder if requested pursuant to this Article XIII shall be a "Terminating Alternate Investor" for purposes of this Agreement as of the then current Liquidity Termination Date (or, in the case of any Affected Alternate Investor, such earlier date as declared by the Conduit Investor in such Affected Alternate Investor's Purchaser Group).

(ii) If an Amortization Event has occurred, and the Alternate Investors in a Purchaser Group have voted or otherwise determined to declare an Amortization Date, but the Alternate Investors in the other Purchaser Groups have voted or otherwise determined not to declare an Amortization Date, then the Alternate Investors in such Purchaser Group (and each Conduit Investor in such Purchaser Group that has any Capital outstanding at such time) may, upon written notice to the Servicer, the Seller and the Deal Agent, elect to become, and shall become, Terminating Alternate Investors effective on the date specified in such notice, which shall be a date no less than three (3) Business Days after the date such notice is received by the Servicer, the Seller and the Deal Agent.

(b) The Commitment of any Alternate Investor shall terminate on the date it becomes a Terminating Alternate Investor. Upon reduction to zero of the Capital of all of the Investor Interests of a Terminating Alternate Investor (after application of Collections thereto pursuant to Sections 3.2 and

57

3.4) all rights and obligations of such terminating Alternate Investor hereunder shall be terminated and such terminating Alternate Investor shall no longer be a "Alternate Investor" hereunder; provided, however, that the provisions of Article XI shall continue in effect for its benefit with respect to Investor Interests or the Commitment held by such Terminating Alternate Investor prior to its termination as an Alternate Investor.

ARTICLE XIV.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Waivers and Amendments. (a) No failure or delay on the part of the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent or any Investor in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Any waiver of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.1(b); it being understood that notwithstanding anything in this Section 14.1(b) to the contrary, no material amendment to this Agreement shall become effective with respect to any Conduit Investor unless, if required by the documents governing such Conduit Investor's commercial paper program, such Conduit Investor (or the applicable Managing Agent on its behalf) shall have received written confirmation from each of the Rating Agencies that such amendment shall not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the rating of such Conduit Investor's Commercial Paper. The Conduit Investors, Seller, the Servicer, the Managing Agents and the Deal Agent, at the direction of the Required Alternate Investors, may enter into written modifications or waivers of any provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, that no such modification or waiver shall:

(i) without the consent of each affected Investor, (A) extend the Liquidity Termination Date or the date of any payment or deposit of Collections by Seller or the Servicer, (B) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of Yield (or any component thereof), (C) reduce any fee payable to the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent for the benefit of the Investors, (D) except pursuant to Article XIII hereof, change the amount of the Capital of any Investor, any Alternate Investor's Pro Rata Share (except as may be required pursuant to a Conduit Investor's Liquidity Agreement) or any Alternate Investor's Commitment, (E) amend, modify or waive any provision of the definition of Required Alternate Investors or this Section 14.1(b), (F) consent to or permit the assignment or transfer by Seller of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (G) change the definition of "Maximum Investor Interest", "Applicable Stress Factor", "Delinquency Ratio", "Dilution Ratio", "Dilution Reserve," "Eligible Receivable," "Loss Ratio", "Loss Reserve", "Net Receivables Pool Balance" or "Yield Reserve" or (H) amend or modify any defined term (or any defined term used directly or indirectly in such defined term) used in clauses (A) through (G) above in a manner that would circumvent the intention of the restrictions set forth in such clauses; or

58

(ii) without the written consent of the then Deal Agent or any Managing Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement if the effect thereof is to affect the rights or duties of the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent, as applicable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) without the consent of the Alternate Investors in any Purchaser Group (other than the Purchaser Group to which such Alternate Investors are being added), the Deal Agent may, with the consent of Seller, amend this Agreement solely to add additional Persons as Alternate Investors hereunder and (ii) the Deal Agent, the Required Alternate Investors (or the Managing Agents, as applicable) and the Conduit Investors may enter into amendments to modify any of the terms or provisions of Article XII, Article XIII and Section 14.13 or any other provision of this Agreement without the consent of Seller, provided that such amendment has no negative impact upon Seller. Any modification or waiver made in accordance with this Section 14.1 shall apply to each of the Investors equally and shall be binding upon Seller, the Investors, the Managing Agents and the Deal Agent.

Section 14.2 Notices. Except as provided below, all communications and notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other parties hereto at their respective addresses or telecopy numbers set forth on the signature pages hereof or at such other address or telecopy number as such Person may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to each of the other parties hereto. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective if given by telecopy, upon the receipt thereof, if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid or if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section 14.2. Seller and Servicer hereby authorize the Deal Agent to effect purchases and each Managing Agent to make Tranche Period and Bank Rate selections based on telephonic notices made by any Person whom the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent, as applicable, in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of Servicer. Servicer agrees to deliver promptly to the Deal Agent or the applicable Managing Agent a written confirmation of each telephonic notice signed by an authorized officer of Servicer; provided, however, the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of such notice. If the written confirmation differs from the action taken by the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent, the records of the Deal Agent or such Managing Agent shall govern absent manifest error.

Section 14.3 Ratable Payments. If any Investor, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it with respect to any portion of the Aggregate Unpaids owing to such Investor (other than payments received pursuant to Section 11.2 or 11.4) in a greater proportion than that received by any other Investor entitled to receive a ratable share of such Aggregate Unpaids, such Investor agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase for cash without recourse or warranty a portion of such Aggregate Unpaids held by the other Investors so that after such purchase each Investor will hold its ratable proportion of such Aggregate Unpaids; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Investor, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

59

Section 14.4 Protection of Ownership Interests of the Investors. (a) Seller agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that may be necessary, or that the Deal Agent or any Managing Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Investor Interests, or to enable the Deal Agent or the Investors to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event, the Deal Agent may, (or, at the direction of the Required Alternate Investors, shall) or the Deal Agent may (or, at the direction of the Required Alternate Investors, shall) direct Seller or the Servicer to, notify the Obligors of Receivables, at Seller's expense, of the ownership or security interests of the Investors under this Agreement and may (or, at the direction of the Required Alternate Investors, shall) also direct that payments of all amounts due or that become due under any or all Receivables be made directly to the Deal Agent or its designee. Seller or the Servicer (as applicable) shall, at any Investor's request, withhold the identity of such Investor in any such notification.

(b) If any Seller Party fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Deal Agent or any Investor may (but shall not be required to) perform, or cause performance of, such obligations, and the Deal Agent's or such Investor's costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Seller as provided in Section 11.4. Each Seller Party irrevocably authorizes the Deal Agent at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of the Deal Agent, and appoints the Deal Agent as its attorney-in-fact, to act on behalf of such Seller Party (i) to execute on behalf of Seller as debtor and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in the Deal Agent's sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interest of the Investors in the Receivables and (ii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Receivables as a financing statement in such offices as the Deal Agent in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interests of the Investors in the Receivables. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

Section 14.5 Confidentiality.

(a) Each Seller Party and each Investor shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and the other confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Deal Agent, any Managing Agent and any Conduit Investor and their respective businesses obtained by it or them in connection with the structuring, negotiating and execution of the transactions contemplated herein, except that
(i) such Seller Party and such Investor and its officers and employees may disclose such information to such Seller Party's and such Investor's external accountants and attorneys and as required by any applicable law, regulation or order of any judicial or administrative proceeding and (ii) each Seller Party may disclose such information, as requested, to the rating agencies.

(b) Each Investor, the Deal Agent, and each Managing Agent agrees to exercise its best efforts to keep, and to cause any third party recipient of the information described in this Section 14.5(b) to keep, any information delivered or made available by the Seller, the Servicer, or the Originator to it, confidential from anyone other than Persons employed or

60

retained by such party who are or are expected to become engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the transactions contemplated hereunder; provided that nothing shall prevent any Investor, the Deal Agent, or any Managing Agent from disclosing such information (i) to any other Investor or any Affiliate of any Investor for the purpose of administering or enforcing this Agreement, (ii) pursuant to subpoena or upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (iii) upon the request or demand of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over such Investor, (iv) if such information has been publicly disclosed without the recipient's violation of its confidentiality obligations, (v) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation to which either the Deal Agent, any Investor, any Managing Agent, or the Seller, the Servicer or the Originator or their respective Affiliates may be a party, (vi) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, (vii) to the Deal Agent's, such Managing Agent's, or such Investor's, as the case may be, legal counsel, independent auditors and other professional advisors, or (viii) to any actual or proposed participant or purchasing Investor (each, a "Transferee") that has agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.5(b). Unless prohibited from doing so by applicable law, in the event that any Investor, the Deal Agent, or any Managing Agent is legally requested or required to disclose any confidential information pursuant to paragraph (ii), (iii) or (v) of this Section 14.5(b), such party shall notify the Seller, the Servicer or the Originator of such request or requirement and will use reasonable efforts to minimize the disclosure of such information. Subject to the exceptions above to disclosure of information, each of the Investors, the Deal Agent, or the Managing Agent agrees that it shall not publish, publicize, or otherwise make public any information regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the written consent of the Seller, the Servicer or the Originator, in its sole discretion.

Section 14.6 Bankruptcy Petition. Seller, the Servicer, the Deal Agent, each Managing Agent and each Alternate Investor hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of a Conduit Investor, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit Investor any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

Section 14.7 Limitation of Liability; Limitation of Payment; No Recourse.

(a) No claim may be made by any Seller Party or any other Person against any Conduit Investor, any Managing Agent, the Deal Agent or any Alternate Investor or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each Seller Party hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

(b) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, no Conduit Investor shall be obligated to pay any amount pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document unless such Conduit Investor has excess cash flow from operations or

61

has received funds which may be used to make such payment and which funds or excess cash flow are not required to repay any of such Conduit Investor's Commercial Paper when due. Any amount which any Conduit Investor does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim against such Conduit Investor for any such insufficiency. The agreements in this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the obligations of each Conduit Investor under the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Conduit Investor. No recourse shall be had for any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon any Transaction Document against any stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator of such Conduit Investor. The agreements in this section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 14.8 CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES).

Section 14.9 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS (A) FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF; (B) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO SUCH PERSON AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED PURSUANT TO SECTION 14.2 OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED PURSUANT THERETO; (D) AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND (E) WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

62

Section 14.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY ANY SELLER PARTY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

Section 14.11 Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms.

(a) This Agreement and each other Transaction Document contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any trustee in bankruptcy). This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that the rights and remedies with respect to (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made by any Seller Party pursuant to Article VI, (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of Article XI, and Sections 14.6 and 14.7 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 14.12 Counterparts; Severability; Section References. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to "Article," "Section," "Schedule" or "Exhibit" shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement.

Section 14.13 Agent Roles. (a) FSI Roles. Each of the Alternate Investors acknowledges that FSI acts, or may in the future act, (i) as Deal Agent for the Conduit Investors, (ii) as Managing Agent for EagleFunding,
(iii) as issuing and paying agent for EagleFunding's Commercial Paper, (iv) to provide credit or liquidity enhancement for the timely payment for the Commercial Paper and (v) to provide other services from time to time for some or all of the Conduit Investors (collectively, the "FSI Roles"). Without limiting the generality of this Section 14.13(a), each Alternate Investor hereby acknowledges and consents to any and all FSI Roles and agrees that in connection

63

with any FSI Role, FSI may take, or refrain from taking, any action that it, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, in its role as Deal Agent and Managing Agent for the related Conduit Investors, and the giving of notice to the Deal Agent or Managing Agent of a mandatory purchase pursuant its Liquidity Agreement.

(b) Managing Agent Institution Roles. Each of the Alternate Investors acknowledges that each Alternate Investor that serves as a Managing Agent hereunder (a "Managing Agent Institution") acts, or may in the future act,
(i) as Managing Agent for a Conduit Investor or Conduit Investors, (ii) as issuing and paying agent for such Conduit Investor's Commercial Paper, (iii) to provide credit or liquidity enhancement for the timely payment for the Commercial Paper and (iv) to provide other services from time to time for some or all of the Conduit Investors (collectively, the "Managing Agent Institution Roles"). Without limiting the generality of this Section 14.13(b), each Alternate Investor hereby acknowledges and consents to any and all Managing Agent Institution Roles and agrees that in connection with any Managing Agent Institution Role, the applicable Managing Agent Institution may take, or refrain from taking, any action that it, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, in its role as Managing Agent for the related Conduit Investors, and the giving of notice to the Deal Agent or Managing Agent of a mandatory purchase pursuant to its liquidity back-stop program.

Section 14.14 Characterization.

(a) It is the intention of the parties hereto that each purchase hereunder shall constitute and be treated as an absolute and irrevocable sale, which purchase shall provide the applicable Investor with the full benefits of ownership of the applicable Investor Interest. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, each sale of an Investor Interest hereunder is made without recourse to Seller; provided, however, that (i) Seller shall be liable to each Investor and the Deal Agent for all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made by Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) such sale does not constitute and is not intended to result in an assumption by any Investor or the Deal Agent or any assignee thereof of any obligation of Seller, the Originator or any other Person arising in connection with the Receivables, the Related Security, or the related Contracts, or any other obligations of Seller or the Originator.

(b) In addition to any ownership interest which the Deal Agent may from time to time acquire pursuant hereto, Seller hereby grants to the Deal Agent for the ratable benefit of the Investors a valid and perfected security interest in all of Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under all Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, the Collections, each Lock-Box, each Blocked Account, all Related Security, all other rights and payments relating to such Receivables, all of Seller's rights under the Receivables Sale Agreement (including, without limitation, (a) all rights to indemnification arising thereunder, and (b) all UCC financing statements filed pursuant thereto), and all proceeds of any thereof and all other assets in which the Deal Agent on behalf of the Investors has acquired, may hereafter acquire and/or purports to have acquired an interest under this Agreement prior to all other liens on and security interests therein to secure the prompt and complete payment of the Aggregate Unpaids. The Deal Agent and the Investors shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies that they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided to a secured creditor under the UCC and

64

other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The Seller hereby authorizes the Deal Agent, within the meaning of 9-509 of any applicable enactment of the UCC, as secured party for the benefit of itself and of the Investors, to file, without the signature of the Seller or the Originator, as debtors, the UCC financing statements contemplated herein and under the Receivables Sale Agreement.

(c) In connection with Seller's transfer of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Seller agrees that the Deal Agent shall have the right to enforce the Seller's rights and remedies under the Receivables Sale Agreement, to receive all amounts payable thereunder or in connection therewith, to consent to amendments, modifications or waivers thereof, and to direct, instruct or request any action thereunder, but in each case without any obligation on the part of the Deal Agent or any Investor or any of its or their respective Affiliates to perform any of the obligations of the Seller under the Receivables Sale Agreement. To the extent that the Seller enforces the Seller's rights and remedies under the Receivables Sale Agreement, from and after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, and during the continuance thereof, the Deal Agent shall have the exclusive right to direct such enforcement by the Seller.

(d) This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been structured with the intention that they be treated as a financing transaction for purposes of federal, state and local income and franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

65

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.

PNM RECEIVABLES CORP.

By:/s/Terry R. Horn
   --------------------------------------------------
Name:  Terry R. Horn
Title:    Treasurer

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO, as Servicer

By:/s/Terry R. Horn
   --------------------------------------------------
Name:  Terry R. Horn
Title:    V.P. and Treasurer

Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement


EAGLEFUNDING CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Conduit Investor

By: Fleet Securities, Inc. as attorney-in-fact

By:/s/ Amy S. Roberts
   ----------------------------------------------------
Name:  Amy S. Roberts
Title:    Managing Director

Address:   c/o Fleet Securities, Inc., as Administrator
           100 Federal Street
           Boston, Massachusetts  02110

Fax:       (617) 434-5719

FLEET NATIONAL BANK, as Alternate Investor

By:/s/ Amy S. Roberts
   ----------------------------------------------------
as agent for Fleet National Bank

Address:   Fleet National Bank
           100 Federal Street
           Boston, Massachusetts  02110

Fax:       (617) 434-3652

FLEET SECURITIES, INC., as Managing Agent and as Deal Agent

By:/s/ Amy S. Roberts
   ----------------------------------------------------
Name:  Amy S. Roberts
Title:    Managing Director

Address:   c/o Fleet Securities, Inc., as Administrator
           100 Federal Street
           Boston, Massachusetts  02110
           Fax:     (617)434-5719

Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement


ARTICLE I.
Definitions..........................................................1

ARTICLE II.
PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS...............................................21

Section 2.1         Purchase Facility...................................21
Section 2.2         Increases...........................................21
Section 2.3         Decreases...........................................22
Section 2.4         Payment Requirements................................22

ARTICLE III.
PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS............................................22

     Section 3.1         Payments............................................22
     Section 3.2         Collections Prior to Amortization...................23
     Section 3.3         Terminating Alternate Investors.....................24
     Section 3.4         Collections Following Amortization..................24
     Section 3.5         Application of Collections..........................25
     Section 3.6         Payment Rescission..................................25
     Section 3.7         Maximum Investor Interests..........................25
     Section 3.8         Clean Up Call.......................................26

ARTICLE IV.
         CONDUIT FUNDING.....................................................26

     Section 4.1         Yield...............................................26
     Section 4.2         Payments............................................26
     Section 4.3         Calculation of Yield................................26

ARTICLE V.
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION FUNDING.......................................27

Section 5.1         Alternate Investor Funding Provisions...............27
Section 5.2         Yield Payments......................................27
Section 5.3         Calculation of Yield................................27
Section 5.4         Selection and Continuation of Tranche Periods.......27
Section 5.5         Suspension of the LIBO Rate.........................28

ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES......................................28

Section 6.1 Representations and Warranties of The Seller Parties...................................28

ARTICLE VII.
CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES.............................................32

i

     Section 7.1         Conditions Precedent to Initial
                            Incremental Purchase.............................32
     Section 7.2         Conditions Precedent to All Purchases...............32

ARTICLE VIII.
         COVENANTS...........................................................33

     Section 8.1         Affirmative Covenants of the Seller Parties.........33
     Section 8.2         Negative Covenants of the Seller Parties............40

ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION.......................................42

Section 9.1         Designation of Servicer.............................42
Section 9.2         Duties of Servicer..................................43
Section 9.3         Collection Notices..................................44
Section 9.4         Responsibilities of Seller..........................44
Section 9.5         Reports.............................................45
Section 9.6         Servicing Report of Independent Public
                       Accountants......................................45
Section 9.7         Servicing Fees......................................45

ARTICLE X.
AMORTIZATION EVENTS.................................................45

     Section 10.1        Amortization Events.................................45
     Section 10.2        Remedies............................................47

ARTICLE XI.
         INDEMNIFICATION.....................................................48

     Section 11.1        Indemnities by The Seller Parties...................48
     Section 11.2        Increased Cost and Reduced Return...................50
     Section 11.3        Mitigation of Costs.................................51
     Section 11.4        Other Costs and Expenses............................51

ARTICLE XII.
         THE AGENTS..........................................................51

     Section 12.1        Authorization and Action............................51
     Section 12.2        Delegation of Duties................................52
     Section 12.3        Exculpatory Provisions..............................52
     Section 12.4        Reliance by Agents..................................53
     Section 12.5        Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Investors..........53
     Section 12.6        Reimbursement and Indemnification...................53
     Section 12.7        Agents in their Individual Capacities...............54
     Section 12.8        Successor Agent.....................................54

ARTICLE XIII.
ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS.........................................55

Section 13.1 Assignments.........................................55

ii

     Section 13.2        Participations......................................56
     Section 13.3        Additional Purchaser Groups.........................56
     Section 13.4        Extension of Liquidity Termination Date.............56
     Section 13.5        Terminating Alternate Investors.....................57

ARTICLE XIV.
         MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................58

     Section 14.1        Waivers and Amendments..............................58
     Section 14.2        Notices.............................................59
     Section 14.3        Ratable Payments....................................59
     Section 14.4        Protection of Ownership Interests of the Investors..60
     Section 14.5        Confidentiality.....................................60
     Section 14.6        Bankruptcy Petition.................................61
     Section 14.7        Limitation of Liability; Limitation of Payment;
                            No Recourse......................................61
     Section 14.8        CHOICE OF LAW.......................................62
     Section 14.9        CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.............................62
     Section 14.10       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL................................63
     Section 14.11       Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms......63
     Section 14.12       Counterparts; Severability; Section References......63
     Section 14.13       Agent Roles.........................................63
     Section 14.14       Characterization....................................64

Exhibits and Schedules

Exhibit I           Form of Purchase Notice
Exhibit II          Places of Business of the Seller Parties; Locations
                      of Records; Federal Employer Identification Number(s)
Exhibit III         Names of Collection Banks; Blocked Accounts
Exhibit IV          Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit V           Form of Blocked Account Agreement
Exhibit VI          Form of Assignment Agreement
Exhibit VII         Credit and Collection Policy
Exhibit VIII        Form of Monthly Report
Exhibit IX          Forms of Supplemental Reports
Exhibit X           Joinder Agreement
Exhibit XI          Form of P.O. Box Transfer Agreement

Schedule A          Commitments
Schedule B          Closing Documents
Schedule C          Agreed Upon Auditing Procedures
Schedule D          Financial Covenant Definitions

iii

Schedule D

Financial Covenant Definitions

The following terms used in Section 10.1(l) shall have the meanings specified herein unless the context otherwise requires. Defined terms herein shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular:

"Consolidated Capitalization" means the sum of (a) all of the shareholders' equity or net worth of PSCNM and its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP plus (b) Consolidated Indebtedness.

"Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, an amount equal to (a) Consolidated Net Income (excluding any extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for such period plus (b) an amount which in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period was deducted for (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, (iii) depreciation expense and (iv) amortization expense plus (c) non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period less (d) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

"Consolidated Indebtedness" means, as of any date of determination, with respect to PSCNM and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to all Indebtedness of PSCNM and its Subsidiaries as of such date.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, with respect to PSCNM and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to total interest expense of PSCNM and its Subsidiaries for such period (including, without limitation, all such interest expense accrued or capitalized during such period, whether or not actually paid during such period), as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Net Income" means the consolidated net income of PSCNM and its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Contingent Obligation" means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect liability of such Person with respect to any Indebtedness, liability or other obligation (the "primary obligation") of another Person (the "primary obligor"), whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or provide funds (i) for the payment or discharge of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor in respect thereof to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss or failure or inability to perform in respect thereof; provided, however, that, with respect to PSCNM and its Subsidiaries, the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements for

D-i

collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation of any Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the maximum amount of such Person's liability with respect to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation for which such Contingent Obligation is incurred or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder).

"Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 19, 2002 among PSCNM, the "Lenders" party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession) or that are promulgated by any Governmental Authority having appropriate jurisdiction.

"Governmental Authority" means any domestic or foreign nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any central bank thereof, any municipal, local, city or county government, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government (including, without limitation, any state dental board) and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

"Hedging Agreements" means, collectively, interest rate protection agreements, equity index agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements, option agreements or other interest or exchange rate or commodity price hedging agreements.

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person (without duplication), (a) all indebtedness and obligations of such Person for borrowed money or in respect of loans or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit and bankers' acceptances (in each case, whether or not drawn or matured and in the stated amount thereof), (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that are or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, to the extent such obligations are required to be so recorded, (g) the net termination obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreements, calculated as of any date as if such agreement or arrangement were terminated as of such date in accordance with the applicable rules under GAAP, (h) all Contingent Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations and liabilities of such Person incurred in connection with any transaction or series of transactions providing for the financing of assets through one or more securitizations or in connection with, or pursuant to, any synthetic lease or similar off-balance sheet financing, (j) the aggregate amount of uncollected accounts receivable of such Person subject at the time of

D-ii

determination to a sale of receivables (or similar transaction) to the extent such transaction is effected with recourse to such Person (whether or not such transaction would be reflected on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, under the Material Leases and (l) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by such Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by such Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of such Person.

"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), preference, priority, charge or other encumbrance of any nature, whether voluntary or involuntary, including, without limitation, the interest of any vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, title retention agreement, capital lease or any other lease or arrangement having substantially the same effect as any of the foregoing.

"Material Lease" means any lease to PSCNM of its leasehold interests in (i) Unit 1 or Unit 2, and related common facilities, of the Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station or (ii) the electric transmission line, and related facilities, known as the Eastern Interconnection Project, including, without limitation, any lease set forth on Schedule 6.18 of the Credit Agreement.

"Person" means any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise (whether or not incorporated), or any Governmental Authority.

"PSCNM" means Public Service Company of New Mexico, a New Mexico corporation.

"Subsidiary" means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time, any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a 50% equity interest at any time. Any reference to Subsidiary herein, unless otherwise identified, shall mean a Subsidiary, direct or indirect, of PSCNM. Any reference to a Subsidiary of PSCNM herein shall not include any Subsidiary that is inactive, has minimal or no assets and does not generate revenues.

D-iii

EXHIBIT 12.1

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

                                          Six Months
                                             Ended                          Year Ended December 31,
                                           06/30/03     12/31/02      12/31/01     12/31/00     12/31/99      12/31/98
                                          ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
                                                                          (In thousands)
Fixed charges, as defined by the
   Securities and Exchange Commission:
Interest on Long-term Debt                   $ 32,349     $ 56,409     $ 62,716      $ 62,823    $ 65,899      $ 50,929
Amortization of Debt Premium,
   Discount and Expenses                        1,242        2,302        2,346         2,037       2,121         1,513
Other Interest                                  2,482        2,859          (42)          752       2,667        10,791
Estimated Interest Factor of Lease
   Rental Charges                               9,771       23,233       22,856        19,716      16,514        64,275
                                          ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
     Total Fixed Charges                     $ 45,844     $ 84,803      $87,876      $ 85,328    $ 87,201      $127,508
                                          ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============

Earnings, as defined by the Securities
   and Exchange Commission:
Consolidated Net Earnings from
   Continuing Operations                     $ 28,637     $ 64,272      $150,433     $100,946    $ 79,614      $ 95,119
Income Taxes                                   16,684       33,032        81,063       74,345      42,308        56,291
Add Fixed Charges as Above                     45,844       84,803        87,876       85,328      87,201       127,508
                                          ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges         $ 91,165     $182,107      $319,372     $260,619    $209,123      $278,918
                                          ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============
Ratio for Earnings to Fixed Charges             1.989        2.147         3.634        3.054       2.398         2.187
                                          ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============


EXHIBIT 12.2

PNM RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

                                           Six Months
                                              Ended                          Year Ended December 31,
                                            06/30/03     12/31/02      12/31/01     12/31/00     12/31/99      12/31/98
                                           ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
                                                                           (In thousands)
Fixed charges, as defined by the
   Securities and Exchange Commission:
Interest on Long-term Debt                    $ 32,349     $ 56,409     $ 62,716      $ 62,823    $ 65,899      $ 50,929
Amortization of Debt Premium,
   Discount and Expenses                         1,242        2,302        2,346         2,037       2,121         1,513
Other Interest                                   2,482        2,859          (42)          752       2,667        10,791
Estimated Interest Factor of Lease
   Rental Charges                                9,771       23,233       22,856        19,716      16,514        64,275
                                           ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
     Total Fixed Charges                        45,844       84,803       87,876        85,328      87,201       127,508
Preferred Dividend Requirements                    293          586          586           586         586           586
Total Fixed Charges and Preferred
   Dividend Requirements                       $46,137     $ 85,389     $ 88,462       $85,914     $87,787      $128,094
                                           ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============

Earnings, as defined by the Securities
   and Exchange Commission:
Consolidated Net Earnings from
   Continuing Operations                      $ 28,637     $ 64,272      $150,433     $100,946    $ 79,614      $ 95,119
Income Taxes                                    16,684       33,032        81,063       74,345      42,308        56,291
Add Fixed Charges as Above                      45,844       84,803        87,876       85,328      87,201       127,508
                                           ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
Earnings Availabe for Fixed Charges
  and Preferred Dividends                     $ 91,165     $182,107      $319,372     $260,619    $209,123      $278,918
                                           ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============
Ratio for Earnings to Combined Fixed
   Chargesand Preferred Stock Dividends          1.976        2.133         3.610        3.033       2.382         2.177
                                           ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============


EXHIBIT 12.3

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO AND SUBSIDIARIES
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

                                          Six Months
                                             Ended                          Year Ended December 31,
                                           06/30/03     12/31/02      12/31/01     12/31/00     12/31/99      12/31/98
                                          ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
                                                                          (In thousands)
Fixed charges, as defined by the
   Securities and Exchange Commission:
Interest on Long-term Debt                   $ 31,679     $ 56,409     $ 62,716      $ 62,823    $ 65,899      $ 50,929
Amortization of Debt Premium,
   Discount and Expenses                        1,242        2,302        2,346         2,037       2,121         1,513
Other Interest                                  2,480        3,173          (64)          752       2,667        10,791
Estimated Interest Factor of Lease
   Rental Charges                               9,126       22,290       22,235        19,716      16,514        64,275
                                          ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
     Total Fixed Charges                     $ 44,527     $ 84,174      $87,233      $ 85,328    $ 87,201      $127,508
                                          ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============

Earnings, as defined by the Securities
   and Exchange Commission:
Consolidated Net Earnings from
   Continuing Operations                     $ 30,748     $ 62,216      $150,433     $100,946    $ 79,614      $ 95,119
Income Taxes                                   18,085       32,870        81,063       74,345      42,308        56,291
Add Fixed Charges as Above                     44,527       84,174        87,233       85,328      87,201       127,508
                                          ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges         $ 93,360     $179,260      $318,729     $260,619    $209,123      $278,918
                                          ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============
Ratio for Earnings to Fixed Charges             2.097        2.130         3.654        3.054       2.398         2.187
                                          ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============


EXHIBIT 12.4

PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY OF NEW MEXICO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

                                           Six Months
                                              Ended                          Year Ended December 31,
                                            06/30/03     12/31/02      12/31/01     12/31/00     12/31/99      12/31/98
                                           ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
                                                                           (In thousands)
Fixed charges, as defined by the
   Securities and Exchange Commission:
Interest on Long-term Debt                    $ 31,679     $ 56,409     $ 62,716      $ 62,823    $ 65,899      $ 50,929
Amortization of Debt Premium,
   Discount and Expenses                         1,242        2,302        2,346         2,037       2,121         1,513
Other Interest                                   2,480        3,173          (64)          752       2,667        10,791
Estimated Interest Factor of Lease
   Rental Charges                                9,126       22,290       22,235        19,716      16,514        64,275
                                           ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
     Total Fixed Charges                        44,527       84,174       87,233        85,328      87,201       127,508
Preferred Dividend Requirements                    293          586          586           586         586           586
Total Fixed Charges and Preferred
   Dividend Requirements                       $44,820     $ 84,760     $ 87,819       $85,914     $87,787      $128,094
                                           ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============

Earnings, as defined by the Securities
   and Exchange Commission:
Consolidated Net Earnings from
   Continuing Operations                      $ 30,748     $ 62,216      $150,433     $100,946    $ 79,614      $ 95,119
Income Taxes                                    18,085       32,870        81,063       74,345      42,308        56,291
Add Fixed Charges as Above                      44,527       84,174        87,233       85,328      87,201       127,508
                                           ------------ ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
Earnings Availabe for Fixed Charges
  and Preferred Dividends                     $ 93,360     $179,260      $318,729     $260,619    $209,123      $278,918
                                           ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============
Ratio for Earnings to Combined Fixed
   Chargesand Preferred Stock Dividends          2.083        2.115         3.629        3.033       2.382         2.177
                                           ============ ============  ============ ============ ============  ============


EXHIBIT 15.1

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' AWARENESS LETTER

August 11, 2003

PNM Resources, Inc.
Albuquerque, New Mexico

We have made a review, in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, of the unaudited interim financial information of PNM Resources, Inc. and subsidiaries for the periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, as indicated in our report dated August 4, 2003; because we did not perform an audit, we expressed no opinion on that information.

We are aware that our report referred to above, which is included in your Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, is incorporated by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-10993, 333-100186, 333-106054 and 333-106080 on Form S-3; and Registration Statement Nos. 333-03303, 333-03289, 333-61598, 333-76316, 333-76288, 333-88372 and 333-100184 on Form S-8.

We also are aware that the aforementioned report, pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, is not considered a part of the Registration Statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of that Act.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Omaha, Nebraska


EXHIBIT 15.2

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' AWARENESS LETTER

August 11, 2003

Public Service Company of New Mexico
Albuquerque, New Mexico

We have made a review, in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, of the unaudited interim financial information of Public Service Company of New Mexico and subsidiaries for the periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, as indicated in our report dated August 4, 2003; because we did not perform an audit, we expressed no opinion on that information.

We are aware that our report referred to above, which is included in your Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, is incorporated by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-53367 and 333-106079 on Form S-3.

We also are aware that the aforementioned report, pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, is not considered a part of the Registration Statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of that Act.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Omaha, Nebraska


EXHIBIT 31.1

Certifications Pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act

CERTIFICATION:

I, Jeffry E. Sterba, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of PNM Resources, Inc. and Public Service Company of New Mexico;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of each registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. Each registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for such registrant and we have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to such registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of such registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2003 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. Each registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to such registrant's auditors and the audit committee of such registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial


reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect such registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in such registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

August 11, 2003

/s/ Jeffry E. Sterba
----------------------------------
Jeffry E. Sterba,
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 31.2

Certifications Pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act

CERTIFICATION:

I, John R. Loyack, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of PNM Resources, Inc. and Public Service Company of New Mexico;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of each registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. Each registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for such registrant and we have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to such registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of such registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2003 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. Each registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to such registrant's auditors and the audit committee of such registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial


reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect such registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in such registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

August 11, 2003

/s/ John R. Loyack
----------------------------------
John R. Loyack,
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.ss.1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TOss.906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 11, 2003, for PNM Resources, Inc. and Public Service Company of New Mexico ("Companies"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2003, ("Report"), I, Jeffry E. Sterba, Chief Executive Officer of the Companies, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss.1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements ofss.13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Companies.

Date:   August 11, 2003          By:     /s/ Jeffry E. Sterba
                                         --------------------------------------
                                         Jeffry E. Sterba
                                         Chairman, President and
                                         Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.ss.1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TOss.906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 11, 2003, for PNM Resources, Inc. and Public Service Company of New Mexico ("Companies"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2003, ("Report"), I, John R. Loyack, Chief Financial Officer of the Companies, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss.1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements ofss.13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Companies.

Date:   August 11, 2003        By:     /s/ John R. Loyack
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       John R. Loyack
                                       Senior Vice President and
                                       Chief Financial Officer